Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2017  with  funding  from 
Getty  Research  Institute 


https://archive.org/details/babylonianlegalbOOpoeb 


THE  BABYLONIAN  EXPEDITION 

OF 

THE  UXLVEESITY  OF  PENNSYLVANIA 


SERIES  A:  CUNEIFORM  TEXTS 


EDITED  BY 

H.  V.  HILPRECHT 


VOLUME  VI,  Part  2 


ARNO  POEBEL 


“ECKLEY  BRINTON  COXE,  JUNIOR.  FUND” 


PHILADELPHIA 


Published  by  the  Department  of  Archaeology,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
1909 


The  editor  determines  the  material  to  constitute  a volume  and 
reports  to  the  Committee  of  Publication  on  the  general  merits  of 
the  manuscript  and  autograph  plates  submitted  lor  publication  ; but  the 
Editor  IS  not  responsible  for  the  views  expressed  by  the  writer. 


BABYLONIAN 


LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 

i^ROM  THE  TIME  OF 

THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON 

CHIEFLY  FROM  NIPPUR 


RV 

ARNO  POEBEL,  Ph.D. 

Formerly  Harrison  Research  Fellow  in  Assyriology,  University  oj  Pennsylvania 


GO  Plates  n}  Autographed  Texts  and,  ID  Plates 
of  Halftone  lllnstrations 


PHILADELPHIA 

Published  by  the  Department  of  Archaeology,  University  of  Pennsylvania 


1909 


MacCalla  & Co.  Inc.,  Printers 

C.  H.  James,  Lithographer 

Weeks  Photo  Engraving  Co..  Halfton. 


illetttcit  xtcx*chv‘tcn  tVitltcxunt  $clix‘cx*n 
ixxxt  0'ax‘l  ^rii'ttx*ix*Tt-(ijxjxxtnasixtxxx 
}xt  ©tscnaclt 


^rof.  ©r.  9^utiolf  Jflex 
^rof.  ©r.  august  ©esterf)£lti 
^rof.  ©r.  ©tto  Himmermaun 


in  jianlxtaiivrit 

nigecisnct 


EDITOHIAL  PREFACE. 


In  addition  to  the  tablets  dated  in  the  reigns  of  kings  of  the  first  dynasty  of  Babylon, 
there  have  been  included  by  Dr.  Poebel  in  the  present  work  nine  cuneiform  texts  bearing 
the  names  of  Bim-Sin  and  Wardi-Sin,  of  Larsam,  which  with  several  hundred  others 
excavated  in  Nippur  will  constitute  Volume  V of  Series  A.  Upon  his  application  Dr. 
Poebel  had  likewise  been  entrusted  with  the  publication  of  this  volume,  but  unfortunately 
found  it  later  impossible  to  carry  out  his  original  plans.  In  order  to  express  their 
appreciation  of  Dr.  Poebel’s  work  done  while  in  Philadelphia,  the  Committee  granted 
him  permission  to  include  in  the  pivsent  publication  the  nine  tablets  referred  to,  reserv- 
ing for  themselves,  however,  the  right  of  republishing  them  in  the  proper  volume. 

February  18,  1909. 


H.  V.  Hilprecht. 


PREFACE. 


The  present  book  has  grown  out  of  a dissertation  presented  in  1906  l^y  the 
writer  to  the  Faculty  of  Philosophy  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  as  a candidate 
for  the  degree  of  Ph.D.,  under  the  original  title:  Sechsundzwanzig  Altbabylonische 
Rechtsurkunden  aus  der  Zed  Hammurabis  und  Ammizadugas  in  Umschrift,  Ueberset- 
zung  und  Kommentar,  mit  8 Kopieii.  Since  it  had  been  determined  that  the  thesis 
should  form  the  basis  for  a volume  of  The  Babylonian  Expedition  of  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  I have  consideraldy  enlarged  the  work,  the  original  portion  of  which, 
in  the  main,  forms  the  contents  of  Chapter  II  of  the  present  volume. 

The  autograph  copies  have  been  made  in  Philadelphia  and  in  Constantinople 
in  the  years  1906  and  1907.  In  the  winter  of  1907-08  I collated  a large  number  of 
tablets  in  the  Berlin  Museum,  which  I made  use  of  in  the  list  of  date-formulas. 
Unfortunately  ni}-'  time  did  not  allow  me  to  complete  this  undertaking,  nor  did  I,  as 
was  my  purpose,  have  an  opportunity  to  collate  the  date-formulas  on  tablets  in  the 
British  ]\Iuseum,  which  undoul)tedly  would  have  yielded  important  results.  The 
manuscript  of  this  volume  had  been  completed  and  delivered  to  the  Editor  in  May, 
1908;  but  owing  to  the  fact  that  not  only  the  writer,  but  also  the  Editor  and  the 
Committee  were  absent  from  Philadelphia  during  the  summer  months,  the  printing 
could  not  begin  before  November,  1908. 

It  is  a pleasant  duty  for  me  to  publicly  acknowledge  here  my  heartiest  thanks 
to  those  who  have  taken  a kind  interest  in  my  studies,  and  who  have  supported  me 
in  the  difficult  and  wearisome  researches,  a fruit  of  which  is  this  work.  I name 
especially  the  late  Mr.  Julius  von  Eichel-Streiber  in  Eisenach,  Mr.  Friedrich  Georg  von 
Eichel-Streiber  in  Eisenach,  the  Gvosshevzoglich  Saechsische  Staatsministerium, 
Departement  des  Knltus,  and  the  Provost  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Dr.  C.  C. 
Harrison,  the  founder  of  the  Harrison  Research  Fellowship,  the  occupancy  of  which 
I have  greatly  enjoyed. 

My  sincere  thanks  are  due  also  to  Mr.  W.  L.  King,  for  collating  a number  of 
passages  on  tablets  in  the  British  jMuseum;  to  his  Excellency  Ilamdi  Bey.  and  Dr. 

[ix] 


X 


PREFACE. 


Halil  Bey,  and  to  Prof.  Fr.  Delitzsch,  for  allowing  me  to  copy  and  collate  tablets 
in  the  Museums  of  Constantinople  and  Berlin,  and  besides  the  other  members  of  the 
Publication  Committee  of  The  Bahylonian  Expedition  of  the  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, especially  to  Mr.  Eckley  Brinton  Coxe,  Jr.,  through  whose  generosity  the 
Fund  has  been  founded  and  maintained  which  made  possible  the  publication  of  this 
volume. 

Finally  I feel  greatly  inde]:)ted  to  my  friend.  Prof.  Albert  T.  Clay,  of  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  who  undertook  to  revise  the  English  portions  of  my 
manuscript,  and  to  the  Editor,  Prof.  H.  V.  Hilprecht,  who  by  his  advice  and  kind 
assistance  greatly  facilitated  my  stay  in  Philadelphia  as  well  as  in  Constantinople. 

Arno  Poebel. 

Eisenach,  January  28,  1909. 


o p 


LIST  OF  ABBREVIATIONS. 


A Bu.  91-5-9,  2S1  (list  of  dates),  published  by  Pinches  in  C.  T.,  VI  (pi.  9 and  lOJ,  and  King  in  L.  1.  II., 

Vol.  II  (Xo.  101). 

B British  Museum  Xo.  16924  (list  of  dates),  published  by  King  in  L.  I.  H.,  ^Ml.  II  (Xo.  102). 

B.  A Beitraege  zur  Assyriologie  and  Seiuitischen  Siu’aclnvisscnschaft,  edited  Ijy  F.  llelitzseh  and  P.  Haupt. 

B.  A.  P B.  5Ieissuer,  Beitraege  zum  altbabylonischen  Pri\'atrecht  (=  Assyriologisclie  Bildiotliek,  A'ol.  XI). 

B.  E The  Babylonian  Expedition  of  the  Ihiiversity  of  Pennsylvania,  edited  l)y  H.  Y.  Hilprecht,  published 

b}'  the  University  of  Peiinsyh'ania. 

Berl Royal  Museums  in  Berlin,  ’\Mrderasiatisclie  Abteilung. 

Br R.  E.  Brueunow,  Classified  List  of  all  simple  and  compound  Cuneiform  Ideographs. 

C British  ilusemu  Xo.  80037  (list  of  dates),  published  by  King  in  Chronicles  concerning  Early  Baby- 

lonian Kings,  Vol.  I (Chap.  VII). 

C.  H Code  of  Hammurabi. 

C.  T Crmeiform  Texts  from  Babylonian  Tablets,  etc.,  in  the  British  Museum,  printed  by  order  of  the  Trustees. 

Quotations  as,  e.g.,  VIII,  37b  (p.  56)  in  the  List  of  Date  Formulas,  refer  to  the  respective 
volume  of  C.  T.,  page  and  tablet. 

D iMuseum  of  Constantinople,  Sippar  16  (list  of  dates),  published  by  Lindl  in  B.  A.,  Vol.  R'  (p.  342); 

Messersclnnidt  in  O.  L.  Z.,  1907  (col.  169ff.),  and  King  in  Chronicles  concerning  Early  Babylonian 
Kings,  Vol.  I (Chap.  VII). 

E Berl.  5S00  (hst  of  dates),  publi.shed  by  Ungnad  in  B.  A.,  Vol.  VI,  pt.  3 (pp.  43-45). 

F Berl.  5691  (hst  of  dates),  published  by  Ungnad,  l.c.,  p.  46. 

Fr Th.  Friedrich,  Altbabylonische  LTkimden  aus  Sippar  (B.  A.,  Vol.  V). 

H.  IV F.  Dehtzsch,  Assyrisches  Handwoerterbuch. 

K Xanie  of  the  king. 

K.  B Keilinschriftliche  Bibliothek,  edited  by  Eberhard  Schrader. 

L.  I.  H L.  tv.  King,  Letters  and  Inscriptions  of  Hammurabi. 

M B.  Meissner,  Beitraege  zum  Altbabylonischen  Privatrecht  (see  B.  A.  P.). 

Object  of  sale,  exchange,  etc. 

. L.  Z Orientahstische  Litteratur-Zeitung,  edited  by  F.  E.  Peiser. 

P A.  Poebel,  Babylonian  Legal  and  Business  Documents,  etc.  (present  volume  of  B.  E.). 

Par iMuseum  of  the  Louvre  (collection  of  cuneiform  tablets)  in  Paris. 

Phil Museum  of  Archaeology,  University  of  Pemisylvania,  Pliiladelphia. 

P.  X H.  Ranke,  Early  Babylonian  Personal  X'ames  from  the  published  tablets  of  the  so-called  Hammurabi 

Dynasty  (B.  E.,  Series  D,  Vol.  III). 

P.  S.  B.  A Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archaeology. 

R H.  Ranke,  Babylonian  Legal  and  Business  Documents  from  the  time  of  the  first  Dynasty  of  Babylon 

chiefly  from  Sippar  (B.  E.,  Series  A,  Vol.  VI,  part  1). 

I.  R.,  etc Sir  H.  Rawlinson,  The  Cuneiform  Inscriptions  of  'Western  .-Vsia,  \ols.  I-V. 

R.  E.  C F.  Thureau-Dangin,  Recherches  sur  Torigine  de  I’ccriture  cimeifonno.  Ire  partic:  i.es  formes 

archaiques  et  leurs  equivalents  modernes,  and  Suppkhuent  5 la  Ire  partic. 

S J.  X'.  Strassmaier,  Die  altbabylonischen  Ahrtraege  aus  'Warka  (Verhandlungen  dcs  5.  intcrnationalcn 

Orientalisten-Kongresses,  pp.  31.5-364  and  pis.  4-144). 

S.  A.  K.  I F.  Thureau-Dangin,  Die  sumerischen  und  akkadischen  Koenig.dnschriften. 

S.  B.  H G.  Reisner,  Sumcrisch-babylonische  Hynmen. 

X,  Y,  Z Xames  of  persons  in  the  schemes. 

Z,  A Zeitschrift  fiir  .\ssyriologie  mid  verwandte  Gebiete,  edited  by  C.  Bezold. 

[xi] 


TKAN8CRIPTI0N  OF  SIGNS, 


The  iiiunbers  refer  to  Bruennow,  Classified  List. 


A 


a<J 

ama. 
ash... 
dsh. .. 


had 

bar 

bar 

bar  a 

bi,  Ml., 
bil 


4735 

5445 

2 

G741 


4382 

1722 

7708 

6871 

4567 

4643 


D 


dd 

5244 

dar 

3474 

dai-a 

2946 

de 

6714 

de  

4568 

dim 

9108 

diri{g) 

3719 

du 

4860 

d.y 

9131 

du, 

4473 

du 

5243 

dug 

8203 

dug 

505 

dul 

9578 

did 

(6377) 

dur 

10498 

E 

6 6236 

e 7869 

c (9594) 


chi 

0611 

5307 

esh 

9974 

id 

5.305 

esh 

3814 

ib 

10477 

G 

ib 

4952 

ibila 

4117 

gd 

5412 

gal 

6836 

id... 

11646 

gdl 

2230 

id  (Sem.) 

6544 

gdi 

939 

id... 

(965) 

gdl(V 

(3175) 

itu,  iti 

966 

gala 

(5071) 

il... 

6143 

gam 

1213 

il  (Sem.) 

4847 

gan 

3173 

K 

gdu 

4036 

kd 

3882 

gdr 

65.39 

kar 

7738 

ge 

5922 

kara 

7737 

g^ 

8914 

kisal 

5481 

geshdar 

5559,  5573 

ku 

9888 

gi 

2385 

kum 

(4710) 

gi 

6307 

kur 

7384 

<7* 

(92.30) 

kur 

1140 

gigun 

2498 

gin 

4802 

L 

gin 

7383 

Id 

10082 

gin 

11900 

lah 

8140 

gir 

9180 

Idh 

7766 

qir 

328 

li 

5309 

(]U 

11137 

Lu 

6397 

gu 

3202 

gu 

504 

guh 

4864 

md 

5414 

gdg 

1369 

mes 

.5952 

gni 

8950 

mesh 

10468 

gar 

33.59 

m esh 

10356 

gdr 

10748 

m ush 

(1223) 

I 

X 

i 

507 

8987 

[xii] 


TRANSCRIPTION  OF  SIGNS. 


Xlll 


?w 5225 

lie 4573 

nd-...- 9181 

ni 8353 


sig (11189) 

slg 10775 

sir 7507 

sii 7593 


P SH 


sha 

7046 

pn 

p<m 

9410 

slid,  shag 

7983 

p*' 

2048 

shdg 

7286 

shwn 

4678 

Q 

sham  (Sem.) 

6019 

qar,^ 

6533 

shar 

8208 

R 

shdr 

4297 

rd 

4865- 

shi 

(1720) 

ri 

(889) 

shig 

9443 

rii  (?) 

(6016) 

shu 

7065 

shu 

10509 

sd 

s 

9519 

shutugi?) 

(8327) 

sh 

2289 

T 

sa 

424 

tag 

3786 

sar 

4296 

fdg 

1404 

si 

3375 

turn 

9057 

si- 

4403 

/7/m  rftpTYI 

4953 

si 

7007 

turn 

4867 

sig 

5565 

Mr 

2663 

tu{r) lOOG 

T 

ta (8200) 

U 

u 0020 

u 9459 

■a 7773 

a {’u  or  u’) 10244 

ur 10478 

ur . 4830 

Jtr ■- 5491 

ur  (955) 

ur....  11887 

uri 7304 

uri 6446 

uru 890 

uni 1018 

uru 6436 

urudu 3877 

MS 5024 

usdn 8189 

uz 7587 

Z 

zum 10977 


MEANING  OF  THE  THREE  KINDS  OF  BRACKETS 
USED  IN  CHAPTER  IV,  PAGES  56ff. 


[ large  brackets  refer  to  all  the  references  in  the  right  column. 

^ small  brackets  placed  somewhat  higher  (cf.,  e.g.,  jj.  66,  li.  4)  refer  onl}*  to 

tlie  first  reference. 

j small  brackets  placed  somewhat  lower  (cf.,  e.g.,  p.  92,  li.  13)  refer  only  to 
the  second  reference. 


[ XIV  J 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

I.  Introductory  Remarks 1-2 

II.  The  Scheme  of  Legal  Documents  at  Nippur: 

I.  Purchase  Documents 3-11 

II.  Redemption  Documents 11-15 

III.  Exchange  Documents 15-19 

IV.  Partition  Documents 20-27 

V.  Adoption  Documents 27-34 

\l.  iMarriage  Contracts 35-38 

VII.  A Manumission  Document 38-39 

VIII.  Deeds  of  Loan 40-42 

IX.  Contracts  of  Hire 43 

X.  Leases 43-44 

XL  Acquittance 44-45 

XII.  Memorandum  of  Grain 45 

XIII.  Confirmation  Document 45-46 

XIV.  Agreements  connected  with  Proceedings  liefore  a Court  of  Law . . 46  50 

III.  The  Seals 51-55 

IV.  List  of  Date  Formulas  of  the  Time  from  Ham.mu-rabi  to 

Samsu-ditana  : 

1 . H ammu-rabi 56-68 

2.  Samsu-ihma 68-80 

3.  Ilima-ilum 80 

4.  Abi-eshu’ 80-84 

5.  Ammi-ditana 85-97 

6.  Ammi-zaduga 97-106 

7.  Samsu-ditana 106-108 

V.  The  Naming  of  the  Year  after.  Events 109-112 

[XV] 


XVI 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

VI.  Outline  of  the  Political  History  from  Sin-muballit’s  Seven- 
teenth Year  to  the  end  of  the  First  Dynasty 113-122 

VII.  An  Earlier  King 123-124 

VIII.  Concordance  of  Proper  Names: 

1.  Names  of  Persons  from  the  Nippur  Texts 12.5-139 

2.  Names  of  Persons  from  the  Texts  of  the  Appendix 1.39-144 

IN.  Table  of  Contents  and  Description  of  Objects: 

1.  Autog;raph  Reproductions 14.5-161 

2.  Photograph  Reproductions 162 

X.  Numbers  of  the  Catalogues  of  the  Babylonian  Collections.  . . . 16.3-164 

XL  Cuneiform  Texts Plates  1-60 

XII.  Halftone  Reproductions Plates  I-X 


I.  INTRODUCTORY  REMARKS. 


Of  the  cuneiform  texts  published  here  Nos.  1-7  and  10-69  were  excavated  at 
Nippur.  They  are  dated  in  the  reigns  of  W arad-Sin,  Rim-Sin,  Hanimn-rabi,  Samsu- 
iluna  and  llima-ilum,  and  embrace  a period  of  about  eighty  or  ninety  years.  As 
Prof.  Hilprecht  informs  me,  they  were  found  for  the  greater  part  in  the  southwest 
section  of  Mound  IV  (cf.  the  niap.of  the  ruins  of  Nippur  in  Hilprecht,  B.  E.,  vSeries 
D,  Vol.  I,  p.  305)  during  the  first  and  second  expeditions  of  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania. There  are  several  documents  among  them  belonging  to  one  and  the  same 
person  (Nos.  32-35  to  Ahil-ilishii,  Nos.  64,  66  and  68  to  NinlB-rahim-sirim,  Nos.  40, 
47  and  58  to  Enlil-izzu,  Nos.  10,  14  and  30  to  Mar-irsitim  and  Nos.  17,  21,  25  and  27  to 
Xabi-Shamash),  from  which  we  may  conclude  that  the  tablets  were  found  in  the 
houses  of  their  owners.  It  is  of  interest  to  notice  that  the  persons  named  in  the 
contracts  to  a large  extent  are  connected  with  the  temple  of  Enlil  or  with  the  houses 
or  .small  temples  of  other  gods.^ 

No.  8 (and  9?),  which  is  dated  in  the  reign  of  Rim-Sin,  was  excavated  l)y  Dr. 
Peters  at  Yokha  (cf.  Peters,  Nippur,  Vol.  II,  p.  283  ff.).  While  resembling  the  Nippur 
tablets  in  important  features,  it  differs  from  them  in  various  respects. 

Nos.  69a  and  b,  giving  the  seal  imprints  on  two  earlier  documents  from  Nippnr, 
have  been  added  because  they  furnish  us  additional  evidence  for  our  conclusions 
on  the  burgul  seals. 

Of  the  tablets  pulfiished  in  the  Appendix,  Nos.  70,  72b,  78,  80,  137  and 
138  were  bought  by  the  second  expedition  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  from 
Arabs  who  stated  that  they  came  from  Ahu-Hahba  and  EI-Birs.  These  statements 
.seem  to  be  correct;  but  notice  that  No.  80,  said  to  have  come  from  El-Birs,- 
mentions  Sippar  as  the  place  of  payment.  The  other  tablets  are  the  fruit  of  a 
gleaning  of  the  early  legal  documents  of  the  Khabaza,  Shemtob  and  Prince  Oollec- 
tions  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  from  which  Ranke  already  has  published  a 
selection  of  119  tablets  in  Vol.  VI,  Part  1.  With  the  exception  of  the  undated  texts. 


' Enki  and  Damgohrunna,  Ba}}har  and  Enliip.),  Kum,  Liigiil-rsh-<i,  Mah.  ^fartu,  Xidsuh  and  Xusku. 
^ Acfording  to  a slip  .attached  to  tlic  tablet. 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


2 

Nos.  137  and  138,  the  dociimeiits  are  dated  in  the  reigns  of  Hamtnu-j-aht,  Samsu-iluna, 
A mm,i-dita7ia,  A mmi-za(luga  Samsu-ditnna.  Of  a large  number  of  tablets  I have 
published  only  the  date  formulas,  the  contents  of  the  document  lieing  either  too 
much  broken  or  of  little  inteiust.  One  of  these  documents  (No.  130),  however,  which 
is  provided  with  a date  1)elonging  to  the  time  of  Atnini-zadaya,  is  of  great  historical 
value,  as  it  is  a copy  of  a grant  of  land  by  an  earlier  king,  who  in  the  introductory 
lines  enumerates  his  titles  and  his  exploits.  See  p.  123. 

The  following  sketches  and  remarks  are  intended  to  elucidate  some  questions 
connected  with  the  contracts  of  the  time  of  the  first  dynasty. 


II.  THE  SCHEME  OE  J.EGAL  DOCUMENTS  EJIOM 

NIEFUR. 


I.  Purchase  Documents. 

1.  Purchase  of  House  Property  (6,  12,  (18),  33,  34,  35,  38). 

No.  33. 

A.  a.  ^ sar  6 gin  e-du-a 

da  e E-a-i-din-nam  pd-DU 
e ^Mar-tu-ma-lik 

du mu  E-ri-ish-su-ma-tum 
h.  k ar-t  u-ma-l ik-ta 

Y A-bd-'^Mar-tu  shesh-gal-a-ni 
in-shi-in-shsim^ 

P . sha  m-t  d-Ja-h  i-sli  u 

9 g'ln  ku-hahhar 
in-na-an-ld{l) 

C.  a.  u-kur-shii'^Mar-tu-ma-Uk 
it  ibila-ni  a-na-me-a-bi 
e-bi-shu  gu-nu-um-md-md-a? 
b.  mu  lugal-bi  in-pn(d.) 

No.  12. 

A.  a.  1 sar  10  gm  e-du-a 

shag-ba  1 ^'Hg 

gub-ba 

‘ The  scribes  in  Nippur  distinguished  between  the  verb  shamu,  “to  l->uy  ”,  ami  the  noun  shhnu. 

“purchase  price.”  As  the  phonetic  value  shunt  given  to  the  latter  sign  in  Sh,  4 : 3 seems  to  have  originated  from  shc-a-an. 
it  is  possible  that  the  sign  without  a-an  iiad  some  other  pronunciation,  perhaps  she.  Cf.  also  the  complement  a instead 
of  mo.  in  4.5  : 4. 

^ For  the  pronunciation  gu-numamu  compare  gii-nu-mti-ma,  10  : 36.  The  closing  1 of  mol  has  disappeared  by  first 
becoming  mouille  and  finally  being  dropped.  The  I mouilU  is  still  preserved  in  vvitings  like  gu-nu  {-um)-ma-ma-ia,  C.  T.. 
II,  14  : 15,  IV,  17  : 15  (cf.  Ranke,  P.  N.,  p.  12,  note  2)  and  gu-nii-7na-7na-a-a{  = 7naua),  P.,  IS  : 13.  The  last  furmshes 
a new  instance  for  the  reading  of  a-a  as  aiia.  For  another  new  example  see  note  to  Etitiugi-itiaiia. 

[3] 


4 


J5ABYL()NIAN  LEGAL  AXD  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


(la  6 Si-U-’ Nin-I B duma  E-lu-ti 
u '' Bin.-e-vi-ha-am.  daniu  '' Kn-ld-ni->iha, 
s(uj-hi.  B i-li,-  N ia-I B duma  Bi-li-lahlar 
ki-e-hi  e-sir Sin-li-di-ish 

durnu  Azag-^^Nin-lB-sha 

e Im-(j'ur-’Nin-lB  durnu  I -ba-shar-ru-u ni  shesh-gal 

Y '^Nin-I B-a-hi  •^Nin-IB-ga-rnd  shesh-a-ui 

duniu-niesh  lAi-ga-tuni 
ii  Ma-uu-tum  ania-ue-uc 
b.  kd  I rnujur-' N in-I B '^Nin-I B-a-bi 

1 '^Nin-lB-ga-niil  u Ma-nu-tum  ania-ne-iie-ta 

Y ‘^Bin-li-a'i-ir  durnu  E n-lil-nia-an-si-ge 
in-sh  i-i7i-shain 

J3 . sha  rn-til-Ia-b  i-sh  u. 

4 nia-na  1 gm  ku-babbar 
in-ne-en-I(i  (/) 

V.  a.  d-kur-shu  Irn-gur-'‘Nin-IB  N in-IB-a-bi 

y ‘’Nin-IB-ga-rnil  Y Ma-nu-tum  arna-ne-ne 
u ibila-a-ne-ne  a-na-nic-a-bi 
e-bi-sh  a gu-riu-um-md-md-a 
b.  rna  liigal-bi  in-pd{d) 

One  sar  10  gin  of  built  house/  iu  which  a door  ....  is  standing,  on  one  side 
adjoining  the  house  of  Silli-NinlB,  son  of  EJ-Iu-ti,  and  Sin-eribarn,  son  of  EUil-nishu, 
the  front  side  towards  Bdli-NinlB,  son  of  Billi-Ishtar,  the  exit  into  the  lane  of 
Sin-lidish,  son  of  Azag-NinlB:  the  house  of  Irngur-NinIB,  son  of  Ibashar'rum, 
the  eldest  brother,  of  NinIB-abi  (and)  NinI Bujarnil,  his  brother,  sons  of  Lu-cja-turn, 
and  of  Mariutum,  their  mother;  from  I tngur-NinlB,  NinIB-abi,  XinlB-garnil 
and  Mnnutum,  their  mother,  Sin-liwir,  son  of  Erdd-tnansi,  has  bought  it.  As  the 
complete  purchase  price  he  has  paid  them  half  a mine.  In  future  I mgur-XinlB, 
XinIB-abi,  X inlB-garnil,  Manutum,  their  mother,  and  any  heir  of  theirs  shall  make 
no  claim  to  the  house:  by  the  name  of  the  king  they  have  sworn. 

' E-dii-a  = hltu  (passive-intransitive  ailjeetivo  formation  like  hitu  abtii,  bitu  luuhi)  designates  tlie  ground 

as  far  as  it  is  covered  witli  buildings.  For  its  relation  to  i-knnkal  and  c-ki-shiib-bn  see  p.  12,  note  1.  For  the  expression 
“so  much  area  ol  Imilt  house,’’  see  remarks  on  Babylonian  houses,  pp.  2.5  and  20. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


O 


2.  Purchase  of  Field  Property  (31,  68). 

No.  68. 

A.  a.  ^ (bur)  yaii  a-shay  yuy-she 

shay  a-shay  Did-'^Sm-na 
say-bi  id  A-bar-ri 
say-bi  miri-kam-rna  id  Ba-i-kiim 
us-a-ra  Sin-ha-zi-ir  dim 
a-shay  '^Babbar-an-did  dumii '' Nin-lB-ya-tnd 
u I-da-tum  diimu  '^Nin-lB-ni-shu 
b.  ki  Babbar-an-dul  u I-da-tum-ta 
Y '^N in-1  B-ra-hi-im-si-ri-im 
durnu  ’^Nin-IB-ma-an-si-ye 
in-shi-in-sh‘dm 

B . sha  m-t  il-la-b  i-sh  il 
12^  yin  ku-babbar 
in-na-an~la{l) 

(\  a.  u-kur-shu'^Babbar-an-dul  1-da-tuni 
u ibila-ne-ne  a-na-me-a-bi 
a-shay-bi-shu  (bur)  yan 
yii-nu-uni-md-md-a 
b.  mu  luyal-bi  in-pd(d)-de-esh 

Six  acres  of  yuy-she-field,  in  the  field  Till-Sin,  the  front  side  (adjoining)  the 
canal  Abarri,  the  other  front  side  the  canal  Baikum,  with  the  long  side  adjoining 
Sin-hazir,  the  builder:  the  field  of  Babbar-andul,  son  of  NinlB-yamil,  and  of  Idatum, 
son  of  NinlB-mansi)  from  Babbar-andul  and  Idatum,  etc. 

3.  Purchase  of  Endowed  Temple  Offices  (7,  36). 

No.  36. 

Purchase  of  Temple  Offices  and  House  Property. 

A.  a.  nam-shutuy'^  nam-PA-e  nam-lu-SHIM  + GAR 
nam-NI-du  nam-kisal-luh  u nam-bur-shu-ma 
e '^Alar-tu  niu-a  i[ti]-2-ud-'20~kam 
bal-yub-ba  El-lu-m[u-u]-shu 


For  this  reading  see  Thureau-Dangin,  S'.  A.  K.  /.,  p.  48,  note  1. 


6 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


-I-  sar  5 gm  e-du-a  da  e A-hd-'^ Mar-tu 
nam-skut'ug  u e ha-la-ba 

Y El-lu-rnu-u-shu  dumu  Shamash 
h.  ki  El-lu-mu-u-shu  dumu  Si-U-‘ SJumiash-ta 
Y l-U-i-dm-7iam  dumu  Shamash-ge 

w-s/u-m-sham 

B . sliam-t  d-la-hi-shu 

4^  gm  ku-hahbar  rti-na-un-ld{l) 

C.  a.  u-kur-shu  El-lu-mu-u-shu 

u ibila-a-ni  a-na-me-a-bi 
na  m-shutug  e-'^  M ar-tu 
m:u-a  iti-2-ud-2i)-kam 
u ^ sar  5 gin  e-bi-shu 

b.  gu-nu-uni-md-md-a  nm  lugal-bi  in-pd{d) 

The  offices  of  the  pashishu,  the  temple  superintendent,  the  caterer,  the  door- 
keeper, the  court-cleaner  and  the  stone-jar  bearer  (?)  of  the  temple  of  Mar-tu  for  2 
months  and  20  days  in  the  year,  the  ...  2 of  Ellumushu,  ^ sar  5 gin  of  built  house, 
the  long  side  adjoining  the  house  of  Abd-Martu  ] the  pcishishu-offi.c‘e  and  the  house, 
the  inheritance  of  Ellumushu , son  of  Sdli-Shamash : from  Ellumushu,  son  of  SilU- 
Shauiasli,  etc. 

An  analysis  of  the  purchase  documents  shows  that  they  ahva}- s consist  of  three 
parts  which  follow  each  other  in  this  order: 

A.  The  purchase  proper;  technical  term:  in-shi-in-s\vdm. 

B.  'J'he  payment  of  the  purchase  price;  technical  term:  iti-na-an-ld{l) . 

(\  The  agreement  regarding  future  claims  concerning  the  object  purchased, 
including  the  oath. 

A.  The  part  which  treats  of  the  })urchase  proper  gives 
a.  A description  of  the  object  l)ought,  namely 

1.  With  reference  to  its  character  as  house  property,  garden,  field,  income,  etc. 

2.  When  real  estate  is  in  question,  as  to  its  site,  by  designating  one  or  more  of 
the  boundaries  and  in  some  cases  also  the  landmark,  etc.,  Avhere  the  object  purchased 
is  situated. 


* Bal-giib-ha,  the  exact  moaning  of  which  is  not  clear,  resumes  the  temple  offices  and  the  income  attached  to 

these.  Pcrh.aps  it  must  he  analyzed  balgub-ba  (or  baldu-ba),  “the  inherited a term  which  would  correspond 

to  hala-ba. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


7 


3.  As  to  the  owner. 

h.  Describes  the  transaction  with  the  formula  ki-Y-ta  \ Z-ge  | in-.s/u-m-sham. 

B.  The  payment  of  the  purchase  price  is  in  all  known  instances  recorded  by  the 
formula,  sham-t il-la-hi-sh  a | x g\)i  kii-habbar  j in-na-an-la{l) . 

('.  a.  The  agreement  as  to  future  claims  is,  that  the  seller,  as  well  as  his  legal 
heirs,  shall  make  no  claim  to  the  property  in  cpiestion. 

b.  The  oath  is  taken  on  the  name  of  the  king  with  the  usual  formula,  7nu  lugal-bi 
in-pd{d).  The  name  of  the  king  is  never  given,  and  besides  no  allusion  is  made  to  the 
fact  that  a god  was  invoked.* 

The  scrilies  who  drew  up  the  documents  made  a very  mechanical  use  of  this 
scheme.  Xot  only  did  they  never  change  the  order  of  the  three  parts  and  employed 
the  same  phrases,  but  even  the  succession  of  the  single  groups  of  words  was  very 
rigidly  observed,-  so  that  the  scheme  took,  as  it  were,  the  place  of  a mental  formulary,^ 
into  which  it  was  only  necessary  to  put  the  names  of  persons  and  olijects,  the  numliers 
and  measures,  etc.  It  is  unnecessary  to  comment  upon  the  great  advantages  which 
such  a method  had  for  the  authorities  and  officials. 

The  documents  of  this  character  from  Nippur  record  the  purchase  of  houses, 
fields  and  temple  offices.  The  variations  in  the  description  of  the  object  purchased 
are  shown  by  the  following: 

a.  Purchase  of  house:  So  many  sar  and  ghi  e-du-a  (e-kis-lah) 

da  e X* 
e Y 

b.  Field:  So  many  gan  a-shag (=  species  of  field) 

shag  a-shag ( = name  of  the  landmark) 

sag-bi 


' Nevertheless  we  may  consider  it  beyond  doubt  that  Ellil,  the  god  of  Nippur,  played  just  the  same  role  in  oaths 
a.s  Shamash  in  Sippar  and  Larsam,  Marduk  in  Babylon,  Urash  in  Dilmun,  i.e.,  that  he  was  mentioned  in  close  connec- 
tion with  the  king  who  officiated  as  his  plenipotentiary.  Perhaps  mentioning  the  latter  made  all  allusion  to  the 
god  superfluous.  But  it  is  also  po.ssible  that  lugal  here  designates  the  chief  god  (of  a city'  or  a person,  as,  e.g.,  Gud., 
Cyl.  A,  Col.  V,  1.  10),  although  in  Semitic  it  is  rendered  by'  sharru  (cf.  No.  30  ;251,  ntsh  sharrim  itmu),  not  In'lu.  But 
notice  the  expre.ssion  lugal-ur-bi,  which  might  be  translated  “ the  lord  of  both.” 

^ Cf.  the  phrase:  sha?n-til-la-bi-shu  x.  gin  ku-hnbhar  in-na-un-ld{l),  and  the  ecpialh'  constant  Tell  Sifr  formula: 
X gin  ku-babbar  sham-til-la-ni-shu  in-na-ld{l) . 

^ A more  distinct  arrangement  was  arrived  at  by  placing  grammatical  units  (words  or  word  groups)  each  on  one 
line  {e.g.,  simm-til-la-bi-shu,  in-s/ti-in-sham),  or  by  indenting  the  lines  when  the  grammatical  group  covered  more 
than  one  line  (as  especially  with  the  kunya).  A more  extensive  use  of  the  indenting  of  lines  seems  to  have  been 
practised  at  Babylon,  judging  from  the  purchase  deed  C.  T.,  VIII,  22c,  where  the  verbs  which  close  the  divisions  of  the 
document — in-si-in-sliam,  in-na-ati-ld{l) , iti-pd{d)-dc-mc-esh — are  warped. 

' No.  12  adds  sag-bi  X,,  ki-e-bi  e-sir  X^-shii. 


8 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


sag-bi  min-kam-7na 

us-a-rd 

a-sliag  Y 

c.  Temple  office:  narri-x,  7ia7n-y,  etc. 

e'‘ , 7717 i-a  iti-m.-u(l-i\-kam 

hal-guh-ba  Y 


The  scheme  which  was  employed  in  Nippur  corresponds  closely  to  those  used  in 
other  parts  of  Babylonia,  but  it  shows  minor  characteristic  differences  from  them, 
as  well  as  these  latter  schemes  from  each  other,  which  the  following  talile  will  demon- 
strate. 


Nij)pur. 

A.  a.  Description  of  object 
b.  ki-Y-tn 

Y 7j-ge 

hi-shi-i7i-  ' (-esh) 

B . sha77i--til-la-bi-f<h{L 
X gm  kh-bahbnr 
i7i-7ia-a7i-ld (/ ) (-c.s/i ) 

(’.  a.  n-kur-shu.  Y 

ii  ihila{-a)-7ii  a-7ia-77ie-a-bi 
01  )j . -bi-shu  gh-7vu-iim.-777,a-777(i-a 
}).  77177  higal-bi  i77-pd{d)  (-rJe-esh) 


Babylmt  {C/L,  VIII,  22c). 

A.  a.  Description  of  object 
b.  ki  Y 

YZ 

i7i-shi-i7i- 

B.  -td-Ia-bi-shh 
X g'ui  kii-babba)' 

i7i-7ia-(i7i-ld{l) 

('.  (7.  u-kfu'-shi'i.  Iu-li7-)'n 
gu- 7177-77771- 7 7l('l-777a-a 

b.  77177  ''Mcmluk  u K 

i7i  - pd  {(J)  -(Je-77ic-esh 


S7ppa7'  (since  H a7777777mibi) . 

A.  a.  Description  of  ol)ject 
b.  ki  Y 

YZ 

i7i-shi-i7i-shn77i 

B . sh(7  77i-t  il-I(7-bi-sh  k 
X gm  kk-babba)' 
i7i-7ia-a7i-l('(  (/) 

('.  shag-ga-a-7ii  al-dug 
i-bi  al-td 


Sippcn'  (before  Ha77i77m}'abi). 

A.  a.  Description  of  object 
b.  kiY 

YZ 

i77-shi-insha77i 

B . sha77i-t  il-la-b  i-shk 
kk-babbai'  i7i-7ia-a77-ln (/) 

C.  ^^^'d'a7i-7m  ib-ta-bal 
{shag-ga-a-7ii  al-dug) 
i-bi  al-til 


* Tlie  same  sign  also  Sin-gaf:}iid,  cone  of  clay,  20;  Uruk.,  cone  B,  11  : 23,  etc.  See  note  1 on  p.  3. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


1) 


D.  a.  u-kur-shu  h'l-Iu-m 
gu-uu-um-ma-ma-a 
h.  mu ‘^Shamash Marduk  u K 
in-  pd  (d)  -dc-m  e-esh 


I),  a.  d-kiir-shu  lu-lu-ra 
g ii-nu-u  jn-rnd-md-a 
h.  mu  '‘Shamask  Murduk  K 

u aru  Zimhi’d'  i n-pd{d)-d e-me-esh 


Sippar(  Ili-ma-da,  Inunenun,  Buuidnh- 
tun-ila). 

A.  a.  Description  of  olpect 
b.  kiY 

YZ 

in-shi(~i)i)-shand 

B.  shank -td-la-n  i-sh  u 
ku-babbar  in-na-ld{l)- 

(’.  ^'^’‘kan-na  ib-ta-bal 

{i-bi  al-til) 

D.  a.  u-kur  lii-lu 

nu-mu-un-gi-gi-dam 
b.  mu  ‘^Babbar  i^lMarduk)  u K 
in-pd\d)-de-esh 

Till  Sifr. 

A.  a.  Description  of  object 

b.  ki  Y {lugal-a-ni-ir,  S.  .37  : 7) 

YZ 

in-sh  i{-i  n)-sham 


P.S.B.A.,  XXIX,  Nov.  13,  1907,  PI.  Ill 
{SumuLnd)  d 

A.  a.  Description  of  object 

sham-t  il-la-ni-sh  u. 

X ghi  ku-babbar  in-na-U'dl) 
b.  kiY 
Z 

in-shi-sham 

B.  ^‘^'‘kan-na  ib-ta-bal 
('.  a.  u-kur  lii-lu 

nu-mu-un-gi-gi-dam 
b.  mu-’^Urash  \ u K 
in-pd{d)  -d  e-esh 

C.  T.,  VI,  386. 

A.  a.  Description  of  object 
b.  kiY 
Z 

in-sh  i-sh(nn 


' C.  T.,  ^TII,  446  (Sin-muhnillt)  distinguishes  Ixdweeii  the  verl)  nnd  tlie  nuun  £^*~**b 

^ C.  T.,  VIII,  476  ; 9,  ku-bnbhar  shag-gn-ni  bn-an-SIIU . 

Tliis  sclienie  corresponds  in  its  first  i):irt  to  the  following  scheme  used  in  Nippur  at  the  time  of  Bur-Sin  of  Isin: 
A.  II.  Description  of  oli.ject 
sliinu-lil-Iii-Jr-niii 
X gin  ku-bnbbnr 
in-nn-iin-hHl) 

6.  kl-Y-ta 

Y Z,  h 7j.,,  duin-a-ni 
in-.«hi-;n-P^[ 

B a.  u-kiir-.am 
hUii-ii(r) 
gii-n  u-nii,-inii-(i 
6.  niii  liigal-bi  in-pa(d)-ilc-ef:h 


10 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


B.  X gin  hU-babhar 
sham-til-la-ni-shu 

in-na  {-an)  -la,  (/)  {-e-me-esh) 

C.  a.  u-kur-shu  u-na-me-a-ka} 

gu-gar-ra  e-ni-shu^ 

YZ 

ba-ni-ib-‘gi-gf 

b . nu-mu-un-da-B  XJR-e 

c.  mu  '^Nannar  ‘^Babbar 
u K lugal 

in-'pd  (d)  {-d&nie-esh ) 

C.  T.,  IV,  43. 

A.  a.  Description  of  object 
b.  kiY 

YZ 

in-she-shani 

B.  sham  ti-la-ni-shu 

X gin  ku-babbar  in-[  ] 

^'^^kan-na  lh-ta[ 
lu-lu-ri{  ] 

[ 


B.  SHAM-ga-ti-la-ni-sh  u 
X gin  ku-babbar 
in-na-la 

C.  a.  u-kur-kur  lu-lii 

nu-mu  -u  n-gi -gl-da  m 
b.  mu  lugal-bi  in-pd{d)-esh* 


P.,  18  (from  Nippur). 

/ 

A.  a.  Description  of  object 
b.  ki  Y I lugal  e-a-ge 

YZ 

in-shi-sham 

B.  sham  td{-la)-bi-shu 
X gin  ku-babbar 
in-na-al 

V.  a.  u-kur-shu 

ibila  a-na-me-a-bi 
e gu-nu-md-md-a-a!' 
b.  mu  lugal-bi  in-pd{d)-de-csh 


] 


P.,  83  (Si  13). 

A.  a.  Description  of  ol)ject 
b.  kiY 

YZ 

in-shi- 

B . t il-la-n  i-sh  u 

X gin  ku-babbar  ni-ld{l)-e 


* S.,  39  ; 12;  u-na-ine-a-ak-kum,  S.,  51  : 12;  v-nu-7nc~a-ak,  S.,  53  : 15;  mi-me-kam,  8:11;  often  wanting  . 

- (8.,  8 : 12;  gu-gar-ra  c-e-shii,  S.,  53  : 16;  — t'-e-ge,  S.,  GO  : 14;  gii-gdl-la  c-a-na,  S.,  85  : 11;  — e,  S.,  27  : 12 
— i-ht-shu,  S.,  81  : 10. 

® *8.,  8 ; 14;  — in-na-ab-gi-gi,  S.,  51  ; 12;  gii-gdl-la  \ Y | Z-;-a  | in-?ia-guh-bu,  S.,  85  : 11;  nam-gu-gar-ra  in-na-gub 
<8.,  41,  case;  u-kur-shu  lu-r'i  nu-mu-un-gi-gi-de,  tablet. 

' The  copy  shows  rnu  lugal  in  hi  {p)ad-esh  | di-»ni(‘!)-ur. 

^ ( 'f.  3,  note  2. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


11 


C.  a.  u-kur-shu  u-nu-me-ak 

ba-(ji-ra-nam  i-ta-na-pa-a[l] 
b.  mu  ‘^Babbar  ‘^Marduk 
ii  K lugal 
iii-pd(d.)-esh 

The  most  conspicuous  grammatical  peculiarities  of  the  Nippur  documents  are 
the  use  of  ki — ta  instead  of  the  simple  ki,^  and  the  use  of  -ye  to  denote  the  grammatical 
subject.  Characteristics  which  the  Nippur  documents  have  partially  in  common 
with  those  from  other  Babylonian  cities  are  the  use  of  bi  as  a determination  {sham-til- 
la-bi-shu,  e-bi-shu)  instead  of  ni  (sham-tU-la-ni-shu,  e-ni-shu;  Tell  Sifr.),  the  pleo- 
nastic accusative  -n  after  infixes  {m-na-an-ld{l)  instead  of  in-na-ldil)) , the  verbal 
plural  ending  esh  instead  of  me-esh  (Babylon,  Sippar,  etc.),  u-kur-shu  instead  of 
u-kur-kur  (C\  T.,  VI,  386).  Other  differences  arise  from  the  different  provisions  as 
to  future  claims  and  certain  ceremonies  observed  in  other  cities.  In  Nippur  only 
the  seller  takes  the  oath.  He  alone,  therefore,  seems  to  have  had  the  right  to  undo 
the  contract,  while  from  the  fact  that  in  Sippar  and  Babylon  l)oth  parties  swear 
(lu-lii-ra  gu-nu-um-md-md-a),  it  would  follow  that  the  purchaser  as  well  as  the  seller 
could  exercise  this  privilege.  The  phrases  shag-ga-ni  al-dug,  i-bi  al-til  and  gdsh-kan- 
na  ib-ta-bal  (Sippar,  and  some  northern  cities?)  are  not  found  in  Nippur  documents, 
and  probably  the  custom  which  the  last  phrase  describes  had  not  existed  in 
Nippur  or  had  passed  into  disuse. 

II.  Redemption  Documents  (45,  64,  66). 

No.  45. 

Redemption  of  Field  Property. 

A.  a.  5 gan  a-shag  gug-she 
shag  a-shag  ^Nm-unu 
us-a-rd  ^ En-lil-na-da 

ku-ta-sham-a'^  ki  La-rna-zum  SAL  + ISHIB  in-IB 
dumu  ^ En-lil-ma-an-si 

1 It  may  be  questioned  whether  the  dropping  of  the  postposition  ta  after  ki  must  be  considered  as  an  error  on 
the  part  of  Semitic  scribes;  at  least  the  possibility  cannot  be  denied  that  the  use  of  ki  as  an  independent  preposition 
was  a characteristic  of  the  local  Sumerian  dialects  which  formerly  were  spoken  in  the  respective  localities,  and  which, 
when  no  longer  spoken,  were  handed  down  in  schools  and  temple  rituals. 

^ See  note  2,  on  p.  .3.  The  affixed  a,  the  function  of  which  it  is  to  group  the  preceding  ideas  into  a grammatical 
unit,  and  thus  especially  to  substantivate  verbal  expressions,  is  placed  here  directly  after  A-ii-ta-sham,  althougli  there 
follows  still  a modification  by  ki.  In  64  ; 6 and  66  : 5,  however,  it  is  placed  behind  the  verbal  modification  (Ah-tu-sham 
in-sham-a).  Compare  the  similar  positions  of  the  temporal  d in  uddd  inlal  and  ud  inlaid. 


12 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


u Su-hn-un-tuni  SAL  \ ISII IB  in- IB 

dumu  Na-am-m-amsha-ru-ur 
a-shag  Be-el-ta-ni  SAL  + ISHIB  '^N in-IB 
dinnu  '^BJn-lil-gal-zu 

h.  ki  Be-el-ta-ui  SAL  + ISHIB  '^Nui-IB-ta 

Y La-ma-ziuii  SAL+  ISHIB  N in-IB  dumu  ‘^En-iil-ma-an- 
st(-ge) 

(i-sliag  c ad-da-ni  in-did 
]^.  7 gin  ku-hohhar  in-na-an-ld(l) 

i\  a.  u-kiir-shu  Be-el-ta-ni 
ii  ihila-ni  a-na-nie-a-hi 
5 gan  a-shag  '^Nin-unu-shii 
g ii-nu  -uni-nid-md-a 
b.  mil  lugal-hi  in-pd{d) 

Five  acres  of  giig-she  field,  in  the  field  of  Nin-unu,  on  one  long-side  adjoining 
Enlil-nada,  bought  from  Laniazuni,  priestess  of  NinlB,  daughter  of  Enlil-mansi, 
and  from  Suhuntwm,  priestess  of  NinlB,  daughter  of  N aniram-sharur ; the  field  of 
Beltani,  priestess  of  NinlB,  daughter  of  Enlil-galzu:  from  Beltani,  priestess  of 
NinlB,  Laniazuni,  priestess  of  NinlB,  daughter  of  Enlil-mansi,  has  ransomed  it  as 
the  field  of  the  house  of  her  father.  Seven  shekels  of  silver  she  has  paid  her.  In 
ful.ui'e  Beltani  and  any  heir  of  hers  shall  make  no  claim  to  the  5 acres  of  the  field  of 
Nin-unu;  by  the  name  of  the  king  she  has  sworn. 

No.  64. 

Bcdoiiiption  of  liouse  propertj". 

A.  a.  /^-  sar  e-ki{z)-ldlf 

da  e Nin-I B-ra-hi-ini-zi-ri-im 
dumu  '^N in-IB-ma-an-s'i 

' C.  7'.,  Nil,  1 1,  Row  1 : 17,  dii,  1 : U),  lii-tih  = pu-da-nnn. 

ktzldh,  ki-kid  or  ki-<jdl  (prouoiiiu'ctl  with  iiasalisialioii  kanhd)  and  ki-sliub-hd  have  jiraeti rally  all  the  tiaiiio  ineaiiiiig 
ol  un(•ulti^•ated  f^rouiid,  or  ground  not  covered  witli  Intildings,  against  l-du-a,  huilt  house  or  laud  covered  with  huikliiigs. 
Tlie  identity  of  the  first  two  terms  can  hardly  he  doultted,  since  l)utli  are  rendered  with  teriktu  and  nidCttu.  but  it  is  i o 
less  certaiu  that  ii  idl'd  ti  is  tlie  <lirect  Iraiisiation  of  ki-xhuh-hu.  .\s  kid  denotes  ‘‘to  take  down  a house  " p'f.  II  Tik,  15  ; S'iu  ; 
t he  liouse  fa-Avd  it  /a-r/w  = " he  has  taken  down  and  huilt  anew’';  [kal]-la  dito  {=  na-qa-ni)  sha  hiti.  Del., 

Jl.  II'.,  4805),  ki-k(d  ilenotes  the  place  where  a house  has  been  taken  down,  and  this  is  evidently  also  the  general  meaning 
of  nidiilu  (=  Jilace  of  a ruined  house;  ef.  c-shuh-ha  = hitii  na-dii-ii,  IV  77.,  30  : 31,  32)  and  icriktu  (from  lanikii.  “to 
break,  crack  ”).  In  Neo-Babylonian  contracts  we  find  also  hitu  ab-tu  (same  formation  as  bttu  nadu  and  h'dii  cpxliu).  followed 
in  the  deed  ot  purchase,  Weissb.,  ,17/sc..  No.  15,  by  the  addition:  ska  na-ka-ru  ii  c-pi-shii.  ‘‘which  must  be  taken  do^Mi 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABY]>ON. 


11: 


k(i-ta-s\vdm  ki  diimu-mesfi  E-a-i-dm-naiii-ta 

Y Ma-an-nu-u m-me-shu-l i-mr  dumu  A-wi-li-La-ye 
ku-sh  u iii-sham-a 

b.  ki  '^Nin-lB-mu-ha-ll-it  dunm  A-wi-U-ia 

Y I-din-Ish-tar  dumu  Mn-ati-uu-um-me-shu-U-sur 
ii  Na-ru-uh-tum  ama-ni-ta 

Y '^Nin-IB-ra-h i-im-zi-ri-im 

d u m u'^N  in-IB- ma-a  i i-si-ye 
e ad-da-na  iii-dii 

B.  sham  til-la-hi-shi( 

6h  (ji)i  ka-babbar  in-ne-eu-la{l) 

C.  a.  u-kur-shu^Niu-IB-mu-ba-li-it 

Y l-din-Ishtar  Y Na-ru-uh-tum  ama-ui 
ii  ibila-ne-m  a-na-me-a-bi 

sar  Eki{z)-lah-bi-shu  (ju-uu-um-md-md-a 
b.  mu  luyal-bi  in-pd{d)-de-esh. 


A.  a 


No.  66. 


Rc(k‘uiption  of  temple  ofiiees. 


nam-shutiuj  uam-PA-e  nam-lu-SHlM  +(xAR, 
uam-NI-du  nam-kisal-luh  u nam-bur-shu-ma 
e ^^En-ki  '^Dam-gal-nun-ua  mu-a  ud-t5-kam 
bal-yub-ba  ^ En-ki-mash-zu  dumu  Dam-ki-i-li-shu 
ku-ta-shiim  ^En-ki  ^Dam-yal-nun-na  in-sham-a 
b.  ki  '^En-ki  ^Dam-yal-nuu-ua-ta 
Y N in-IB-ra-hi-im-si-ri 

d u m u"N  in-IB-ma-a  ti-m  -ye 
yarza  e ad-da-na  in-du 
B.  sham  til-la-bi-shu 

18  ym  ku-babbar  iu-ua-au-ld{l) 


and  built  anew.”  Perhaps  kiktil  has  the  more  .special  ineanin<!:  of  ‘‘levelled  site,”  and  ki-hih  that  of  ‘‘cleaned,  i.c.. 
cleared  site,”  of  a collapsed  house. 

.^s  the  walls  of  Babylonian  houses  were  usually  built  of  sun-dried  bricks,  with  layers  of  rccrl  without  a wooden 
frame,  presumably  many  buildings  collapsed  in  the  rainy  season.  The  site  of  the  old  house  was  levelled,  upon  which 
the  new  hoiLse  was  erected.  By  the  frequent  occurrence  of  this  process  (we  must  remember  that  the  city  motmds 
have  risen  to  a con.siderable  height  by  the  debris  of  such  poorly  coitstructed  houses),  it  vill  be  easily  understood  that 
kihil.  etc.,  first  received  the  meaning  ‘‘building  grotmd  ” and  subseipiently  even  that  of  ‘‘unlniilt  ground, "in  distinction 
to  e-du-a,  ‘‘built  ground.” 


14 


BABYLUNIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


C.  u-kur-sha  nam-shutiuj  11(1-27 -kmn. 
itm  (ja-(j(U-la  kishi.b  in-na-cvri-tag^ 


A variutioii  of  the  purcliase  deeds  is  reiireseiited  by  those  doeiiiiieiits  which 
record  the  ])iirchase  of  property  formerly  in  the  possession  of  the  purchaser’s  family. 
The  scheme  corresponds  therefore  to  that  of  the  purchase  documents,  except  that 
in-slii-in.-sh(i)n  is  replaced  by  the  technical  term  iti-du,  ‘‘he  has  ransomed,”  and  that 
this  term  is  given  a short  rationale  by  the  addition  of  e ad-da-na,  resp.  a-sliag  e ad- 
da-ni  or  g((;rz(i  c ad-da-u.a,  which  refers  to  the  ransomed  object,  ^^4th  a view  of 
making  this  i-elation  between  the  latter  and  the  ransomer  more  expressive,  it  is 
often  stated  in  the  description  of  the  ransomed  object  how  it  passed  from  the  ran- 
somer or  his  family  into  the  possession  of  the  present  seller  hy  means  of  the  appo- 
sition of  kn-ta-Bhiim-  ki-X.-ta  Y-ge  ku-shu  in-sham-a,  “purchase  by  money,  which 
from  X,  Y has  bought  for  money,”  64  ;4-6  (cf.  R.  506:  7-9,  shi-ma-(d  X sha  dti  Y 
i-ska-mu,),  or  shortened:  ku-ta-sham-a  ki-Yd  “purchase  by  money  from  X,”  45:  4-7.* 
The  character  of  the  redemption  as  purchase  is  made  still  more  evident  from  the 
scheme  employed  at  Tell  Sifr,  which  is  exactly  that  of  the  deeds  of  purchase,  apart 
from  the  addition  of  the  phrase  e ad-da-a-ni  in-dii  which  occurs  after  the  payment  of 
the  purchase  price.  The  scheme  of  Sippar  documents  seems  to  have  been  the  same 
as  in  Nippur,  apart  from  the  known  grammatical  differences. 


Nippur.  Tell  Sijr. 


A. 

0 1 ki-Y-ta  1 Z-ge 

A. 

0 1 ki-Y  1 Z 

e ad-da-ni  in-dd 

in-shi{-in)  -sham  {-me-esh) 

B. 

shatn-t  il-la-b  i-sh  d 

B. 

X (fin  ku-babbar 

X ghi  ku-babbar  in-na-an-ld{l) 

sliam-til-la-ni-sh u in-na {-an) -la (1) 

C. 

a.  u-kur-shu  Y 

C. 

e ad-da-a-ni  in-du{-me-esh) 

u ibila-ni  a-na-me-a-bi 

D. 

ii-kur-shu  m-na-me-ka,  etc. 

O-bi-shu  (1 ) gu-nu-um-via-rtid-a 
b.  uiu  lugal-bi  in-pd{d) 


^ Tlie  line  is  written  over  ;iu  erasure.  The  translation  seems  to  be:  One  has  given  him  a title  deed  to  the 
ollice  for  all  times  on  account  of  a (future)  complainant. 

- Thus  also  II  13,  h {ana  ittishu)  and  lleisner,  TcUoh,  49  : 3;  Tell  Sifr  contracts  have  sham-kii  (=  shimatu). 

® When  a substantive  is  cozmected  with  another  in  the  sense  wliich  in  verbal  e.xpi-essions  is  designated  by  ki-ta 
the  Sumerian  does  not  seem  to  have  employed  ki-ta,  but  oidy  ki\  cf.  shu-li-a  ‘^Da-mu-i-din-nain  ki  En-lil-ma-Uk,  54:11, 
12),  but  ki-Y-ta  shu-hn-an-ti. 

■'  Cf.  R.,  506  : 7-9,  shi-nia-at  X sha  itti  Y i-sha-mu. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


15 


What  the  exact  provisions  of  the  law  were  with  regard  to  the  ransoming  is  still 
unknown.  It  is  not  likely  that  the  ransomer  possessed  the  right  to  compel  the  owner 
to  sell  his  property  to  him  at  any  time.  From  the  analogy  which  the  go’H  in  the 
book  of  Ruth  presents,  we  may  conclude  that  his  privilege  became  valid  only  as  soon 
as  the  property  changed  owners.  The  oath  not  to  make  a claim  in  future  to  the 
property  sold  {gu-nu-mn-ma-yna-a)  most  probably,  therefore,  does  not  imply  the 
renunciation  to  the  right  of  redemption,  but  effectuates  only  the  loss  of  the  right 
to  undo  the  contract  as  long  as  the  purchaser  and  his  family  shall  own  the  bought 
property  themseh'es. 


III.  Exchange  Documents  {kifihih  ki -ha -gar- in)  (1 1,  37,  39,  59). 

No.  39. 


Exchange  ol'  temple  ofiices  for  tielil  property;  supijlementary  payment  in  monej". 

A.  a.  nam-shutug  7iam-lu-SHIM-\-GAR  nam-PA-e 

7iayn~NI-du  7ia7n-kisal-luh  it  7iam-bu7'-sfm-77ia 
e ^Kii-siy  mu-a-a7i  itu-2-ka7yi 
hal-gub-ba  Ilu-shii-ba-7ii  (hi7nu  Ut-ta-gdl-lu-yyie-DU 
h.  Y llu-shu-ba-7ii  durnu  Ut-ta-gal-lu-yyie-DU-gd 

Y ‘^Eyi-ld-lu-f<hdg  77,11-esh  damn  ‘^Styi-i-dm-ytayyi-ra 
in-yia-ayi-s'i 

B.  a.  ki-ba-gar-in-bi-shd 

a-shag  gug-sJie  shag  a-shag  '^Nm-unu 
us-a-rd  kiir-e  hn-guy'-'^  Sin 
b . Y ‘^Eyi-l  il-l  ii-shag  7i7i  - esh-ge 

Y 1 1 u-sfi  u-bn-n  i-ra 
7 n-na-an-si 

( '.  a.  mu  a-shag  iiam-shuiug  c ^‘Kii-sii 
sd-nu-ub-diig-ga-ash 

b.  5 gi7i  kd-bahbar  "^En-lil-lu-shdg  7iu-hh-ge 

Y Ilu-shu-ba-7ii-ra  in-na-an-bar 
I),  a.  u-ku7'-shu  la-lu-ii-ra 

gu-nu-um-yyid-md-a 
b.  7nu  lugal-bi  i7i-pd(d) 


The  offices  of  the  pashishu,  of  the  riqqu  (caterer),  of  the  house  superintendent, 
of  the  doorkeeper,  of  the  court-cleaner  and  of  the  pui'shinnu  in  the  temple  of  Kusu 


' Tlie  tablet  by  mistake  draws  together  lines  4 and  5 to  hnl-guh-hn  nu-f!hn-ha-?ii  rJnmii  Ui-la-gnl-hi-ine-DU-ge. 


1() 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


for  two  months  per  year,  the of  Ilushv-hani,  son  of  Uttagallu-nieDV , 

riyshu-bani,  son  of  Uttaijallu-meDU , to  Enlil-lushm),  the  priest,  son  of  Sin-idinnarn, 
has  sold.  As  the  equivalent  Enlil-lushag,  the  priest,  has  sold  to  llushu-hani  4 acres 
of  f/ a r/-s/; e-field  in  the  field  of  Nin-nnu,  on  one  Ion" -side  adjoining  the  lode  of  Imgur- 
Sin.  Because  the  field  does  not  eqiiah  (in  value)  the  pnshisfm  office  at  the  temple 
of  Kiisu,  Enlil-hishag,  the  priest,  has  paid  5 shekels  of  silver  to  llushu-hani.  In 
future  shall  one  against  the  other  make  no  claim;  l>y  the  name  of  the  king  he 
( = either  of  them)  has  sworn. 


No.  37. 

Excluuigc  of  temple  offices  and  fields. 

A.  a.  [nam-EA-e  e-^^Nusku  rnu-a ] 

[nani-lu-nig-KU-ba  e-'^Nusku.  ] 

[1  gan  a-shag]  gug-she  shag  a-shag  ^Nin-lil-ld 
\hal-gub-^a  Shu-7nu-uin-li-ib-shi  dumu  Ur-Du-azag-ga 

b . ki-ba-ga  r-ra-b  i-shu 

3 gan  a-shag  a-gdr  a-tu-GAB  + LIS 
us-a-rd  Shu-mu-um-li-ib-shi  shesh-anii 
dumu  Ur-D  u-azag-ga 
a-shag  Lu-E-shu-me-D  U 

c.  a-shag  PA-lugal-dim-nam 

I u -lu  -ra  rn-sh  i-in-ga  r-ri-esh 

B.  a.  mu  a-shag  PA-lugal  sd-nu-ub-dug-ga-ash 
}).  2 gm  ku-bah)bar 

Y Eu-E-shu-me-l)  U-ge 

Y Shu-mu-u m-li-ib-shi-ra 
in-ua-an-bur 

('.  u-kur-s]iu  lu-Iu-ra  gu-nu-md-md-a 
mu  lugal-la  ur-bi  in-pd{d)-de-esh 

The  office  of  the  house  superintendent  of  the  temple  of  Xusku  for 

months  in  the  year,  the  office  of  the  master  of  the  wardrobe  of  the  temple  of  Xusku  for 
. . . . months  in  the  year,  1 gan  of  f/f/y-s/fc  field  in  the  field  of  A' ffi/f/,  the  ....  of 
Shumum-libshi,  son  of  Ur-I)uazagga:  as  the  equivalent  3 gan  of  field  of  the  sarbatu 
landmark,  with  a longside  adjoining  Shionum-h'bshi,  his  brother,  son  of  Ur-Duazagga. 

' Sa-diig  = kiishadn ; as  compound  sulistantive  .yd-diig  = salukku,  “ass 
kinhilhi,  “s|)oil.” 


ipssment,'’  “ tax,"  originally  perhaps 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


17 


the  field  of  Lu-EshumeDU : field  like‘  royal  preferment^ , they  have  exchanged,  one  to 
the  other.  Because  the  field  does  not  equal  the  royal  preferment,  Lu~EshumeDU  has 
paid  2 shekels  of  silver  to  Shumum-Ubshi.  In  future  shall  one  against  the  other 
make  no  claim;  by  the  name  of  the  king  they  have  sworn. 

No.  59. 

Exchange  of  field  and  house. 


B.  a.  [ki-ha]~gar[-ra-bi~shu] 

[ ] sar  [gin  e-du-a  u-ra] 

da  e ^ S>in~[i\-t[u~ra-am  shesh-a-ni] 
h sar  e-dil-a  bil4[a] 
da  e Sin-i-tu-ra~am  shesh-a[-ni] 

shag  ku-ta-shsim  ki  Lugal~nig-si~(sd)  (I)  dum[u  ] 

e Ad-da-dingir  dumu  Ilu-sukkal 
c.  e-e  a-shag-ga-dim-nam 
lu-lu-u-ra  in-gar 

C.  a.  u-kur-shu  lii-lu-ra 

nu-gi-gi-de 

b.  mu  lugal-la  [ur~b]i 
i[n-pd(d)-de-esh] 

No.  11. 

A.  a.  10  gin  e-du-a 

da  e Im-gu-u-a 
ush[  ybi-shii 

Y D[a-mi-iq]-i-li-shu 

u [N a-ru-u\b-tum  dam-a-ni 
b.  nam  [N a-hi\-'^ Shamash 
ki-bi-\gar-r]a-hi-sku 
mu-na-an-si-mu-ne 

B.  a.  10  gin  e-du-a  tur-e-a 

da  e '^Babbar-he-gal 

Y Na-bi-"^ Shamash  dumu  Im-gu-u-a 

'■-dlm-nam  = dim-na-a-an;  or  does  nam  = pifiatu  mean  “object  of  exchange?” 

^ PA-LUG AL  corresponds  to  PA -D/iVG/E,  which  either  designates  parm  sha  Hi  ( — knsh)  or  parsu  sha  sharri 
(=  garza) ; cf.  garza  (or  kush),  66  : 9. 

3 


IS 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


h.  nam  Da-mi-iq-i-ll-shu 
u N a-ru-uh-tum  dam-a-ni 
k i-bi-gar-ra-h  i-sJvu 
m-na-mi-si 

C.  a.  mu  tur~e  shu-ba{f)-ti{f)-esh 
b.  Y Na-bi-^’Shamash 
iin m Da-mi- iq-h-li-shu 
ii  Na-ru-ub-tum  dam-a-ni 
1 gva  ku-babbar  in-na-an-biir 
1).  a.  u-kur-shd  Id-lu-h 
g u- nu-ii  m-md-md-a 
b.  mu  lugal-bi  in-pd{d) 

After  Damiq-ilishu  and  Nanibtum,  his  wife,  had  gi\Tii  10  gin  of  a liuilt  house, 
adjoining  the  house  of  Imgua,  for  exchange  to  Nabi-Shamash,  Nabi-Shamash,  son  of 
fmgua,  has  given  10  gin  of  a built  house  (and)  courtyard  for  exchange  to  Damiq- 
ilishu  and  Narubtum,  his  wife.  (But)  because  they  have  received  the  courtyard,^ 
Nabi-Shamash  has  paid  1 shekel  of  silver  to  Damiq-ilishu  and  Narubtum,  his  wife. 
In  future  shall  one  against  the  other  make  no  claim;  by  the  name  of  the  king  he 
(=  each  one)  has  sworn. 


The  general  plan  of  the  documents  of  exchange  differs  considerably  from  that  of 
the  purchase  and  redem})tion  documents,  inasmuch  as  the  exchange  is  not  conceived 
as  a twofold  purchase,  but  as  a mutual  sale.  Notice  the  authentication  of  the  ex- 
change in  No.  39  liy  a repeated  in-ua-an-si,  “he  has  given,”  the  technical  term  for 
‘ ‘to  sell.  ” There  were  two  schemes  in  use  at  Nippur,  one  which  keeps  the  two  parallel 
actions  of  the  exchange  separate,  and  another  which  conceives  lioth  as  one  dihedral 


A.  a.  First  object  of  exchange. 
t).  Y-f/c 

Z-ra 

iu-na-au-s) 

B . 1:  i-ba  -ga  r-ra -b  i-sh  u 
Second  object  of  exchange. 
Z-ge 


A.  a.  First  object  of  exchange. 

(0  Y) 

b.  ki-ba-gar-ra-bi-sh u 
Second  object  of  exchange. 

(0  Z) 

c.  Oi  0.2  -dim-nam 

lu-Iu-ra  in  (sh i-in)-gar{-ri-csh) 


* Instead  of  built  liouse. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


19 


Y-ra 

iu-na-an-s) 

('.  mu  ()■_.  Oi  sa-iu<-nb-(Iu(/-ya-aftli 

X (/)n  ku-h(ihbar 
'A-ye 
\-ra 

in-na-an-bur 

D.  u-kur-shu  lii-Iu-ra  gu-rm-^na-nm-a 

}?(}(  lugal-bi  in-pa (d) 

('ompare  the  schemes  of  documents  I 

Tell  Sifr  {M  40). 

A.  a.  First  obj.  of  exchange. 

sham-kii  Y sha  itti ishdmu 

b.  bu-ha-ti-shu  second  ol)j.  of  exch. 

sham-ku  Z sha  itti i sha  mu 

c.  i-na  mi-it-gur-ti-shu-nu 
e-e-dim 

Y a-na  Z in-gar 
('.  h-kar-shu,  etc. 


B.  mu  O2  Oi  sd-nu-ub-dug-ga-ash 
x giu  ku-b(d)bar 
A-ge 
Y-ra 

in-na-an-bhr 

('.  u-kfir-shu  lii-Iu-ra  gu-nu-um-md- 

mci-a 

mu  lugal-Ia  ur-bi  in-pd{d)-de-esh 

rom  Tell  Sifr  and  Sippar: 

Sip  par. 

A.  a.  A-na  bu-uh  {itti)  first  obj.  of  exch. 

eqil  Y 

b.  Second  olij.  of  exchange. 
eqil  7j 

e.  u-bi-ih-hu  {a-na  Z u-bi-ih-hu) 

B.  a-na ] ira-tar-ti  bit  Y 

. . . ..diieilu  kaspu 

Z a-na  Y 

(’.  u-k(er-shu,  etc. 


Since  the  two  objects  of  exchange  seldom  represent  the  same  value,  this  class  of 
documents  usually  adds  the  statement,  that  the  party  Mdiich  gave  the  less  valuable 
object  paid  an  additional  sum  of  money  (or  real  estate,  etc.).  The  technical  term 
for ‘To  pay”  in  such  instances  is  not  in-na-an-Id{I) , luit  in-na-an-biir.'^  The  same  use 
of  the  term  occurs  in  division  documents.^ 

The  oath  is  a mutual  one,  since  both  parties  \vaive  their  rights.  In  the  formula 
lu-lu-u-ra  gii-nu-um-md-ma-a,  the  script io  plena  a(r)  ma}^  be  cited  as  a (not  always 
occurring)  characteristic  of  Nippur  tablets.  No.  59  has  the  formula  lii-Iu-ra 
nu-qi-gi-de,  ‘They  shall  not  turn  against  one  another.” 


1 I.itPrully  “t(j  loosen,  solve,”  pnsharw,  the  corresponding  nonn  is  nam-hur-ru . 

2 Mu — Uni,  mu — Ui,  -which  introdnees  this  part  of  the  scheme,  corresponds  entirely  to  ashsliuin  = oiia  shum,  which 
probably  has  been  formed  under  the  influence  <if  the  Sumei'ian.  The  enclosed  sentence  is  changed  into  a nominal 
expression  by  adding  a. 


20 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


IV.  Partition  Documents  (1,  23,  26,  32,  43,  44). 

No.  44. 

Division  of  house  and  inoncy  among  two  brothers. 

A.  J sar  e-du-a  {gi)hil 

da  e dumu  E-a-ha-ni  pd(g)-DU 
1 sar  e-du-a  ii-ra 
da  e Igi-shdg  nu-esh 
7 gin  ku-babbar 
ha-la-ba  ‘^Nin-IB-nir-gdl 

B.  ] sar  e-du-a  (gi)bil 

da  e '‘Nin-IB-nir-gdl  shesh-a-ni 
I sar  e-du-a  ii-ra 
da  e^’^N in-IB -nir-gal  shesh-a-ni 
7 gin  ku-babbar 

ha-la-ba  Ri-im-Ishtar  shesh-a-ni 

C.  ibila  Lugal-d-zi-da-ge-ne 
she-ga-ne-ne-ta 
in-ba-esh 

D.  mu  lugal-bi  in-pd{d)-de-esh 

1 sar  of  (a)  new  built  house,  on  one  side  adjoining  the  house  of  the  son  of 
Ea-bani  the  rnudu,  1 sar  of  (an)  old  built  house,  on  one  side  adjoining  the  house  of 
Igi-shag  the  priest,  (and)  7 shekels  of  silver,  the  inheritance  portion  of  NinIB-nirgal, 
1 sar  of  (a)  new  built  house,  on  one  side  adjoining  the  house  of  NinIB-nirgal 
his  brother,  1 sar  of  (an)  old  built  house,  on  one  side  adjoining  the  house  of  XinlB- 
nirgal  his  brother,  (and)  7 shekels  of  silver,  the  inheritance  portion  of  Rim-Ishtar, 
his  brother, 

the  sons  of  Lugal-azida,  by  mutual  agreement  have  divided.  By  the  name  of 
the  king  they  have  sworn. 

No.  23. 

A.  ^ sar  6 gin  e-du-a 

da  e ‘^Babbar  ‘^En-Iil-ld 

40  sar  gish-sar  a-shag  igi-nim-ma 

u-sal  igi-bi-shii  nig  a-an-e-ne-a 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


21 


zag  gish-sar 

Y A-li-a-Jm-sha  sag-sal 

Y ‘^Ishkur-ri-im.-i-U  sag-nita 

ha-Ia-ha  Na-ru-ub-tum  dumu-sal  Mi-gir-^ En-Ul 

B.  ^ sar  5 gin  e-du-a 
da  e Ib-ku-'’ Da-mu 
40  sar  gish-sar  igi-nim-ma 
u-sal  igi-bi-shu  nig  a-an-e-ne-a 
zag  gish-sar  Ib-ku-u-a-tum 
Ih  gan  a-shag  uz-a 
k i-b iir-ru  ‘^Ishkur-ri-im-i-li  sag-nita 

Y Da m-ki-I sfdar  sag-sal 

Y Ta-ri-bu-uni  sag-nita 

('.  JJr-'^ Pa-bil-sag-gd  ] 

^ nani  Na-ra-ani-tum  ama  Mi-gir-'^ En-lil 

Y N a-ru-ub-tuni  dumu-sal  Mi-gir-'^ En-lil 
u Ur-'^ Pa-bil-sag-gd  egir  dam-a-na-ka 
nam-ibila-ni-shu  ba-da-an-ri-a 

ur-a-m -ga -bi  in-ba-esh 

D.  u-kur-shu  lii-lii-ra  nu-gi-gi-de  mu  lugal  ur-bi  in-]xi{d)-de-esh 

^ sar  5 gin  of  built  house,  on  one  side  adjoining  the  house  of  Babbar  and  Enlil; 
40  sar  of  upland  garden,  which  slopes  down  into  the  marsh  before  itCl)\  the  side 
of  the  garden  adjoining  Ellituni]  Ali-akusha,  the  maid-slave;  Ishkur-rim-ili, 
the  man-slave;  inheritance  portion  of  Narubtum,  daughter  of  Migir-Ellil ; 
^ sar  5 gin  of  built  house,  on  one  side  adjoining  the  house  of  Ibku-Damu,  40  sar 
of  upland  garden,  which  slopes  down  into  the  marsh  before  it{'!),  the  side  of 
the  garden  adjoining  Ibkuatuni)  \\  acres  of  usii  field,  (additional)  payment  for 
Ishkur-rim-ili,  the  man-slave;  Dumqi-Ishtar,  the  maid-slave;  Taribum,  the  man- 
slave;  inheritance  portion  of  Ur-Pabilsagga,  a third  of  the  fortune'-  of  Xaramtum, 
mother  of  Migir-Enlil;  Narubtum,  daughter  of  Migir-Enlil  and  Ur-Pabilsagga, 
whom  he  has  adopted  as  heir  after  the  death^  of  his  wife,  have  divided  into  equal 

’ Cf.  (jish-sar  a-shag  a-an-e-ne-a,  4.3  : 23.  Tlie  correct  nieaniiig  seems  to  he:  a garden  wliiclr  tiirns  into  field 
or  marsh. 

^ Instead  of  J nam  perliaps  one  must  read  J-aam,  i.c.,  shnshshan-nam  = shushshan-n-an.  Or  does  nam  = pihdiu 
also  here  mean  “object  of  exchange”? 

® Cf.  the  same  meaning  of  arki  in  Semitic  Balndonian. 


99 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


parts.  In  future  neither  shall  have  power  to  revoke  this  agreement.  By  the  name 
of  the  king  they  both  have  sworn. 

No.  43. 

A.  N ani-nu-esh  '’En-Iil-ld  mu-a  itu-6-a-(in 

u burmvn  yan  as  hay  shuku-bi 
1 "‘^Hmmhur  zay-ya-ld  sib-ta  narnshesh-yal-ldshu 
1 sar  e-du-a  ki-e  ash-a  a-an-e-ne 
3 yan  ashay  da-ab-ta  da  e diimu  Sa-al-lu-u 
ha-la-ba  lyishdy  duniu  I-na-E-kur-ra-bi. 

15.  2 sar  e-du-a  da  e lyishdy 

ki-e  ash-a  a-an-e-ne 

2}  sar  e-ki{z)-ldh  da  e duniu-mesh  Da-dn-um 
9 yan  ashay  da-ab-ta 
us-a-rd  dumu-niesh  ‘?-uru 
6 y'ln  kii-babbar  yab-ri  1 sar  e-du-a 
u 3 yan  ashay  da-ab-ta 

Y lyishdy-ye  ha-la-ba-nash  ii 
shu-ba-an-ti-a-ash 

yab-ri  nani-nu-eshsh  ii 

Y 'kSm-ish-me-a-7ii  dumu  En-lil-ma-an-di 

shesh  ad-da-na-ra 
in-na-an-biir 

■n iy-y u-na  e-a-ydl-la  sh u-ri-a-b i 
ha  -I  a-ba  "^Sm-ish-me-a-n  i 
du  mu  ‘^En-l il-ma-an si 
V.  e ashay  yishsar  ashay  a-an-e-ne-a 

ur-as'i  -ya -b i n i-ba -e-ne 
I).  u-kiirshu  Ih-u-lii-ra^  nu-yi-yi-de 

she-ya-ne-ne-ta  mu  luyaJ-bi  in-pd{d)-de-es}d 

The  office  of  a priest  of  Enlil  for  six  months  per  year  and  its  36  acres  of  field 
for  livelihood,  one  zay-yida  bowl:  as  the  privilege  of  the  elder  brother;  1 sar  of  built 
house  from  which  one  goes  out  by  one  (common)  exit/  3 acres  of  dabta  land,  on  one 

' Mistake  (jf  scribe  for  lu-Ju-u-ra. 

^ 'riie  witnesses  of  tliis  contract  arc  introduced  with  tlie  older  (and  more  correct')  igi — shii. 

^ /.c.,  tlie  exit  of  tlie  house  is  nsed  by  two  or  more  i)arties. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


23 


side  adjoining  the  house  of  the  son  of  SaUu]  the  inheritance  portion  of  Igi-shag, 
son  of  Ina-Ekur-rahi. 

T\yo  sar  of  built  house,  on  one  side  adjoining  the  house  of  lyi-shag,  from  which 
one  goes  out  by  one  (common)  exit;  2^  sar  of  waste  ground,  on  one  side  adjoining 
the  house  of  the  sons  of  Dadum]  9 gan  of  dahta  field,  on  one  long  side  adjoining  the 

sons  of  ; 6 shekels  of  silver  as  equiA-alent  to  the  one  sar  of  built  house 

and  the  three  acres  of  dabta  field  which  lyi-shag  has  taken  in  addition  to  his  inheri- 
tance; (the  whole)  as  equivalent  to  the  priest  office  he  has  paid  to  Sm-ishmeani, 
son  of  Enlil-mansi,  the  brother  of  his  father;  the  half  of  the  furniture  which  is  in 
the  house:  the  inheritance  of  Sm-ishmeani,  son  of  Enlil-mansi. 

House,  field  and  garden  which  turns  into  field  they  shall  divide  into  equal  parts. 

In  future  neither  shall  have  power  to  revoke  the  agreement.  Mutually  they 
have  sworn  by  the  name  of  the  king. 

No.  26. 


Division  of  an  inheritance  among  four  brotliers. 

C'ol.  I (beginning  wanting;  li.  1-5  fragmentary) : 6.  1 gan  36  sar  a[-shag ] 

7.  us-a-rd  E-la-[Ii]  8.  5h  sar  gish-sar  a-[ ] 9.  zag  gish-sar  dumu-mesh  Lu- 

] 10.  shuku  gar-gu-la  shu-r[i-a-bi]  11.  ii  she  u ka-lum  a-lGl  + E[-a 

"^Mah]  12.  shu-ri-a-bi  13.  sib-ta  narn-gala  u nam-sludug  e-'^[N in-sun]  14.  2 gin 
kii-babbar  shag  sham  Warad-'^Nin-SHAJJ  s[ag-nita]  15.  / '''^^‘banshur  zag-gu-ld 
16.  sib-ta  mu-nam-shesh-gal-la-shu 

(’ol.  II:  21.  5^  gan  a-shag  ‘^^"''gi-mah  gab-ri  e-du-a  22.  us-a-rd  E-Ja-U  shesh 
ad-da-ni 

Col.  Ill:  1.  6 gan  a-shag  ib-ba-ta-nu-um  2.  us-a-rd  '^Sin-i-din-nani  nu-esh 
3.  3 gan  a-shag  igi-nim-ma  ki~ta  4.  us-a-rd  ’^Nannar-a-rd-mu-un-gi-en  5. 

11  sar  a-shag  6.  sur  ^ «'^'‘GlBlL-ga-nies  7.  us-a-rd  ^ En-lil-lu-shdg  shesh-a-ni  8. 
nam-shutug  e '^AGn-sun  rnu-a  ud-lO-kam  9.  gab-ri  a-shag  uz-za  10.  12^  sar  gish- 

sar  a-shag 11.  zag  gish-sar  ^Nannar-a-rd-mu-un-gi-en  shcsh[-a-n(]  12.  shu- 

ri-a  shuku  gar-gu-la  igi-4-gdl-bi  13.  shu-ri-a  she  ii  ka-lum  a-lGl  + E-a  ^Mah  igi- 
4-gdl[-bi]  14.  gar  7iam-gala  igi-te  ad-da-ne-ne  igi-4-gdl[-bi]  15.  Y Ishtar-na-ah-ra-ri 
sag-sal  ku-bi  11  gin  16.  shag-ba  5^  gin  kii-babbar  shu-ri-a-[bi]  17.  Ur-Du-azag- 
ga-ge  shag  ha-la-ba[-na]  18.  Y Ui'-^^DUN-PA-e-a-ra  in-na[-an-bur]  19.  1 ^’-’'gdl  mi- 
ri-za  ku-bi  1 gm]  20.  1 ^^"''banshur  sag-DU  kii-bi  ^ [gin]  21.  igi-4-gdl  kii-babbar 
mu-'^°’^har-zi[-ga]  22.  1 '^En-lil-lu-shag-ge  in-na-a[n-bur]  23.  I ^‘^'dg  si-na  / gish-ud 

1 [ ] 24.  nig-gu-na  e~e  igi-4[-gdl-bi\  25.  ha-la-ba  lJr-Du-azag-ga[  ] 


‘ Perhaps  gish-SUG. 


'24  BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 

Cbl.  I:  I acre  36  sar  of field,  lengthwise  adjoining  Elali]  5^  sar  of  garden 

of  the  field  ........  one  side  of  the  garden  adjoining  the  sons  of  Lu ; of  the 

victual  prebend  (consisting  of)  the  ‘‘great  food,”  the  half,  and‘  of  the  corn  and  dates 

of  the of  Mah,  the  half:  the  choice  portion  from  the  offices  of  the  kalu 

and  of  the  pashishu  of  the  temple  of  N insun  ] 2 shekels  of  silver  from  the  purchase 
price  for  Warad-NinSlIAH ) 1 zay-gula  bowl:  the  pivilege  of  the  elder  brother. 

C’ol.  II,  21-III,  ‘25:  5^  gan  of  “great  reed”  field  as  equivalent  to  the  built 

house,  lengthwise  adjoining  Elali,  his  uncle;  6 acres  of  ibbatanum  field,  length- 
wise adjoining  Sin-idinnam,  the  priest;  3 acres  of  lower  highland,  on  one  side  adjoin- 
ing Nannar-ara-ynungin.  4^  acres  11  sar  of  the  of  Gilgamesh,  lengthwise 

adjoining  Ellil-lushag,  his  brother;  the  office  of  the  pashishu  of  the  temple  of  XinsuJi 

as  equivalent  for  the  usii  field;  12^  sar  of  garden  in  the field,  the  side  of  the 

garden  adjoining  N annar-ara-mungin,  his  brother;  of  the  half  of  the  victual  prebend 
(consisting  of)  the  “great  food”  the  fourth  part;  of  the  half  of  the  corn  and  dates  of 

the of  Mall,  the  fourth  part;  of  the  food  of  the  kalu  office,  the  compensation" 

of  their  father,  the  fourth  part;  Ishtar-nahrari,  the  female  slave,  her  value  in  money 
11  shekels;  therein  (comprised)  5^  shekels  of  silver,  the  half,  which  Ur-Duazagga 
from  his  inheritance  has  paid  to  Ur-DUN-PA-ea;  1 miriza  door,  its  money  value 
1^  shekel,  1 “head”  bowl,  its  money  value  ^ shekel;  a fourth  (of  a shekel)  of  silver 

which  on  account  of  the ring  Ellil-lushag  has  paid  him,  1 si-na  door,  1 beam(‘.b 

1 , of  the  house  furniture  the  fourth  part:  the  inheritance  portion  of  Ur- 

Duazagga  


The  scheme  of  the  partition  documents  is  shown  by  No.  36  in  a very  precise  form: 

A.  Enumeration  of  the  inheritance: 
ha-la-ba  X 

B.  Enumeration  of  the  inheritance: 
ha-la-ba  Y 


C.  ibila-Z-ge-ne  she-ga-ne-ne-ta  in-ba-e-esh 

I).  ('u-kui^-shu  lu-lu-u-7'a  nu-gi-gi-de)  mu  lugal-bi  in-pd{d)-dc-csh 

The  parts  A.,  B.  represent  the  grammatical  object  to  the  verb  in-ba{-{e)-csh  at 
the  end  of  c;  ibila-Z-ge-ne  refers  as  apposition  to  the  persons  m4io  are  named  at  the 

' The  it  iiiilicates  that  the  apposition  in  li.  13  refers  to  li.  10,  as  well  as  to  li.  11  and  12. 

^ Cf.  kii-babbar  igi-te-bi,  14  : 7. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


2o 


end  of  their  respective  inheritance.  The  oath,  the  contents  of  which  is  not  stated 
expressly  in  Xo.  44,  is  a mutual  one:  lu-lu-u-ra  nu-gi-gi-de.  The  sciijjtio  jdena 
Iu-Iu-u(r)-ra  is  a (not  always  occurring-)  characteristic  feature  of  the  Nijypur  tablets, 
while  those  from  Sippar  have  lu-Iii-ra.  With  the  exception  of  No.  32,  no  use  is  made 
of  the  formula  gu — ma-ma,  “to  make  a claim  to  some  object,”  since  the  purpose  of 
the  document  is  primarily  to  fix  the  mode  of  dividing,  which  shall  not  lie  altered 
again  {gi-gf,  “to  turn,  to  upset,  to  undo”).  Cf.  later. 

A special  feature  of  the  partition  documents  is  the  use  of  a separating  line 
which  marks  off  the  portions  of  the  different  heirs,  and  thus  makes  the  document 
more  perspicuous.  On  No.  44  the  line,  for  which  there  was  no  room  left 
on  the  reverse,  is  even  placed  on  the  uninsci’ibed  lower  edge.  This  shows  that  the 
line  was  considered  to  form  a part  of  the  scheme.  Usually  it  seems  to  have  been 
placed  below  the  line  of  writing  which  begins  with  ha-la-ba,  but  on  Nos.  1,  23  and  32 
it  is  above  the  line,  from  which  on  Nos.  1 and  23  it  is  moreover  separated  by  a small 
blank  space.  On  No.  32  it  is  written  only  after  the  last  portion;  while  on  No.  43 
it  is  in  that  place  omitted. 

Of  special  interest  is  the  document  No.  43,  because  it  partly  records  the  mode  of 
a division  already  effected  (the  enumerated  heterogeneous  portions  of  the  two  heirs, 
nephew  and  uncle,  are  to  balance  each  other),  and  partly  fixes  the  mode  of  the  future 
division  of  the  rest  of  the  inheritance  (consisting  of  house,  field  and  garden,  which 
shall  be  divided  into  equal  parts):  ni-ha-c-nc,  “they  shall  divide.”*  But  it  seems 
that  all  partition  documents  more  or  less  were  of  a similar  preliminary  character. 
Apparently  their  aim  was  in  the  first  place  to  furnish  the  legal  forms  which  authorized 
the  heirs  to  dispose  of  their  inheritance  without  being  thwarted  by  the  lights  of  the 
co-heirs,  while  a definitive  settlement  was  left  to  later  agreements  lietween  the  differ- 
ent parties.  For  this  fact  an  instructive  example  is  found  in  the  group  of  contracts 
Nos.  32-35.  No.  32,  dated  Tashritu  17th,  records  the  division  of  a house  among  four 
brothers,  but  in  Nos.  33-35,  dated  Arah-saiKiui  9th  and  21st  and  Kislimu  5th  respec- 
tively, the  eldest  lirother  buys  back  all  the  shares  of  the  house  that  had  fallen  to  his 
co-heirs.^  This  accounts  also  for  the  fact  that  in  division  documents  we  find  the 
houses  quite  mechanically  dissected  into  as  many  pieces  of  ecnial  size  as,  it  seems, 
was  desirable.  Thus  in  No.  44  a new  house  and  an  old  one  aie  1 oth  divided  into 


' Cf.  tlie  similar  provision  in  adoption  docnnifiits.  Ni-Ixi-e,  plnr.  ni-ba-c-nc.  is  fljo  fntnn.'  (o  i)i-ha.p\.  iu-ba-c^h. 
Cf.  ni-ld(l)-e,  ni-ld(l)-e-ne,  56  : 16,  and  in-td{l)]  ni-d</-e  (in  Nii>])nr  texts  only  nl-d<j-c,  15:11,17:  S,.-;!)  : 11),  Co:  9)  and 
in-d.g  ; ni-du-e,  “lie  shall  build,”  14  : 13,  aiul  in-du. 

^ Compare  the  similar  case  in  M.  49  where  two  brothers  exchange  parts  of  their  inheiitance. 

4 


26 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


halves.  In  No.  32  one  house  is  first  divided  into  two  halves,  and  then  one  of  these 
halves  again  into  four  parts  of  equal  size.* 

Attention  may  be  called  to  the  part  which  the  eldest  brother  plays  in  the  partition 
documents.  He  has  an  equal  share  with  his  brothers,  but  receives  in  addition  a 
preference  portion  which  in  the  document  always  heads  the  enumeration  of  his 
inheritance.  In  No.  26  it  is  even  separated  from  the  portion  due  him  as  a son,  by 
means  of  a line.  The  technical  term  is  sib-ta  mu-nam-shesh-gal-la-shu,  “preference 
title  on  account  of  the  position  as  eldest  brother.”  For  the  Semitic  equivalent 
(zittu)  elatu  see  II  R.  9,  76,  and  Meissner  in  A.  P.  R.,  p.  2. 

The  proportional  amount  of  the  preference  portion  cannot  be  exactly  determined 
because  of  the  broken  condition  of  the  tablets  in  question;  but  from  No.  32,  pro- 
vided we  are  allowed  to  generalize  because  of  this  instance,  it  would  seem  that  it 
amounted  to  one-half  of  the  inheritance ; the  number  in  li.  1 is  probably  to  be  restored  as 
1^,  equal  to  4 times  i.e.,  the  sum  of  the  regular  portions  of  all  heirs.  The  same  mode 
of  dividing  we  find  in  26,  I,  10-13  (shu-ri-a-bi) , compared  with  26,  I,  29-31 ; II,  10-12; 
III,  12-13  {shu-iPa — igi-4-gdl-bi) , but  our  right  to  quote  this  instance  may  be  ques- 
tioned because  the  item  given  there  figures  as  the  sib-ta  from  another  item;  the 
amount  of  the  other  items  of  the  sib-ta  in  this  document,  as  far  as  they  are  preserved, 
differs  consideralily  and  is  much  less  than  the  regular  portions.  Though  it  is  thus 
impossible  to  arrive  at  a definite  result  in  this  question,  this  much  seems  to  be  certain, 
that  the  amount  of  the  sib-ta  was  in  some  way  or  other  a fixed  one,  because  in  adoption 
documents  where  two  persons  are  adopted  as  brothers,  it  is  provided  that  they  shall 
divide  the  inheritance  into  equal  parts  after  the  eldest  lirother  has  taken  his  preference 
portion  ; no  information  being  given  as  to  the  amount  of  the  latter. 

W hile  the  sib-ta.  generally  was  rated  from  the  various  items  of  the  inheritance,- 
one  olqect  seems  to  have  formed  an  integral  part  of  the  sib-ta,  viz.,  the  ^'"'‘banshur 
zag-gu-la,  written  also  zag-gu-ld,  in  Akkadian  pashshur  sakki.  This  kind  of  bowl 
(plate  or  kind  of  table?)  occurs  in  the  preference  portion  of  the  eldest  brother  in  all 
documents  except  No.  1,  its  place  being  always  at  the  end  (26,  I,  15;  32  : 3,  43  : 3). 
Notice  furthermore  that  in  no  document  its  money  value  is  noted,  while  this  is  done 
26,  III,  20,  with  a ^’‘'"’'banshur  sag-DU  given  to  a younger  brother. 

' Nevertheless  tliis  custom  would  not  have  arisei.  unless  it  had  been  founded  on  actual  conditions,  and  we  must, 
therefore,  conclude  that  the  Hal)ylonian  houses,  which  as  far  as  we  can  judge  from  the  present  remains  consisted  of 
walls  of  sun-dtied  l)iicks,  over  which  the  licams  of  the  roof  were  spread,  could  easily  be  divided  into  several  parts  by 
building  boundary  walls  across  them.  Tliat  this  ju-ocedurc  was  actually  practiced  we  may  infer  from  the  fact  that 
several  times  mention  is  made  of  boundary  walls  in  the  common  possession  of  two  neighbors. 

^ This  is  expressl}’  stated  in  adoption  documents,  where  it  shall  be  taken  from  house,  field  and  all  household 
furniture;  cf.  also  sib-ta  nani-gala  u nam-shutiuj  c-'^[Xin-sun],  20  : 13. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


27 


Apart  from  the  privilege  of  the  eldest  brother,  the  principle  was  followed  that 
brothers  divided  the  remainder  into  equal  parts : ur-a-si-ga-bi  in-ba-esh  (ni-ba-e-ne) ; 
ur-a-shu  si-ga-bi  in-ba-esh,  23  : 23,  43  : 34,  16  : 10.‘ 

The  following  scheme  of  partition  documents  from  Tell  Sifr  (>S.  25  and  26,  52,  91) 
corresponds  in  its  construction  on  the  whole  to  that  used  in  Nippur; 

A.  a.  Enumeration  of  the  inheritance:  ha-la  Y X 

b.  Enumeration  of  the  inheritance : ha-la  Y Y 

c.  {dumu-me-esh  Z,  S.  52,  21) 

i-na  mi-it-gu-ur-ti-shu-nu  iz-ga-am  i-du-u-ma 
ha-la  e ad-da-a-ni  ni-ba-e-ne 

B.  u-kur-shu,  etc. 

Here  the  future  actual  division  is  distinguished  from  the  legal  fixing  of  the 
respective  shares.  ‘ Tn  mutual  agreement  they  allotted  the  shares  and  shall  (later  on) 
divide  the  inheritance  of  the  house  of  the  fathers.” 

At  Sippar,  however,  it  was  the  custom  to  furnish  the  heirs  with  deeds,  in  which 
the  portions  of  all  persons  participating  in  the  division  were  not  put  down,  but  only 
the  portion  of  the  person  for  whom  the  document  was  drawn  up,  followed  by  an 
addition  like  this:  mi-wi-ma  an-ni-im  | ha-la  X | sha  itti  Y,  Z,  etc.  | a-ah-hi-shu 
i-zu-zu  zi-zu  ga-arn-ru  \ i-na  ba-shi-tim  sha  i-li-a-am  \ rni-it-ha-ri-ish  i-zii-uz-zu  | 
u-kur-shu  lu-lu-ra  gu-nu-um-md-md-a  mu  '^Babbar  ^Marduk  K lugal  it-mu-u — '‘all 
this,  the  inheritance  of  X,  which  he  divided  with  Y,  Z,  etc.,  his  brothers,  has  been 
definitively  allotted.  The  property  which  (later)  shall  turn  up,  they  shall  divide 
into  equal  parts,”  etc.  {R.  28),  or  mi-irn-ma  an-ni-im  \ ha-la  X um-mi-shu  ] sha  Y 
itti  ah-hi-shu  il-ku-u  ah-hu-shu  | u-ul  i-ra-ga-rnu-shum,  R.  50b,  11-15,  or  the  like. 

V.  Adoption  Documents  (4,  24,  28,  57). 

No.  24. 

A.  a.  Y l-li-i-din-nam  shesh-gal 
ii  ll-li-um-ma-ti  shesh-a-ni 
Y i^a-i-din-nam  diimu  Ib-ku-I shtar 

' IV  K.,  1.3  : 16,  ur-a-si-ga  = rnitfiarish,  “in  the  same  way,”  ishtenish  {ur-bi  = mithai'ish) , “in  one  (and  the  same) 
way”  {Br.  112.59  and  11261);  cf.  mi-it-lia-ri-ish  i-zu-uz-zu,  S.,  105  : 5,  6;  R.,  2S  : 19,  23;  C.  //.,  16  : 21,  22.  The  con- 
nection ur — sig  occurs  also  in  ka-ur-a  ne-ui-si-ga , “who  made  them  one  mouth,  subdued  them”  = mu-ush-te-cgh-mi, 
Samsu-iluna,  li.  .38  and  39  (more  closely  rendered  by  the  phrase  pii  ishten  ushashkin)]  cf.  also  bal  ka-ur-sig-ki.  Warad-Sin, 
Canephore,  2 : 10.  For  the  signification  of  mitfiurish  cf.  mifiru,  “the  equivalent,  the  same  as.”  For  the  reading  ur 
.see  ur-ri^esh  = ish-te-nish,  Reisner  S.  B.  //.,  No.  44,  Rev.,  29  : 30. 


28 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


ii  Ku-ri-tum  dam-a-7ii 


riam-(lwmu-7ii-sh.u  ha-da-an-ri 


C. 


h.  7iam.-d)da-a-ni-shu  i7i-yar{-ri-eshf) 
e a-shag  nig-ga  a-tia-me-a-bi 
shesh-gal  sib-ta-na 
shu-ba-ab-te-gd-e-en 
ur-a-shu  di-ga-bi  ni-ba-e-rie 
a.  u-kur-shu  tukundi-bi 

[Y]  l-li-i-din-nam  shesh-gal 
u 1 -ll-iim-ma-ti  shesh-a-ni 


Y E-a-i-diti-riam  ad-da-na-ra 


V Ku-ri-tum  ama-na-ra 


7 ill  ad-da-mu  7iu  ama-mu 


ba-an-na-gu-esh 
e a-shag  nig-ga  a-7ia-me-a-bi 
ba-ra-e-ne-esh 
u kii-shu  ba-ab-si-mu-ush 
b.  71  tukundi-bi  Id-a-i-di7i-na77i 
u Ku-ri-tuni  dam-a-ni 
Y I-li-i-di7i-7ia7n  dumu-na-ra 
u l-U-um.-ma-ti  shesh-a-7ii 
71  u dumu-me  ba-aii-na-gu-esh 
e a-shag  7iig-ga  a-na-i7ie-a-bi 
ba-ra-e-ne-esh 

71  1 7na-7ia  kii-babbar  7ii-ld{l)-e-7ie 
D.  she-ga-ne-ne-ta 

mu  lugal-bi  in-pd(d.)-de-esh 


Ili-idi7ma7n,  the  elder  lirother,  and  lliiuumati,  his  brother,  Ea-idiiuiam,  son  of 
Ibku-Ishta.r  with  Kuritum,  his  wife,  has  adopted  as  his  children;  his  heirs  he  has  made 
them.  House,  field  and  all  property  they  shall  divide  into  equal  parts  after  the 
elder  brother  shall  have  received  his  preference  portion.  In  future  when  IIi-idin)}a7)i, 
the  elder  brother,  and  Iliununati,  his  brother,  say  (either  of  them)  to  Ea-idiniiam, 
his  ( - their)  father,  and  to  Kuritiwi,  his  ( = their)  mother:  “Not  art  thou  my  father,’’ 
“not  art  thou  my  mother,”  they  shall  forfeit  house,  field  and  all  property  and  shall 
be  sold  for  money.  But  also  when  Ea-idi/uiafn  or  Kuritu)7},  his  wife,  say  (either  of 
them)  to  Ili-idinuam,  his  (=  their)  child,  and  to  lliui7iniati,  his  brother:  “Not  art 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


29 


thou  our  child,”  they  shall  forfeit  house,  field  and  all  property,  and,  in  addition,  shall 
pay  one  mine  of  silver.  In  mutual  agreement  they  have  sworn  by  the  name  of  the 
king. 

No.  28. 


A.  [Ib-]ku-sha  dumu  An-a[zag-!iha\ 

E-a-ta-a-a-ar  dumu [••■•] 

na m- ih Ua-ni-sh u ha--an-d\a-ri\ 

B.  a.  ud  nam-ibUa-ni-shu  ba-an-da~ri-a 

4 she-gur{f)  har{?)-ra  Ib-ku-sha  ad-da-ni 


Y E-a-ta~a-a~ar  in-SU 

b.  a.  gibd-bi-shu-a-an  Ib-ku-sha  ad-da{f)  

Y E-a-tu-ra-am  dumu  sal-nitalam-ni  ( ) 

ii  E-a-ta-a-a-ar  dumu  shu-ti-ra  ( ) 

ha-la  in-ne-en-ba 


3.  15  gin  e-dii-a  da  e Ib-ku-E-a  dumu  An-azag-sha 
1 gan  a-shag  ‘^En-lil-gar-ra  us-a-rd  Ib-ku-E-a 
nig-gu-na  e-a  shu-ri-a-bi-shu 
ha-la-ba  E-a-tu-ra-am 

y.  15  gin  e-du-a  da  e E-a-tu-ra-am  shesh-a-ni 

1 gan  a-shag  En-ld-gar-ra  us-a-rd  E-a-tu-ra-am  shesh-a-ni 
nig-gu-na  e-a  shu-ri-a-bi-shu 
ha-la-ba  E-a-ta-a-a-ar  shesh-a-ni 

C.  a.  she-gur  3 ma-na  sig  3 qa  id-gish 

d mu-u-a-shii 

she-gur  3 qa  id-gish  3 ma-na  sig 
d mu-u-a-shii 

Y £l-a-tu-ra-am  ii  j^-a-ta-a-a-ar 

Y Ib-ku-sha  ad-da-na-ra 
in-na-ab-kal-la-gi-ne 

b.  ibila  lu  nu-mu-na-ab-kal-la-gi 
nam-ibila-ni-ta  ba-ra-e-ne 

D.  she-ga-ne-ne-ta  mu  lugal-bi  in-pd{d)-de-esh 


Ibkusha,  son  of  Anazagsha,  has  adopted  Ea-taiiar,  son  of  (?)  , as  his 

heir.  At  the  time  when  he  adopted  him  as  his  heir,  Ibkusha,  his  father,  


30 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


has  yiven{‘!)  to  Ea-taiiar  four  gar  of  interest  grain.  Again/  Ihkusha,  the  father, 
has  distributed  the  inheritance  to  Ea-turam,  the  son  by  his  wife,  and  to  Ea-taiiar,  the 
adopted  son.  15  gin  of  built  house,  on  one  side  adjoining  the  house  of  Ihku-Ea,  son 
of  Anzagsha;  1 acre  of  Enlil-garra  field,  lengthwise  adjoining  Ibku-Ea;  of  the  property 
in  the  house  one-half  / the  inheritance  portion  of  Ea-turam.  15  gin  of  built  house, 
lengthwise  adjoining  the  house  of  Ea-turam,  his  brother;  1 acre  of  Enlil-garra  field, 
lengthwise  adjoining  Ea-turam,  his  brother;  one-half  of  the  property  in  the  house: 
inheritance  portion  of  Eataiiar,  his  brother.  2|  gur  of  grain,  3 mines  of  wool  and  3 qa 
of  oil  as  yearly  payment'^  Ea-turam  and  Ea-taiiar  shall  each  pay  to  Ihkusha,  their  father. 
The  heir  who  will  not  pay  his  sustenance  shall  forfeit  his  heirship.  In  mutual  agree- 
ment they  have  sworn  by  the  name  of  the  king. 

No.  57. 

A.  Y T a^-ab-ha-la-du  dwmu  E-til-hi-'^ Shamash 

Y Be-el-ti-ia  dam-a-ni 

Y H a-bil-a-hi  nam-dumu-ne-ne-shu  ba-an-da-ri 

B a.  e a-sliag  nig-ga  e-a-gdl-la  a-na-me-a-hi 

Y '^N in-lB-ga-mil  shesh-gal  sib~ta-na 
shu-ba-ab-te-gd 

ur-a-si-ga-hi  ni-ba-e-ne 
b.  a-ria  kishib  nam-ibila  Y Ab-luni  gala 
garza  a-shag  e it  gish-sar  Y H a-bil-a-hi 

Y ‘‘ N in-I B-ga-mil  shesh-a-ni 
g u-nu- u m-md-md-a 

C.  a.  tukundi-bi  Ta-ab-ba-la-du 
ii  Be-el-ti-ia  dam-a-ni 

Y a-bil-a-hi  dumu-ni-ra 

^ GibU-bi-shu-a-an,  10  : 20  gibil-bi-et:h-a-an,  is  composed  of  (=  ana  eshshiiiishu  = “aufs  neue'’)  and 

tlie  iterative  clement  a-an  = 6m.  The  simple  “auslaut”  sh{u)  as  well  as  the  compound  “ausla^it”  shuan — sham  passed 
over  into  the  Semitic  Babylonian,  the  former  as  the  common  adverbial  ending  ish,  ash,  the  latter  as  the  iterative  ending 
sham(ma)  in  esh-shi-sha-a7n-ma,  “again,  anew,”  R.  6 ; 13;  in  umisham,  “daily”  and  shattisham,  “yearly.”  Compare 
also  fiar-shii-a-an,  “on  account  of  all  this,”  Samsu-ihina,  24. 

‘ Shuria-bi-shd  is  an  adverbial  expression  formed  like  gibil-bi-shii  vith  the  postposition  shii.  The  Sumerian  con- 
struction can  l)e  rendered  more  closely  in  German:  “ Das  Hausgeraet  zur  Haelfte.”  The  determinative  element  bi  in 
such  ailverbial  formations  is  rendered  in  the  Semitic  Babylonian  by  means  of  the  possessive  pronoun,  e.^.,  a 7i«  sihirlishu 
(to  which  compare  in  Hebrew  Icbaddo) 

® Cf.  d-ynu-u-a,  29  : 10. 

^ The  value  tu  for  SlIAR  (from  the  Semitic  tabu)  ensues  from  the  often  occurring  ba-al-ta-at  = perm.  fern.  sing. 
Cf.  No.  70  : 15;  C.  T.,  VI,  2(ia  : 14,  30  : 20;  VIII  20  c,  g.,  etc. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


31 


dumu  nu-me-en  ba{-e)-ne-in-gu-ush 
^ ma-na  ku-babhar  ni-ld{l)-e-ne 
b.  u tukundi-bi  Ha-bil-a-hi 

Y T a-ab-ba-la-du  u Be~el4i-ia 
ad-da  nu-me-en  ama  nu-me-en 
ba-ne-en-gii-ush 

D UBBlN-al-tar-ru-ne 
kara-an-ni-ib-du-e 
u ku-shii  ba-ab-si-mu-ne 

Tab-balatu,  son  of  Etel-bi-Shamash,  (and)  Beltia,  his  wife,  have  adopted  Habd-ahi 
as  their  son.  House,  field  and  all  property  that  exists  in  the  house,  after  NinlB- 
gamd,  the  elder  brother,  shall  have  received  his  preference  portion,  they  shall  divide 
into  equal  parts.  To  the  sonship  document  of  Ablum,  the  kalu-priest,  the  temple 
income,  the  field,  the  house  and  the  garden  of  Habd-ahi,  NinIB-gamd,  his  brother, 
shall  make  no  claim.  When  Tab-balatu  and  Beltia,  his  wife,  say  to  Habd-ahi,  their 
son:  ' ‘Son  not  art  thou, ” they  shall  pay  half  a mine  of  silver.  But  when  Habd-ahi 
says  to  Tab-balatu  and  Beltia:  “Father  not  art  thou,  mother  not  art  thou,”-  they 
may  mark  him  with  the  thumb-nail  mark(?),  put  an  unsalable  slave’s  mark  upon 
him  or  even  sell  him  for  money. ‘ 

No.  4. 

A.  a.  Y A-wi-ir-tum  dumu-sal  Hu-pa-tum 
ki  Hu-pa-tum  ad-da-ni 
u Ru-ba-tum  a7na-a-ni-ta 

Y Sha-lu-ur-tum  dam  1 (piim)-'^ N annar-ge 
nam-dumu-sal-a-ni-shu 

ba-da-an-ri 
b.  if  gin  ku-babbar 
ku-nam-ehi-a-ni-shu 

Y Sha-lu-ur-tum-ge 
IJu-pa-tum-ra 
in-na-an-lal 

‘ Cf.  dubbin  mi~ni-in-AG-a  | gdr-ra-ni  (tlius  instead  of  ashl)  mi-ni-m-du-e  \ u ku{-bnhb(ir)-ga-a!sh  mi-ni-in-s),  V R. 
25,  III,  26  : 28  = u-g[a-la]-ab-shu  | ab-bu-ut-tmn  i-sha-ak-kan-shu  | m a-na  kaspi  i-na-am-di}i-shu.  The  enumerated 
procedures  represent  punishments  of  rising  severity.  C.  II. ,8a  : 43-5!)  forbids  in  the  case  in  question  to  sell  for  inonc\- 
and  allows  only  the  abuttam  shakdnu.  The  grammatical  correctness  of  the  verbal  forms  in  lis.  21-23  may  1)C  doubted. 
Cf.  also  the  wrong  plural  infi.x,  resp.  the  wrong  plural  ending  in  bnnengush,  li.s.  15  and  20.  Perhaps  we  should  read 
altarrude  and  babsimude  and  correspondingly  alter  the  translation. 


32 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


B.  a.  Y A-wi-ir-tum-ge 

KARA-LIL  al-du-ni-mci 
h.  Y Sha-lu-ur-tum  ama-a-ni 
gar-an-ni-ib-ku-a 

C.  a.  tukundi-hi  Y A-ioi-ir-tum-ge 

Sha-Lu-ur-tum  ama-a-ni  {-ra) 
ama-mu  nu-me-en  ha-na-an-gii 
ku-shii  si-nm-dam 
h.  u tukundi-bi  . 

Y Sha-lu-ur-tum-ge 

Y A-u'i-ir-tum  dumu-sal-a-ni-ra 
dumu-sal-mu  nu-me-en  ba-na-an-gu 
10  gin  kU-babbar  ni-ld(l)-e 

it  k u-na  m-ehi-a-n  i-sh  I'l 
ba-ra-e-ne 

D.  mu  lugal-bi  in-pd{d) 

Awirtum,  the  daughter  of  Hiipatum,  from  Hiipatum,  her  father,  and  Rubatum, 
lier  mother,  Shalurtum,  wife  of  I{nim)-Nannar,  has  adopted  as  her  daughter.  1§ 
shekels  of  silver  as  money  (compensation)  for  her  adoption  Shalurtinn  has  paid  to 
Hupatum.  Awirtum  shall  he  made  a votary  and  then  she  shall  let  Shalurtum,  her 
mother,  eat  her  prebend.'  When  Awirtum  says  to  Shalurtum,  her  mother:  ‘‘iMy 
mother  not  art  thou,”  she  shall  be  sold  for  money.’  But  when  Shalurtum  says  to 
Awirtum,  her  daughter:  “My  daughter  not  art  thou,”  she  shall  pay  10  shekels  of 
silver  and  shall  forfeit  the  money  for  her  adoption.  By  the  name  of  the  king  she  has 
sworn. 

The  scheme  of  adoption  documents  consists  of  (1)  the  adoption  proper  : (2)  the 
regulation  of  the  position  of  the  adopted  with  regard  to  the  property;  (3)  provisions 
concerning  the  solution  of  the  adoption  contract;  (4)  oath. 

A.  The  technical  term  for  “to  adopt”  is  nam-dumu-ni-shu  (Xo.  57),  uam-ibila- 
ni-shu  (No.  28)  or  nam-dumu-sal-a-ni-shu  (No.  4)  ba-da-an-ri  or  ba-an-da-ri.  No. 
24  distinguishes  expressly  between  nam-dumu-ni-shu  ba-da-an-ri  and  nam-ibila-a- 
ni-sliu  in-gar,  and  it  is  evident  that  a difference  “in  re”  corresponds  to  this  distinc- 

^ To  the  coiiiliiiiation  of  ijar  and  kii  compare  the  compound  ijar-kii-a  (Keisner,  Tclloh.  Ktl,  U’,  7)  and  Br.  11007 
and  110,5‘L 

^ The  formation  lali-dam  is  not  determined  as  to  the  genus  verhi\  it  usually  designates  a future  action;  dam  is 
to  be  analyzed  as  de-a-an. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


33 


tioii  of  terms,  the  first  kind  of  adoption  giving  the  person  concerned  only  the  right 
to  be  brought  up  and  kept  like  a child  (chunu,  indru)  in  the  house,  the  latter  conferring 
also  the  right  of  inheriting;  ihila,  ablu  therefore  has  the  meaning  of  ‘‘heir.”‘  In 
Xo.  2S  we  find  the  contracted  formula  nam-ibila-ni-shu  ba-an-da-ri. 

Instead  of  the  usual  formula:  X | Y-  | tiam.-duinu-rii-shu,  etc.,  ba-da-an-ri, 
Xo.  4,  exhibits  a scheme  closely  corresponding  to  a deed  of  purchase: 

a.  X (=  object  of  adoption)  | ki-Y  ad-da-?ii-{ete.)-ta  \ Z-r/e  j luun- 

dumu-sal-a-m~su  \ ba-da-an-ri 

b.  X g\n  ku-babbar\ku-nam.-ehi-a-ni-shid  | Z-yc]  Y-ra  \ in-na-an-Id{I) 

This  is  explained  by  the  different  legal  position  held  by  the  adopted,  who  as  a 

girl,  and  probably  still  a child,  does  not  possess  the  right  of  disposing  of  herself,  and 
therefore  is  rated  rather  like  a useful  help,  for  whose  cession  an  indemnification  must 
be  paid:  technical  term  kii-nam-ehi,  '‘money  (indemnification)  for  the  bringing  up. 

B.  The  regulation  of  the  rights  of  the  adopted  to  the  property  was  suliject  to 
agreement,  but  in  most  cases  the  general  rule  concerning  the  right  of  inheritance 
seems  to  have  been  applied  also  to  the  adopted,  i.e.,  it  was  provided  that  the  brothers 
divide  the  inheritance  into  equal  parts  after  the  eldest  had  received  a preference 
portion.  Therefore  in  our  documents  the  adopted,  when  more  than  one,  and  provided 
there  was  not  already  a natural  heir,  are  introduced  at  once  as  X shesh-gal  and 
Y shesh-a-ni.  This  formula  seems  to  be  peculiar  to  Nippur  contracts,  for  in  Sippar 
we  find  the  express  statement  that  of  more  than  one  adopted,  one  shall  lie  the  ahu 
resp.  7ndru  rabu.  Cf.  il/.,  94  : 13.  No.  4 contains  at  this  place  a provision  as  to  the 
employment  of  the  adopted  girl,  and  the  use  to  be  made  of  her  income.  See  for  a 
similar  provision  made  in  Cassite  times,  (’lay,  B.  E.,  Series  A,  XIV,  40  : 6-8:  shum-ma 
a-na  mu-tim  i-nam-din-shi  \ shum-ma  ha-ri-mu-ta  ib-bu-us-si  \ a-mat-sa  ii-ul  i-sha- 
ak-ka-an,  “be  it  that  she  gives  her  to  a husband,  be  it  that  she  makes  her  a votary, 
her  slave  she  shall  not  make  her.” 

C.  The  provisions  as  to  the  solution  of  the  adoption  contract  show  the  casuistic 
form  of  the  laws  in  the  Code  of  Hammurabi,  known  in  Sumerian  also  from  the  so- 
called  Sumerian  family  laws.  The  various  directions  of  these  latter  reoccur  in  our 
documents,  although  with  considerable  grammatical  and  often  material  variations. 

‘ Cf.  Ungiiad,  0.  L.  Z.,  IX,  col.  462-465. 

- The  ge  denoting  the  grammatical  subject  is  found  in  Xo.  4,  Imt  not  in  the  other  adoption  documents,  which 
moreover  are  very  careless  in  the  distinction  of  plural  and  .singular  endings,  infixes  and  suffixes. 

^ The  following  and  the  precefling  lines  differ  from  that  of  the  corresponding  lines  in  purchase  deeds. 

^ Ehi  ^ li(jutu,  turbutu,  concr.  the  child  which  is  brought  up;  tunn-chi  = lirjfitu,  abstr.  the  ado]ition,  the 

bringing  up  of  a child. 


34 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


Tliey  were  evidently  put  together  either  for  accomplished  scribes  or  for  those  who 
wei'e  learning  to  write,  to  serve  as  patterns  for  the  corresponding  parts  in  adoption 
documents  (law  1-4),  marriage  contracts  (law  5 and  6)  and  contracts  of  hiring  (law  5). 
This  is  very  evident  from  the  line  which  heads  the  collection  of  laws:  u-kur-shu 
u-na-me-shu , ‘‘in  future,  always,”  which  is  not  (|uite  suitaTle  for  a collection  of  laws, 
since  laws  are  given  in  the  first  place  for  the  present  (Hammurabi  begins  his  code  of 
law  with  i-nu-mi-shu,  “now,”  C.  H.,  .5  : 25),  not  for  the  future. 

D.  The  oath  which  is  omitted  in  No.  57  is  a mutual  one  (she-ga-ne-ne-ta)  when 
the  adopting  and  the  adopted  are  the  negotiating  parties  (Nos.  24,  28j ; in  No.  4 it  is 
taken  only  liy  the  adopting  priestess  who  concludes  the  contract  with  the  parents 
of  the  adopted. 

The  great  number  of  adoptions  and  the  fact  that  adults,  and  often  more  than 
one,  are  adopted  show  that  in  Babylonia  adoption  formed  a kind  of  business 
transaction  hy  which  not  only  the  adopted,  but  also  the  adopting  person  gained  an 
advantage.  This  consisted  primarily  in  the  helj)  which  he  had  from  the  adopted,  and 
which  he  needed  especially  at  his  age  when  he  could  no  longer  earn  his  sustenance 
himself.  This  becomes  very  evident  from  No.  28,  which  determines  the  exact  amount 
of  the  sustenance  which  the  adopted,  and  the  legitimate  son  have  to  give  to  their 
father,  and  from  No.  4 where  the  adopting  priestess  secures  for  herself  the  benefit 
of  her  adopted  daughter’s  sustenance. 

The  document  No.  57  combines  adoption,  division  of  an  inheritance,  and  obli- 
gation to  pay  annuities.  Such  combinations  are  a characteristic  feature  of  Nippur 
documents,  while  in  or  near  Sippar,  as  we  have  seen  already  in  connection  with  the 
division  contracts,  separate  documents  for  each  party  were  drawn  up,  in  which  only 
the  individual  rights  that  a person  had  secured  were  set  forth.  As  an  example 
of  such  an  independent  document  of  the  character  last  mentioned,  see  C.  T., 
VI n,  37a:  1.  slie-yur-ba  2.  3 qa  ia-gish-ba  3.  igi-Jf-gaJ  ku-babbar  s'lg-ba  4.  i-na 

mu-l-karn  5.  a-di  A-bi-ra-tum  (3.  ba-al-ta-at  7.  3 isin  zid-da  I uzu('?) 
8.  Y EriHi-fiAShamash  9.  mdrat  A-U-wa-aq{-rum)  10.  i-ta-na-di-shi-im  11.  mu 
Bahbar A-a '' Marduk  12.  u Ha-am[-mu-ra-bi]  13.  in-pd(d)  \ i.e.,  a rate  of  1 gur 
of  grain,  a rate  of  3 pa  of  oil,  a rate  of  j (shekel)  of  silver  for  wool  (and)  at  three 
feasts  (of  Shamash)  10  qa  of  flour  and  1 piece  of  meat,  as  long  as  Abirafum  shall 
live,  Erishti-Shamash  shall  give  her. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


35 


VI.  Marriage  Contracts  (40  and  58). 

No.  40. 

A.  Y ^En-Iil-id-zu  mi-esh  ^En-lil-ld  dum.u  Lugal-n-zi-da 

Y Ama-sukkal  dumu-sal  ^Nin-IB-ma-an-si-ge 

nam-dam-shu  ba-an-tug  L . 

B.  19  gm  ku-babbar  Y Ama-sukkal-ge 

Y En-Ul-id-zu  dam-a-ni-ra 
in-na-7ii-in-tur 

C.  a.  ii-kia^-shu  tukundi-bi  d '^Eti-lil-id-zu-ge 

Y Atna-sukkal  dam,-a-ni-ra 
dam-mu  nu-me-en  ba-na-an-gii 
19  gin  ku-bi  gur-ru-dam 

u ^ ma-na  ku-dam-tdg-tii-ra  ni-ld{l)-e  ' 

b.  u tukundi-bi  Y Ama-sukkal-ge 

Y ’^En-lil-id-zu  dam-a-ni-ra 
dam-mu  nu-me-en  ba-na-an-gu 
19  gin  ku-bi  ba-ra-e-ne 
it  k ma-na  ku-babbar  ni-ld{l)-e 

D.  she-ga-ne-ne-ta 

mu  lugal-ur-bi  in-pd{d)-de-esh 

Enlil-idzu,  priest  of  Enlil,  son  of  Lugal-azida,  has  taken  Ama-sukkal,  daughter  of 
XinlB-mansi,^  to  wife.  19  shekels  of  silver  A7na-sukkal  has  brought  in  to  Enlil-idzu, 
his  wife.  In  future,  when  Enlil-idzu  says  to  Ama-sukkal,  his  wife:  "My  wife  not  art 
thou,  ” he  shall  return  the  19  shekels  of  money,  and,  in  addition,  pay  half  a mine  as  her 
divorce  money.  And  when  A ma-sukkal  says  to  Eidil-idzu,  her  husband : ‘ Aly  husband 
not  art  thou,”  she  shall  forfeit  the  19  shekels  of  money,  and,  in  addition,  pay  half  a 
mine  of  silver.  In  mutual  agreement  they  have  both  sworn  by  the  name  of  the  king. 

No.  48. 

A.  1.  d A-wi-li-ia  dumuWarad-' Sin 

d Na-ra-ani-tum  dumu-sal Sin-na-tum 
na m-da m -sh u in-t ug 

2.  Y I -bi-'^ E n-lil  ibila  shesh-gal  Ilu-sliu-ib-)u-shu  shesh-a-)ii 
u I-U-ma-a-bi  shesh-a-ne-ne  d A-wi-li-ia-gc 
d Na-ra-am-tum  dam-a-ni-ra  nani-ibila-ni-shu  in-na-an-si 

' The  pustpo.sitioii  ge  iimke.s  Atna-mikkiil  the  subject.  But  this  can  Iianlly  have  been  tlie  iiiteiitiou  of  tJie  sciibe, 
he  probably  having  misplaced  ge,  intending  it  to  I'ollow  '^En-lU-id-zu,  etc. 


36 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


B.  2.  Y ihila  shesh-gal  Jlu-shu-ib-ni-shu  shesh-a-rii 

u 7-Ii-ma-a-bi  shesh-a-rie-ne 
e a-shag  gish-sar  genie  arad  nig-ga  e-a-giU-Ia 

Y A-wi-li-ia  ad-da-ne-ne-ge 
shesh-gal  s ih-ta-na  shu-ha-a h-te-gd-n -an 
ur-a-si-ga-h  i ni-ha-e-ne 

C.  1.  tukundi-hi  Y A-wi-li-ia  N a-ra-am-tum  dam-a-ni-ra 

dani-nm  nu-me-en  ha-na-an-gu  ^ rna-ria  ku-hahhar  ni-lu{l)-e 
tukundi-hi  Y N a-ra-am-tuni  A-wi-li-ia  dam-a-ni-ra 
dani-niu  nu-me-en  ha-na-an-gu  dnhhin  al-tar-ru-ne  kii-shu  ne-ih- 
si-niu-ush 

2.  tukundi-hi  Y l-hi-^En-lil  llu-shu-ih-ni-shu 

u l-li-ma-a-hi  shesh-a-ne-ne  Na-ra-am-tum  ama-ne-ne-ra 
am  a-nie  nu-me-en  ha-na-an-g  u -u  sh 
nig-ga  A-wi-li-ia  ad-da-ne-ne-ge  ha-ra-e-ne-en-ne-en 
tukundi-hi  Y Na-ra-ani-tum  I-hiAEn-lil 

Y llu-shu-ih-ni-shu  it  l-li-ma-a-hi  dumu-ne-ne-ra 
dumu-niu-niesh  nu-me-en  ha-na-an-gu 

nig-ga  A-wi-li-ia  dani-a-na-ge  ha-ra-e-ne 

D.  Y Na-ra-am-tum  shag  g[a  ] 

[ n]ani-ihila  [ ] 

[mu-a  she-gur  6 [ma-na  sag  . ...  qa  m-]  gish 

Y I-hi-’En-lil  ihila  shesh-gal  llu-shu-ih-ni-shu 
u l-li-ma-a-hi  [shesh-a-ne-]ne 

Y Na-ra-am-tum  ama-ne-ne-ra  in-na-ah-kala-gi-ne 
ihila  she-ha  id-ha  ii  sig-ha  nu-niu-na-ah-kala-gi 
nig-ga  A-wi-li-ia  ad-da-na-ge  ha-ra-e-ne 

I*].  she-ga-ne-ne-ta  mu  lugal-hi  in-pd{d)-de-esh 

Av'ilia,  son  of  Warad-Sin,  has  taken  Naramtum,  daughter  of  Sinatum,  to  wife. 
Ihi-Enlil,  the  heir  (and)  elder  hrotlier,  Ilushu-ihnishu,  liis  lirother,  and  llima-ahi, 
their  l)rother,yla'f//n'  has  given  to  Naramtum,  his  wife,  as  sons.  Ihi-Enlil,  the  heir  (and) 
elder  lirother,  Ilushu-ihnishu,  his  brother,  and  llima-ahi,  their  brother,  shall  divide 
house,  field,  garden,  maid-slave,  man-slave  and  the  property  that  exists  in  the  house 
of  Awilia,  their  father,  into  ecjual  parts  after  the  eldest  brother  shall  have  taken  his 

‘ Tlii«  il(H'uinc‘iit  uses  ge  unly  liere  (Init  not,  c.g.,  in  li.  1,  lo,  1.5,  etc.)  to  denote  the  .subject,  wliile  else  it  desig- 
nates with  ge  the  genetivi-  (li.  1(1,  20,  2-1,  82). 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


37 


preference  portion.  When  Aivilia  ssiys  to  Naramtum,  his  wife;  “My  wife  not  art 
thou,  ” he  shall  pay  ^ mine  of  silver.  When  Naramtum  says  to  Awilia,  her  husband : 
“]\Iy  husband  not  art  thou,”  they  shall  mark  her  with  the  thumb-nail  mark(?)  and 
sell  her  for  money.  When  Ihi-Enlil,  Ilushu-ibtiishu  and  llima-abi,  their  brother, 
say  to  their  mother:  “Our  mother  not  art  thou,”  they  shall  forfeit  the 

property  of  Awilia,  their  father.  When  Naramtum  says  to  Ihi-Enlil,  Ilushu-ihnishu 
and  Ilima-ahi,  her  children:  “My  sons  ye  are  not,”  she  shall  forfeit  the  property 

of  Awilia,  her  husband.  Naramtum In  the  year  2f  gur  of  grain,  6 

mines  of  wool  and qa  of  oil  Ihi-Enlil,  the  heir  (and)  elder  brother,  Ilushu-ihnishu 

and  Ili?na-ahi,  their  brother,  shall  give  to  N aramtwrn,  their  mother,  as  sustenance. 
If  a son  will  not  give  her  the  grain,  oil,  and  wool  installments  as  sustenance,  he  shall 
forfeit  the  property  of  his  father.  In  mutual  agreement  they  have  sworn  by  the 
name  of  the  king. 


The  scheme  of  the  marriage  contracts  corresponds  in  its  four  parts — (1)  the 
marriage  proper  (treating  of  the  persons) ; (2)  the  dowry  (treating  of  the  property) ; 
(3)  the  break  of  the  contract;  (4)  oath — as  well  as  by  the  formulating  of  the  single 
parts,  entirely  to  that  of  the  adoption  documents,  both  kinds  of  treaties  being  also 

rc”  closely  related  to  each  other,  as  they  both  belong  to  the  family  law. 

A.  The  technical  term  for  “to  marry,”  nam-dam-slm  in-tug  (48  : 3),  “he  has 
taken  into  wifehood,”  nam-dam-shu  ha-an-tug,  “he  has  taken  for  himself, etc., 
shows  the  same  formation  as  nam-dumu-shu  ha-da-an-ri. 

B.  The  technical  term  for  “to  bring  as  a dowry”  is  in-na-ni-in-tur,  “she  has 
brought  in,  the  same  as  in  German,  “einhringen;'’  in  Sippar  documents,  the  more 
explicit  term,  ana  hit  X (/?.,  101  : 18,  husband;  R.,  84  : 39,  father  of  the  husband), 
usherih,^  is  used. 

C.  Cf.  the  adoption  documents. 

D.  The  oath  is  a mutual  one  {she-ga-ne-ne-ta  mu  lugal{-ur-)hi  in-pd(d)-de-csh) d 

No.  48  is  a combination  of  marriage  contract,  adoption  document  and  obliga- 
tion to  pay  annuities,  inasmuch  as  the  wife  is  given  by  her  husband  also  the  legal 
rights  of  a mother  over  the  sons  of  his  former  marriage  ]3y  making  them  her 
children  {dam-a-ni-ra  nam-ihila-ni-sku  in-7ia-an-s\) . The  principle  followed  in  this 

1 Cf.  Z.  A.,  XXI,  p.  220. 

^ On  the  infix  ni,  “therein,  thereinto,”  cf.  Z.  .1.,  XXI,  pp,  232-236. 

^ Subject  the  father  of  the  bride;  li.  101  : 19,  u-she-ri-bu-shi  (object  = the  bride). 

^ ur  = milfiarish,  ishtenish,  Br.,  11259,  11261,  is  as  adjective  connected  with  7)iu-lugal  (object),  not  with  the 
predicate. 


38 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


comliiiiatioii  is  the  juxtaposition  of  corresponding  parts  (A.  1,  and  2,  1,  C.  1 and  2). 
The  mother  acquires  the  right  to  lie  sustained  by  her  sons  after  they  have  inherited 
the  property  of  their  father.  The  amount  of  the  sustenance  is  fixed  (D). 

VII.  A Manumission  Document. 

No.  8. 

A.  a.  Y Dii-shu-ub-tum  NIN{EL,  SAL-?)-DlNGIR  (?) 

''  Ahu-zi-cui-n.a 
(lumu-sal  Diiij-ija-a 

Y Ishtar-ra-hi-a-at  geme-ni-im^ 
ama-ar-gi-ni  in-gar 

b.  sag-ki-ni  in-la h-ld/i 

c.  7iam-ge7ne-7ii  in-hi 

d.  kishih  7ia77i-el-Ia-7ii-shu  i7i-7ia-an-tdg 

B.  Y Ishtar-ra-hi-a-at-ge 

Y Du-shu-ub-tum  7ii7i-a-rii-ra 
W gi7i  ku-bahbar 
in-na-ni-m-tur 

('.  I'l-kur-shu  Y I-bi-'^En-lil 

i).  A-77ie-i7'-tu77i  SAE  + KU-a-7ii 
ibila  Y '^Nan7ia{r)-zi-mu 
u Du-shu-id)-tu7n-ge-7i€ 

Y lshtar-7xi-b  i-at-ra 

g U -71U-'U  771-771(1-  77l(l-a 

I).  771  u lugal-w-bi 

i7h-pd{d)  -de-esh 

Dushubtum,  the  priestess(?)  of  Shuzi-an7}a,  the  daughter  of  Duggd,  has  manu- 
mitted IsJdar-7nbiat,  her  maid-slave;  her  forehead  she  has  cleansed;  the  of 

her  slavedom  she  has  pronounced ; a document  on  her  cleansing  she  has  given  her. 
Ishtar-rabicd  has  brought  in  to  Dushubtu77i,  her  mistress,  ten  shekels  of  silver.  In 
future  shall  Ibi-E7dil  aiul  A77iertii77i,  his  sister,  the  heirs  of  Na7i7ia{7')-zi77iu  and  Dushub- 
t'U77i,  make  no  claim  against  Ishtar-7-abiat.  By  the  name  of  the  king  they  both  have 
sworn.^ 

' The  scribe  iiiteiuled  perhaps 

^ This  document  I'roiu  Yokha  sliows  several  peculiarities.  Notice  the  habit  of  lea\iiig  a blank  space  between 
wedge  and  name  (li.  4,  !),  10  and  17)  and  between  i(ji  and  name  (li.  21-34);  DAM{7)-D1XGIN{'7)  instead  of  SAL  + 
ISHIB',  the  mentioning  of  Shuziainia  and  the  al)sence  of  the  bur-gul. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


39 


The  scheme  consists  of  four  parts:  1.  The  freeing.  2.  The  paying  of  a com- 
pensation in  money.  3.  Provision  as  to  future  claims.  4.  Oath. 

A.  The  technical  term  for  to  ‘‘set  free”  is  ama-ar-gi-ni  in-gar  = andurarshu 
ishkun,  “he  has  made  his  liberty.”  As  formalities  connected  with  this  act  are 
enumerated  the  following: 

1.  A religious  ceremony,  the  cleansing  of  the  forehead:'  sag-ki-ni  in-l/ih-lah,  Sem. 
hu-zu  u-li-il,  C.  T.,  IV,  42a;  only  nllil,  R.,  96  : 7 ; C.  T.,  II,  33  : 4;  VIII,  29a  : 6;  296  : 
3;  48  : 5.  The  cleansing,  which  in  all  these  cases  appears  as  correlative  to  an  adop- 
tion- of  slaves,  in  the  Yokha  document,  however,  to  a manumission,  refers  to  religious 
cleanliness,  as  is  also  shown  by  the  phrase  a-na  ’^Shamash  u-li-il-shi-na-ti,  C.  T., 
VIII,  29a  : 6.  This  is  a very  important  fact,  because  therefrom  it  would  follow  that 
slaves  were  not  allowed  to  participate  in  the  cult  of  free  Babylonians.  In  V R.  47: 
326  the  same  ceremony  is  described  as  a removing  the  muttutu,  i.e.,  the  slave  mark 
which  was  placed  on  the  forehead  {muttatu),  and  as  a removing  the  abuttum. 

2.  Whether  the  pronouncing  of  the  dissolution  of  servitude  represents  a legal 
formality  or  a further  religious  act,  perhaps  the  reciting  of  an  exorcism,  is  difficult 
to  say. 

3.  The  legal  formality  of  giving  a document  which  authenticates  the  cleanliness. 
The  term  kishib-tdg  corresponds  to,  or,  more  correctly,  was  the  model  for  the  Semitic 
kishippam  or  kunukkam  ezebup  literally  ‘ ‘to  leave  one’s  seal  impression”  (in  the  posses- 
sion of  the  other  party). 

B.  The  10  shekels  of  silver,  the  eiiuivalent  paid  for  the  manumission,  represent 
about  the  value  of  a maid-slave,  who,  e.g.,  in  20,  III,  15,  16,  is  estimated  at  11  shekels. 
In  the  other  cases  of  “cleansing”  the  equivalent  consists  in  the  obligation  to  care  for 
the  adoptive  parents.  The  term  in-tia-ni-m-tur,  “she  has  brought  in,”  is  the  same  as 
that  used  in  connection  with  the  bringing  of  a dowry;  here  most  probably  “the 
bringing  in”  is  meant  in  the  commercial  sense  of  yielding  proceeds,  returns,  from 
which  we  may  conclude  that  the  maid-slave  had  to  earn  money  for  her  mistress  in 
such  a way  that  part  of  the  proceeds  were  credited  to  her. 

C and  D.  Like  in  similar  documents,  the  provisions  against  future  claims  are 
directed  against  the  heirs  of  the  former  mistress.  In  this  instance  also  the  oath 
has  been  taken  by  them  (mu  lugal-ur-bi  in-pd(d)-de-esh) d 

^ Ranke’s  view  (B.  E.,  Series  A,  Via,  p.  2!))  tliat  hu-zu  refers  to  the  pudenda  is  eonfuted  liy  the  Sumerian  aag-ki 
= putu,  punu.  Ldh-ldh-ga,  Br.,  7927  = ellu. 

2 So  expressly  stated  /?.,  90,  sha  X u-da-am-mi-ku-shi-ma  a-na  ma-ru-ti-sha  ish-ku-nit-shi. 

’ Kunukkam  ezebu  (C.  H.)  shows  that  we  have  to  read  kiship-pa-nm,  not  ditp-pa-am  n^h-lc-zi-ib,  C.  U ..  9a  : 34. 

* Ur  does  not  refer  to  mistress  and  maid-slave,  since  the  latter  enters  into  no  obligation,  in  which  case  we  would 
also  expect  she-ga-ne-ne-ta . :\Ioreo\'er  the  parts  C (no  claim  shall  be  made  against  the  former  slave)  and  D belong, 
like  in  purchase  documents,  closely  together,  and  thus  ur  refers  to  the  two  children  of  the  mistress. 


40 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


VIII.  Deeds  of  Loan.‘ 

No.  22. 

Loan  of  money. 

A.  1 (Jin  ku-babbar  mdsh-an-tug 
§ gin  12  she  shemirjl) 
mash  nu-ub-tug 

ki  Da-mi-iq-i-U-shu 

clumu  N a-ra-am-^ Sin-ta 

Y Lii-'^Ama-a-ra-zu 

dumu  Ad-da-du(j-ga  nu-esh-ge 
shu-ba-an-ti 

B.  mu-DU  ud-ebur-ka 

ku  u mdsh-bi  gur-ru-dam 

No.  16. 

Loan  of  grain  with  interest  due  in  money. 

A.  25  she-guT 

15  gin  ku-bcdibar  mdsh-in-tug 
k i ^ N in-I B-ma-an-si 

dumu  Da-mi-iq-i-U-sh u-ta 

Y Ha-ba-na-tum  u-'^Da-mu[- ] 

dumu-ni-ge 

shu-ba-an-ti-esh 

B.  mu-DU  ud-ebur-ka 
she-bi  ii  ku-babbar-bi 
shag-ga -ni  ne- ib-dug-g i-esh 

25  gur  of  grain  bearing  an  interest  of  15  shekels  of  silver,  from  XinIB-mansi, 

son  of  Damiq-dishu,  Hahanatum  and  Damu- , his  son,  have  received.  At  the 

of  the  harvest  time  they  shall  pay  him  the  grain  and  the  money. 

No.  15. 

Loan  of  grain. 

A.  12  she-ijur 

mcish  nu-ub-tug 
ki  Ib-ku-ir-si-tim 

du  mu  Sin-li-di[-ish ]-fa 


Loans  of  grain,  Nos.  LI,  1.5,  16,  17,  2.5  and  63;  loans  of  money.  Nos.  20  and  22;  loan  of  hricks.  No.  21. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


41 


Zi-ia-tmn  dumu  Ur-'^ En-nu-yi 
ii  I -hi-'^N in-shah 

du mu  Nu-ur-^Nin-shah-ge 
shu-ba-an-ti-esh 
B.  mu-DU  ehur-ka 

kara-N’ibr'id'^-ka 
she-al-ng-e 

No.  21. 

Loan  of  Ijricks. 

A.  4 sar  1 gin  sig 

sig  Na-bi-'^ Shamash 
ki  Na-bi-'^Shamash 
Y Igi-'^Nan na(r) -shu-al-gin 
shu-ba-an-ii 

B.  itu  sfg-a  sag 

sig  k i-ga r-ra-b i-sh  d 
gur-ru-da  ni 

k sar  1 gin  of  bricks/  the  liricks  of  Nabi-Shamash,  from  Nabi-Shamash  Igi-A'annar- 
shu-algin  has  received.  At  the  lieginning  of  the  month  of  Siiran  he  sliall  return 
liricks  for  exchange. 


Deeds  of  loan,  hire,  rent  anil  lease  form  a group  of  legal  documents  liy  them- 
selves, inasmuch  as  they  transfer  a right  to  the  concerned  object  of  treaty  only  for 
a time.  We  therefore  find  in  such  documents  neither  provisions  as  to  future  claims 
nor  the  oath.  Thus  of  the  four  parts  of  the  deeds  of  purchase  only  the  first  two  are 
left,  which  treat  of  the  passing  of  the  property  into  other  hands  and  the  equivalent 
given  in  exchange,  here  the  payment  of  interest,  rent,  etc.  Cf.  the  following  schemes 
of  deeds  of  loan  and  of  hire: 


Loan  (money  or  grain). 
A.  Object  of  the  loan. 
ki-Y-ta 
Y Z-ge 
shu-ba-an-ti 


Hire. 

A.  Y X (object  of  hire). 
ki-Y-ta 
Y 7j-ge 
in-KU 


^ Bricks  were  measured,  as  we  see  from  M.  S2  and  this  instance,  by  superficial  measures.  This  seems  to  pre- 
suppose that  they  had  a fixed  diameter, 


42 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


B.  rnu-DU  {ud-)ehur-ka  B.  d-hi  id-da-shu 

O (a  mash) -hi  x she-ta-a-an 

al-d(j-e  al-dfj-e 

A.  The  technical  term  for  ‘To  take  as  a loan”  is  shu-ha-an-ti,  “he  has  taken, 
received,”  pi.  shu-ha-an-ti-esh  (Sippar:  shu-ha-an-ti-me-esh) . The  object,  when 
"rain  or  money,  is  always  ac'companied  by  an  apposition  denoting  whether  the  loan 
shall  bear  interest  — mdsh-in-tug  (an-tny)  — or  not  — mdsh  nu-uh-tug  — : that  is  to  say, 
whether  the  interest  has  still  to  be  added  to  the  amount  noted  in  the  document, 
or  whether  it  is  already  included  in  it,  respectively  has  been  paid  already.  Instead 

of  mdsh-in-tug  we  find  in  Sippar  documents  mdsh dah-he(i)-dam,  e.g.,  mdsh  1 

gur  4 + dah-he-dam,  “as  interest  from  1 gur  he  shall  add  100  c|a, ” R.,  38  : 2; 
in  Semitic,  e.g.,  sibat  '’Shamash  u-za-ap,  “the  interest  of  Shamash  he  shall  add,” 
R.,  27  : 2.  Contrary  to  the  documents  from  Sippar,  those  from  Xippur  do  not  indi- 
cate the  rate  of  interest,  l^robably  there  has  been  in  use  at  Xippur  only  one  rate 
which  was  understood  in  all  cases.  Only  Xo.  16  indicates  the  amount  of  interest 
for  grain,  because  it  shall  be  paid  in  money. 

B.  Since  the  compensation  for  the  loan  has  been  determined  before  by  the 
statement  concerning  interest,  this  part  contains  only  provisions  as  to  the  time  and 
the  place  of  returning  loan  and  interest.  The  verbs  used  to  denote  the  returning 
are  gar-ru-dam,  “he  shall  return”;  al-dg-e  (Sippar:  ni-dg-e),  “he  shall  measure”  of 
grain;  and  sJiag-ga-ni  ne-dndiig-gi-en,^  20  : 8,  plur. : ne-ih-dug-gi-csh,  16  : 10,  “he 
shall  satisfy  his  heart.” 

The  usual  time  for  the  return  of  grain  and  money  is  at  harvest.  For  bricks,  in 
Xo.  21,  the  month  of  lirick-making,  Siirdn,  is  designated.  Instead  of  ud-ebur-shii, 
which  occurs  on  the  Sippar  tablets,  our  tablets  show  mii-DU  {ud-)ebur-ka.  As  ka 
denotes  the  alilative  of  a genetive  comliination  (cf.  kara-Nibnd’-ka,  “in  the  granary 
of  Xippur,”  15  :6),  mu-DU  should  be  connected  with  ebur  or  ud-cbur.  But  it  is 
difficult  to  determine  the  precise  meaning.-  Onlv  in  the  one  instance  just  cpioted 
(15  : 6)  we  find  a statement  concerning  the  place  of  the  payment.  A statement 
as  to  a certain  grain  measure,  corresponding  to  i-)ia  gish-shi^  ‘^Shamash  on  Sippar 
documents,  is  not  found. 


nShii(/-{(j(i-ni)  nc-ib-(hi<]-(jl,  27  ; 7,  14  : 

^ Perliajis  “ in  the  jn-esciit  (currciil)  year.”  Oonipan'  for  the  connection  of  mu  and  du.  mu-Z-kam-du-u-hi,  42  ; 7. 
^ For  GISII-BAR  we  liial  SO  : 10,  tjish-shi',  as  BAR  intcrclianges  with  Uii  in  >u‘du-$lti-a  (cf..  e.g.,  tlie  tlate  Ad  Id', 
where  the  reading  slii  is  proved  by  the  Seniitized  form  dusliu,  it  follows  that  gi$h-BAR  is  to  be  read  gish-shi. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


43 


IX.  Contracts  of  Hire  (51). 

No.  51. 

A.  Y I-din-Ishtar 

dumu  Na-bi-'^Shamash 
ki  Na-bi-'^Shamash-ta 

Y Lu-'^Nin-si-an-na 
du  sig-a  ud-21-ta 

dll  she-giir-kud  ud-30-shu 
in-KU 

B.  d-bi  id-da-shu 

4 + 3?^  she-ta-a-au 
al-dg-e 

Idin-Ishtar,  the  son  of  Nabi-Shamash,  from  Nabi-Sliamasli  Lu-Niii-si-anna  has 
hired  (for  the  time)  from  Siwan  21st  to  Adar  30th.  As  his  hire  he  shall  pay  80  qa 
of  grain  every  month. 

A.  The  technical  term  is  in-KU,  igur,  '‘he  has  hired.”  The  duration  of  the 

hiring  is  indicated  by  -ta shu. 

B.  Cf.  the  deeds  of  loan.  The  wages  (technical  term  d’  = idu),  'which  in  this 
instance  do  not  represent  a great  amount,  are  probably  paid  at  the  end  of  the  time  of 
hiring,  since  a specified  term  is  not  mentioned. 

X.  Leases  (Nos.  29  and  61). 

No.  29. 

Lease  ol'  a field. 

4 gan  d-shag  gfig-she 
shag  a-shag  '^Nin-unu 
us-a-rd  A-gu-u-a 
a-shag  Ib-ga-tuni 

d u m u Ur-D  ii-azag-ga 
ki  Ib-ga-tum  dumu  Ur-Dii-azag-ga-ta 

Y ‘^Da-rn  u-i-din-nam-ge 
nam-uru-ld-sh  u 
igi-3-gdl-sh  a 
[di\-mu-u-a-shu 
[ib-]ta-an-e 

’ Cf.  also  &-mu-u-a  aud  d-inu-u-a,  28  : 2U,  22;  29  ; 10. 


44 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


4 gan  of  (jug-she  field  in  the  field  of  Nin-unu  with  one  long-side  adjoining  Agiia, 
the  held  of  Ibyatum,  son  of  Ur-Duazagga,  from  Ihgatum,  son  of  Ur-Duazagga,  Damu- 
idinnam  has  rented  for  the  purpose  of  cultivating,  at  the  rate  of  one-third  (of  the 
returns)  as  yearly  rent. 

The  documents  of  lease  from  Sippar  (and  other  cities)  show,  like  the  deeds  of 
loan  and  hire,  the  characteristic  two  parts.  Cf.  e.g.,  R.  74  (Sippar  A m-ria-num): 

A.  bur  3 gan  eqlum  ugar  na-bil(A-tii7n  \ itti  Be-li-tum  SAL(  + ISHIB)  ^Shamash 
mdrat  Ilu-shu-ib-ni-sku  \ be-el-ti  eqlmi  \ Y Ib-ni-'^ Shamash  mar  Ilu-na-si-ir  \ eqlam 
a-na  ir-ri-sku-tim  a-na  biltmi  \ u-she-zi. 

B.  ud-ebur-shu  | 4 she-gur  gish-shi  ‘^Shamash  \ i-na  Kar-Sippar^^  Am-na-na  [ 
ni-ag-e. 

Or  F.  77 : 

A.  / bur  4 bur  3 gan  a-shag  \ a-shag  A-bi-ia-tum  \ ki  A-bi-ia-tum  \ lugal  a-shag-ge  \ 
Y Warad-^ Mar-tu  \ nam-uru-ld-shu  | ib-ta-e-ad 

B.  ki-ma  i-mi-it-ti-shu  j ii  sku-mi-li-shu  ] she  ni-dg-ed 

The  only  completely  preserved  deed  of  lease  from  Nippur,  however,  unites  the 
two  parts  into  one. 

The  technical  term  for  “to  take  in  lease,  to  rent,”  is  ib-ta-an-e,  “he  has  brought 
out.”  The  addition  nam-uru-Id-sh(i  = ana  irrishutim  is  not  superfluous,  because  the 
lessor,  even  if  the  rent  was  not  dependent  upon  the  returns,  had  a great  interest  in 
his  land  being  })roperly  cultivated,  in  order  to  keep  it  from  waste. 

XL  Acquittance. 

No.  65. 

Receipt  for  the  purchase  iiione}'  of  a lioiise. 

A.  3 gin  ku-babbar 
sham-e(‘!  kisal) 

Y Ki-ish-ti-‘^N in-IB 
diunu  Tab-ba-Ia-du 
ki  Ba-li-lum 
u Sin-ma-lik 

dumu  Zi-ia-tum 
sh  u-ba-an-ti 

B.  shag-ga-na  ba-ab-dug-gi-cn 


' Ib-la-i-a  = ib-tu-u-al 

^ JJke  right  and  left  lie  shall  pa}’,  i.e.,  the  harvest  shall  be  di^■ided  between  lessor  and  lessee  into  equal  paits. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


45 


3 shekels  of  silver,  the  purchase  money  of  a house,  Kishti-Nin-I B , son  of  Tah- 
balatu,  has  received  from  Balilum  and  Sin-malik.  His  heart  shall  be  satisfied. 


The  technical  term  of  these  receipts  is  shu-ba-an-ti  = mahir,  ^‘he  has  received.” 
The  phrase  shag-ga-na  ba-ab-dug-gl-en  is,  it  seems,  the  passive  equivalent  to  7ie-ib- 
dug-gi-en  and,  like  this  and  shu-ba-ab-te-gd-en,  future,  although  one  should  more  expect 
a perfect,  “it  has  been  satisfied.” 

XII.  Memorandum  of  Grain. 

No.  55. 

[i  + 3^^  she  shu-]ti-a  Ba-ba-a 
^ she  shu-ti-a 
lu-^^iisdn-sur 

i + -jV  she  sham  su-e-sir-zun 
4 she  ki-dish(J) 

4 + 3^^  she  i-na  gish-ba-an 
lu-gash-tin-na 
shu-ti-a 

Ut-ta-gdl-lu-ma-a  n-m 
shu-kil  1^-Q  she-gur 
shu-ti-a  '^Da-mu-i-diti-nam 
ki  '^En-lil-ma-lik 

^ gur  of  grain  which  Baba  has  received ; 3^  gur  of  grain  which  the  harness- 
maker  has  received;  100  qa  of  grain,  the  price  for  shoes;  60  qa  of  grain  ditto(?); 

1 gur  10  qa  of  grain  in  the  of  the  wine-maker  which  Uttagallu-mansi  has 

received;  in  all  1 gur  30  qa  of  grain  which  Damu-idinnam  has  received  from  Enlil- 
nmlik. 

Annotation:  The  verbal  adjective  shu-ti-a,  “received,  ” from  shu — ti,  stands  instead  of  a relative  clause,  which 

we  find,  e.g.,  C.  T.,  "NT,  25  : 5:  i she  slta  at-ta  te-el-ku-u,  “which  thou  hast  taken,”  li.  2,  i she-gur  sha ta-am-hu-ru ^ 

“which  thou  hast  received.”  Shu-ti-a  has  passed  into  the  Semitic  Baljylonian  as  shulu,  gen.  shu-ti-i,  130  : 11. 

XIII.  Confirmation  Document. 

No.  42. 

A.  a.  Y '^BLU-a-bu-shu 

diimu  N annar-lu-ti 
k ish ib-ash-ash  ua m-gala 


46 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


u ha-la-ha-ni 

Y N mmar-tum  ^lu-esh-^. 
shu-'tia  ha-an-si-ma 

h . mu-2-ka rn-du-u-bi 

eyir  'hSin-a-hu-sliu  ha-IDIM-a-ta 

Y A-ha-^En-lil-dim 
sIm  N annar-tu  ni-ta 

k ish  ib-ash-ash  S in, -a  -b  u-sh  u 
ba-an-tuni 

B.  u-kur-shu  gu-ydl-la  kishib-ash-ash 

Y A-ba-^ En-lil-dim  ba-an-ni-gi-gi 

Two  years  after  tlie  titles  to  the  kalu  office  and  the  inheritance  of  Sin-abushu, 
son  of  Nanriar-hdi,  have  \)een  aonfeircd  upon  N a nnartum,  the  priest,  (now)after 
abushu  has  died,  Aba-Enlil-dini,  has  received  the  titles  of  Sin-abushu  from  the  hand  of 
N annartum.  In  future  a complainant  on  account  of  the  titles,  Aba-Enlil-dim  shall 
satisfy. 

The  document  authenticates  to  a person  the  receipt  of  titles  to  a temple  office. 
It  is  not  sealed  l)y  the  person  from  whom  the  titles  are  received,  but  by  the  witnesses, 
i.e.,  a collcgiuni  of  the  chief  kalu  and  the  chief  temple  superintendent,  besides  a 
riqqu,  a pashishu  and  a scril)e.  From  this  fact  we  may  conclude  that  the  temple, 
perhaps  on  account  of  the  death  of  the  former  owner,  had  to  dispose  of  the  titles. 
It  is  not  stated  what  the  recipient  had  to  ^ive  as  an  equivalent. 

Annotation:  Li.  S presents  an  example  i'or  the  substantivatiun  of  sentences,  inasmuch  as  ^Sin-a-bu-shu 
ba-lDIM,  “Sin-abushu  died,”  is  made  dependent  on  eyh- — fa.  literally  “from  after,”  i.e.,  “since.”  Exactly  the  same 
construction  we  find  Urukagina,  Clay  tablet,  Bet'.  11,  11-12,  the  (USII-HU-ite  is  guilty  of  guilt  with  Xingirsu,  cgir 
Layasld^  bn-hul-n-ia.,  “since  Loyash  is  ilestroyed.” 

XIV,  Agreements  (Yinnected  with  Proceedings  before  a Court  of  Law. 

1.  No.  10. 

Cession  of  a house. 

I.  Y Ma-ri-ir-si-tini  skesh-yal  2.  u Mu-tum-iluni  shesh-a-ni  3.  ibila-'^Ishkur- 
ra-bi-ge-ne  4.  "^Ha-am-mu-m-bi  lugal-e  5.  gab-i-ib-ri-csh  igi-nc-ne-in-gar-ri-csh-ma 
6.  ^ bur  3 gan  a-shag  gan-da  ku-bi  10  gm  7.  gab-ri  nani-shutug  X in-lil-ld  u a-shag 
shuk'U  8.  Y U-du-du  shutug  ‘‘Nin-lil-ld  shcsh  ad-da-me-c  9.  Y ^Ishkur-ra-bi  ad-da- 
7ne  in-suni  10.  nc-in-bi-csh 

II.  Lugal-e  ‘^Ishkur-shar-ru-uin  ukush  lugal  12.  dumu  ‘^I-shum-a-bi  13.  da- 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


47 


ne-ne-ta  mu-un-sar-ri-esh-ma  14.  di-bi  hu-iih-ru-uin  Nihru^'^-ka  15.  dur-bi-ne- 
ne-m-dug  16.  bu-idj-ni-ion  Nibrid^-ka  17.  i-i-ma  igi-ne-m-du-esh-ma  18.  1 sar 
e-du-a  gab-ri  ^ bur  3 gan  a-shag  gaii-da  19.  si-ma-ab  7ie-in-bi-esh 

20.  Gibd-bi-esh-a-an  21.  lu-Iu-u{r)  ba-e-7ie-gm  22.  shc-ga-7ie-7ie-ta  23.  / sar 
Gdu-a  u kizlah-bi  24.  4 kizlnh  diri  mu  e-du-u-de  25.  sag-bi  e ‘‘Nin-lB-ri-mi- 
\-U  26.  da  e ‘^Xin-IB-qar-ra-ad  mu  27.  ii  da  e W a-7u-zu-7iu  nagar  28.  1 'Gsldcur- 

RUSH-ra  shutug  29.  ii  Ib-ga-tum  shesh-auii  30.  d)da-U-d(i-du-ge-ne-e 

31.  Y Ma-ri-ir-si-titn  u Mu-tum-ilu-ra  32.  ibda  I shkur-ra-bi-ge-ne  33.  gab-ri  nam- 
shutug  Xin-lil-ld  in-ne-en-s\(m)-ush  34.  u-km-shu  ^Ishkw^-RUSH-ra  Ib-ga-tum 
shesh-a-ni  35.  ii  ibila-a-ni  a-na-me-a-bi  36.  e-bi-shu  gu  7iu-md-md  mu  lugal-bi 
in-pa  {d)-esh 

Mar-irsitim,  the  elder  brother,  and  Mutum-ilum,  his  brother,  the  sons  of 

Ishkur-rabi,  went  before  Hammurabi,  the  kino- and  spoke  as  follows: 

‘'9  acres  of  cultivated  land  \vorth  in  money  10  shekels,  the  equivalent  of  the  pashishu 
office  of  Xinlil  and  the  prebend  field,  Ududu,  the  pashishu  of  Xinlil,  the  brother 
of  our  father,  has  sold  to  Ishkur-rabi,  our  father.” 

The  king  and  Ishkur-sharrum,  the  soldier  messenger  of  the  king,  the  son  of 
Ishum-abi,  on  their  part  wrote  that  the  council  of  Nippur  should  render  them  justice. 
In  the  council  of  Nippur  they  considered  the  case  and  ordered  to  give  one  sar  of  built 
house  as  equivalent  for  the  9 acres  of  cultivated  land. 

Again  one  v-ith  the  other  has  agreed.  In  mutual  consent  1 sar  of  l)uilt  house 
and  waste  ground,  (and)  additional  4 gin  of  waste  ground  on  account  of  the  house 
having  still  to  be  built  with  the  front  adjoining  the  house  of  X inIB-rim-ili,  on 
one  side  adjoining  the  house  of  XinIB-qarrad,  the  baker,  on  the  other  side  adjoining 
the  house  of  Warazu7iu,  the  carpenter,  Ishkur-RUSIIra,  the  pashishu  of  Xinlil,  and 
Ibgatum,  his  brother,  the  sons  of  Ududu,  have  given  to  Mar-irsitim  and  Mutum- 
ilum,  the  sons  of  Ishkur-rabi,  as  equivalent  for  the  pashish  u office  of  Xinlil.  In  future 
shall  Ishkur-RUSH ra,  Ibgatum,  his  lirother,  and  any  heir  of  his  make  no  claim  to 
this  house;  by  the  name  of  the  king  they  have  sworn. 


The  document  consists  of  three  parts:  (1)  liecord  of  the  appeal  to  the  king, 
li.  1-10;  (2)  Remittal  of  the  case  to  the  council  of  Nippur,  and  decision  of  the  council, 
li.  11-19;  (3)  Acceptance  and  execution  of  the  decision  by  the  parties,  li.  20  36. 
The  principal  interest  of  the  document  as  such  centres  in  the  last  part,  the  authenti- 
cation of  the  assignment  of  real  estate.  The  account  of  the  jirevious  history  of  this 


48 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


cession  is  of  less  interest  for  the  document.  This  expresses  itself  in  the  tenses  of  the 
verbs,  only  those  of  the  last  part  being  in  the  perfect  {ha-lal,  li.  21;  e-lal,  li.  33,  36), 
while  those  of  the  first  two  parts  are  in  the  historical  tense  {mu-lal,  li.  13;  ne-lal, 
li.  5,  10,  15,  19;  li.  5). 

Of  direct  appeals  and  complaints  to  the  king  we  know  a good  many  instances 
from  the  letters  of  IJammurahi,  and  one  from  S.  1 (to  Nur-lshkur) . In  the  latter 
instance  the  king  renders  judgment  himself,  while  here,  as  in  the  letters  of  Hammu- 
rabi, the  king  turns  the  case  over  to  the  home  authorities.  The  puhrum  of  Xippur 
is  the  city  council.  As  a subaltern  officer  of  this  council  appears  the  rkl  puhrum, 
who  is  mentioned,  53  : 37  (=  34  : 36),  beside  a rahis  daiiani}  It  is  likely  that  this 
council  represented  the  administrative  and  executive  authority  as  well  as  the  regular 
court  of  justice  for  Nippur,  thus  corresponding  to  the  college  of  judges  in  Sippar, 
who,  together  with  the  shakanakku,  are  often  called  upon  in  the  royal  letters  with 
regard  to  administrative  matters.  In  smaller  towns,  like,  e.g.,  Teh  Sifr,  a rabidnu, 
“mayor,”  exercised  the  executive  functions  of  the  government,  while  judgment 
was  rendered  in  the  neighboring  city  of  Larsam. 

Annotations:  '^Ha-am=mu=ra=bi  lugaLe,  li.  4.  It  i.s  unlikely  tliat  we  should  read  dingir,  etc.,  “God  and  Hamnni- 
rnbi.”  TIh'  “niifilaid”  e does  not  denote  tlie  nominative,  hut  is  most  proliahly  due  to  the  influence  of  the  /.  To  gab= 
i=ib=ri=esh,  li.  5,  cf.  ,S.,  1 : 10:  higiil-e  gah-ih-ne-rl-eiih;  gnh — ri  means  “to  be  or  stand  face  to  face.”  The  meaning  of 
igi=ne=ne=in=gar  is  not  clear.  Suiiposing  tliat  igi — gar  is  a compound  veiL  (cf.  igi-inu-na-ni-gar,  Gud.,  Cyl.  A,  1 : 20), 
we  sliould  analyze  ncncn  as  prefix  ne  + dative  nc  + accusative  ??  and  translate  “they  made  eye  to  them”  = they  looked 
upon  them,  wliich  might  lie  understood  of  a faaorahh'  acceptance  at  the  court.  But  then  the  change  of  .subject  would 
{iresent  some  diflieulty.  On  the  other  hand  a translation,  “their  face  they  (the  complainants)  have  turned”  (igi-ne-ne 
in-gar-ri-csli  = /K/n/.s/mnni.s/i/.'mm),  would  re«|uire  tlie  indication  of  some  oliject  towards  which  they  turned  their  faces. 
=ma  after  verbs  stands  in  li.  5,  13  and  17,  before  direct  speech  or  an  order  in  tlie  infinitive;  Init  I do  not  venture  to  con- 
clude from  tliese  instances  that  it  is  its  function  to  introduce  the  speech  (=  uuinia',  mo).  Apparently  it  is  the  equiva- 
lent of  the  co])ulative  iiui,  “and  then,”  the  surprising  treatment  as  postposition  of  which  and  its  difference  from  u 
might  thus  lie  easily  explaincil  bjUts  Sumerian  origin.  Shesh  ad=da=me=e,  li.8:  the  “ a ns/o a/ ” e denotes  the  nominative; 
cf.  ibila-U-du-dii-ge-ne-e,  li.  30.  In=s'i,  li.  9,  perfect  tense,  because  tliej’  assert  that  it  is  now  their  property.  Ne=in= 
bi=esli,  li.  10  and  19,  bi  for  hi,  qibu,  “to  speak.”  Dur-bi  ne=ne=in=du(g),  li.  1.7,  (dur — diig-ga  = qihu  sha  ameli,  Br. 
10.574)  contains  the  command  of  the  king.  AVe  would  expect  that  this  should  be  indicated  in  mood  or  tense,  but  as 
far  as  we  can  judge  durbi  neudu(g)  is  the  historical  preterit  tense  in  the  indicative  mood,  and  we  may  therefore  think  of 
a mistake  of  the  scribe,  so  much  the  more  as  after  7nunsa7Tesh-77m  and  the  direct  speech  we  would  expect  a verb  like 
“to  order”:  they  wrote  and  ordered  that,  etc.  Si=nia=ab  ne=in=bi=esh,  li.  19,  for  the  construction  of  7/ ■nith  infinitive, 
compare  49  : 29:  shibiizunu  gabu/n  iqb7'tshu7}7ishi',  Gud.,  Cjd.  A,  1 : 19:  c-a-ni  dii-ba  77nt-7ia-dug',  and  Warad-Sin,  Clay 
cone  2 : 5 (quoted  l:)elow).  Mu  e=du=u=de,  li.  24,  the  4 gin  of  waste  ground  are  added  to  the  1 sar  mentioned  in  li.  23, 
because  this  1 sar  does  not  wholly  con.sist  of  c-du-a,  but  partly  also  of  khlah,  and  therefore  a part  of  the  house  must 
lie  Iniilt  before  it  becomes  1 sar  c-du-a.  Compare  the  similar  case  in  11  : 16-20.  To  c-du-u-dc  compare  c-a-jii  du-u-dt\ 


' In  the  third  duplicate,  .52:  20,  the  red  pti}t7-um  is  designated  only  as  ridti,  from  which  we  may  conclude  that  with 
the  rrdt7  in  li  : 31,  2,S  : 12  and  .5.S  : 22  likewise  the  red  pufi7'u/77  is  meant.  This  shows  that  also  in  14,  2.S  and  .58  the 
council  of  Nippur  rendered  judgment. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


49 


“to  build  liis  house  bade  me),”  Warad-Sin,  Clay  cone  2 : 5;  and  Canephore,  1 : 14.  Instead  of  mu — shn  we  have 
here  only  mu  (or  mu — dc).  The  apposition  ibila '^Ishkur=ra=bi-ge=ne,  li,  .33,  is  not  included  in  the  complex  of  words 
joined  together  by  the  postposition  ra. 

2.  No.  14. 

Cession  of  a lioundar}'  wall. 

A.  a.  Iz-zi  ri-ba-na 

nig  Sin-ish-me-a-ni  nagar 
dumu  Wa-ra-zu-nu 
u Ma-ri-ir-si-tim 

dumu  Da-ma(J)-gu-gu 

b.  Y Ma-ri-ir-si-tim 

kii-babbar  igi-te-bi 
shag  ^ Sin-ish-?ne-a-ni  nagar 
ne-ib-dug-gi 

c.  nig  na-me  muh-na  nu-tug 

B.  a.  u-kur-shu  '^Sin-ish-7ue{-a.)-ni 

iz-zi  ri-ba-na  im-mu-ta 
ni-du-e 

g ish -dll  nu-ub-du-e 
g ish-ii r-ra  nu -u b-n  itah  u -e 

Y in-ish-m  e-a  -ni-gc 

Y Ma-ri-ir-si-t irn-ra 
nu-mu-na-ab-bi 

C.  she-ga-ne-ne-ta 

mu  lugal-bi  in-]>d{d)-de-csh 

On  account  of  the  boundary  wall,  the  property  of  Sin-ishmcani,  the  carpenter, 
the  son  of  Warazutiu,  and  also  of  Alar-irsitim,  the  son  of  DamaC^)-gugu,  Mar-irsitim 
shall  satisfy  the  heart  of  Sin-ishmeani,  the  carpenter,  with  a sum  for  acquittance, 
so  that  he  has  no  claim  whatever  af>ainst  him.  In  future  shall  Sin-ishmcani  Iniild 
a boundary  wall  of  his  own.  ‘‘A  pe^  he  shall  not  drive  in,  a beam  he  shall  not  lay 
on,”  shall  Sin-ishmcani  not  say  to  Mar-irsitim.  In  mutual  assent  they  have  sworn 
by  the  name  of  the  kin^. 

No.  44. 

Ciiyincnt  of  ntoncy. 

■5  shiqtu  k[aspim  ] 

e-zu-uh  19  sh[iqtu  kas])im] 


50 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


slia  ina  kishih  n[am-  ] 

Y A ma-sukkal  [ ] 

Y '^Nin-IB[-7na-an-s^i 
a-tta  En.-l[H-i(l-zu 

<1-11(1  te-i[^r-h(t-ti.l  ] im  

Five  shekels  of  silver  in  addition  to  the  19  shekels  of  silver,  which  in  the  mar- 

ria<i;e(?)  doeinnent  Ama-sukkal  has , NinIB-mansi  shall(?) to 

Knlil-idzu.  to  tlie  

Fhe  two  docnnients  are  decisions  of  a court  of  justice,  as  is  evident  from  the  fact 
that  in  No.  14  ihe  rcaltl,  and  in  No.  44  the  mhis  daiiani  are  found  among  the  witnesses, 
and  that  the  documents  are  not  sealed  l)y  the  party  upon  whom  the  obligation  rests, 
but  l)y  the  witnesses,  respectively  the  judges.  The  seals  employed  are  temple  seals. 

Anno'I'ations  'I'o  No.  M.  — Tlie  sigiiiriratioii  of  iz=zi  ri=ba=na,  li.  1,  ri-ha-na,  C.  T.,  I\',  226  ; 1,  iz-zi 

ri-ha-nii.-yui ^ II  /i’.,  Uj  : 22u  (=  i-nar  hi-ri-tim),  can  be  no  other  than  boundary  wall,  as  is  evident  from  the  facts  that 
here,  C.  T.,  IV,  226,  and  7?.  44  it  is  the  connnon  property  of  two  neighbors,  and  that  an  izzi  rihana  can  be  sold  to  a 
neiglibor  (e.f/.,  44  : 14-16).  For  ku=babbar  igi=te=bi,  cf.  2G,  III,  14,  where  a nam-gala  is  called  the  igi-te  ad-da-ne-ne. 
Cf.  also  the  Hel)rew  kcsCd  ‘niojiin,  Gen.  20;  17.  Nig=na-me  = minima  or  minima  hashu,  V 7?.,  11  ; 41,  corresponds  in 
forination  and  signification  to  a-na-me{-a-hi)  = mumnian.  The  phrases  of  li.  12-14  are  among  others  set  do-wn  in  II  77, 
14,  l.'j,  Col.  IV,  .36-.39  for  the  use  of  scribes  who  had  to  draw  up  legal  documents.  We  find  there,  instead  of  nu-uh-du-e, 
itn-nh-du-a,i .e.,  nu-uh-dd-u,  the  original  ending  e having  been  contracted  wth  the  preceding  vowel  to  d;  cf.  mi-ni-in- 
A G-a,  p.  .31,  note  1.  ^•'''■'’''ur=ra  nu=ub=du=e  refers  to  the  laying  of  the  roof  beams  upon  the  wall,  which  the  neighbor 

has  of  course  an  interest  in  forbidding,  because  the  brick  wall  would  lie  impaired  by  the  additional  weight.  She=ga= 
ne=ne=ta  in=pa(d)=de=esh,  li.  19;  the  oath  is  a mutual  one,  because  both  parties  assume  obligations,  that  of  d/<5r-iVsi7i‘»i 
being  not  to  revoke  the  coni])ensation  which  he  paid. 


TIL  THE  SEAI.S. 


A characteristic  feature  of  the  Nippur  documents  are  tlie  seal  impressions,  which 
differ  in  various  respects  from  those  on  tablets  from  other  parts  of  Babylonia.  As  I 
have  shown  in  another  place, ^ the  seals  employed  in  Nippur  in  connection  with  docu- 
ments that  were  sworn  to  were  not  those  usually  borne  by  the  persons  who  sealed 
the  contract,  but  were  made  expressly  for  the  occasion  by  an  official,  the  hur-gul, 
who  as  such  is  associated  in  the  closest  connection  with  the  dub-sar,  either  in  the  suc- 
cession duhsar — hurgul  or  hurgul — duhsar,  after  the  names  of  all  other  witnesses  are 
recorded.-  The  seals  made  by  the  hurgul  were  not  engraved  on  such  small  cylinders 
of  a very  hard  material  as  have  been  found  abundantly  in  the  mounds  of  Babylonian 
cities,  but  on  small  rectangular  slabs,  or  on  the  rectangular  side  of  more  handy  pieces 
of  a soft  material  which  could  be  cut  easily.  These  seals,  of  course,  could  not  be  rolled 
over  the  tablet,  but  were  stamped  upon  them,  as  (*an  be  seen  clearly  from  the  impres- 
sions on  the  case  of  No.  49.^  It  should  be  mentioned  also  that  they  never  contain 
pictorial  representations.  The  script  of  the  inscription  is  larger  and  less  carefully 
made  than  on  the  cylinders.^  The  seal  was  placed  on  the  tablet  in  such  a way 
that  the  inscription  traversed  the  uninscribed  parts  of  the  surface  in  longitudinal 
direction  (see  Nos.  4,  10,  etc.,  left  edge;  No.  35,  upper  edge;  Nos.  33  and  32,  reverse).® 
The  name  of  the  sealing  person  is  therefore  usually  reproduced  in  full,  while  on  the 
Sippar  tablets  the  inscription,  because  of  its  latitudinal  direction,  is  impressed  only 
partially,  it  l)eing  often  impossible  to  make  out  the  name  (see  Nos.  83  and  134,  Yol. 
^ I,  Plates  X and  YIIP).  The  inscription  never  contains  an  addition  to  the  name 

‘ Dcr  bur-yul  (tis  Kolur  in  Nippur,  O.  L.  Z.,  1907,  col.  17.'5-1S1. 

^ But  before  the  female  witnesse.s,  cf.  0 : 24,  2.5.  Exceptions  to  the  rule  we  fiml  only  on  Nos.  .39  and  40. 
In  the  first  instance  the  hurgul  is  separated  from  the  iluhmr  bj"  but  one  jierson;  in  the  second  he  ficcupies  the  regular 
place  of  the  official  j)ersons  at  the  end  of  tlic  li.st  of  witnesses.  Compare  also  C.  2’.,  32c:  IS  and  19  (Sippar),  where 
the  fujzunii  (li.  18)  and  the  dubtsur  (li.  19)  follow  the  male  witnesses  (li.  14-17),  but  precede  the  female  witnesses  (li. 
20  and  21  j;  the  same  persons  occur  li.,  22  : 25  and  26  after  the  witnesses  17-24.  In  the  Tell  Sifr  documents  the  tozuuu 
is  usually  the  first  witness  and  in  one  case  also  the  scribe. 

^ See  Plate  II  and  compare  -with  Vol.  VI,  1,  Plate  X. 

* Cf.,  e.  g.,  No.  6 with  Nos.  29,  70,  etc. 

^ Only  then  the  inscription  has  a latitudinal  direction  when  so  much  space  was  left  that  the  inscription  could 
be  reproduced  in  full  (or  nearly  so).  Cf.  No.  .34. 

® On  the  tablet  from  Yokha  (No.  8)  the  seal  impressions  show  the  same  direction  as  on  the  Nippur 
tablets,  and  likewise  (but  sometimes  only  partially)  on  a considerable  number  of  tablets  in  the  Berlin  iMuseum  which 
I have  examined.  This  fact  should  be  noticed  in  the  determination  of  their  provenance. 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAI.  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


denoting  a religious  eonfessioig  like  '^servant  of  this  or  that  divinity,”  which  is  so 
fre({uently  found  on  cylinders,  but  confines  itself,  on  account  of  its  official  character, 
to  strictly  legal  designations,  i.e.,  the  kiiniya;  and  not  infrequently  the  statement 
of  the  vocation,  which  stands  before  the  kiuiya,  e.y.: 


B>-k, 

i-sha 

dumu  An 

,-azng-sha 

Be-lu-tmn. 

No.  (j  N'.IL  + ISIIIH  in-IB 
(liiiiiu-sal  Zi-ia-tuin 


No.  69« 


Ur-'^X inni  nu-esh 
dumu  .1  zaij-'^X  i n ?i  i 


The  most  remarkable  feature,  however,  is  that  the  names  of  all  the  persons 
forming  one  party  of  the  treaty,  and  in  connection  with  division  documents  the 
names  of  all  parties  concerned,  are  united  on  one  seal,  which  would  have  been  an 
impossibility  if  the  seal  had  not  lieen  made  for  the  one  special  occasion.  A very 
instructive  example  we  have  in  the  division  document  No.  32,  the  seal  impression  of 
which  reads: 


A-bil-‘’Mar-tu 
Li-h  i-i  t-^Mar-t  u 
Li-bi-itA^En-lil 
'^Mar-tu-nia-lik 

dumu-mvsh  E-ri-ish-su-ma-tvm 

The  deeds  of  purchase  Nos.  33-35,  in  which  the  eldest  of  these  brothers  buys 
back  the  shares  of  his  co-heirs,  however,  are  sealed  respectively: 


<^Mar-tn-nui-lik 

Li-bi-lt-^  En-lil 

Ll-bi-it-'^M(ir-tu 

du in n E-ri-ish-zu-niii-/n in 

d n III  n E-ri- ish-sh  uin- 

ina-tnin 

du  in  u . 1 -bil-'^Shainatsh 

Compare  also  the  adoption  document  No.  24: 


E-a-i-din-num 

dun 

lu  Ib-ku-IsIdar 

u Ku 

-riduin  dum-n-ni 

It  is  remarkable  tliat  such  seals  were  cut  hy  the  bunjul  even  for  the  temples,  or, 
using  the  Babylonian  way  of  expressing  it,  for  the  gods,  when  they  were  the  parties 
on  whom  the  obligation  rested.  Thus  No.  06,  where  the  temple  of  Etiki  and 
Datnyalnunna  sells  offices  of  the  temple,  is  sealed: 


^’-En-ki 

‘^Dam-gnJ-n  un-na 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


53 


P'or  those  eontraets,  however,  in  which  both  parties  undergo  oliligations  the  bimjuL 
made  two  different  seals.  Cf.,  e.g.,  the  seal  impressions  on  the  marriage  contract 
Xo.  40: 


'^En-lil-id-zu 

.1  mu-gukkul 

dumu  Lugal-d-zi-da 

and 

du  mu-gal  i n-I  li-m  a -a  n-.g'i 

and  on  the  deed  of  exchange  No.  39: 


^En-Ul-Iii-shaf) 


7iu-esh 


11  u-sJui-lia-7 


dumu  Ut-ta-(jul-Lu-)ne-DU 


The  seals  used  with  contracts  that  were  not  sworn  to,  or  such  documents  as  were 
sealed  by  the  ’witnesses,  were  private  seals  (cf.  22,  62,  on  page  55,  etc.).  It  is  a fact, 
well  known  from  Sippar  tablets,  that  only  a comparatively  small  number  of  persons 
carried  seals  containing  their  own  names,'  but  most  of  them  such  as  either  had  formerly 
belonged  to  other  persons,  containing  the  names  of  these,  or  had  no  inscription  at  all.- 
A considerable  number  of  seal  impressions  shows  only  the  picture  and  the  name  and 
the  titles  of  a god."  The  scanty  material  at  our  disposal  does  not  permit  us  to  decide 
with  absolute  certainty  whether  this  peculiarity  explains  itself  simply  by  the  charac- 
ter of  the  seal  as  a charm,  or  whether  they,  like  the  above  mentioned  hurgul  seal  of 
Enki  and  Damgalnunna,  are  temple  seals,  and  were  used  l)y  the  persons  who  held 
office  in  the  respective  temples.  But  the  frecpient  occurrence  of  one  and  the  same 
god  on  different  seals  leaves  but  little  doubt  that  the  first  view  is  the  right  one.^ 

With  some  tablets  the  whole  surface  is  covered  with  seal  impressions,  the  traces 
of  which  can  clearly  be  seen  between  the  script."  These  seal  impressions  were  made 
before  the  tablets  were  inscribed,  because  the  script  shows  no  sign  of  derangement. 
This  seems  to  be  the  case  also  with  those  tablets  on  which  the  seal  impressions  are 

’ Cf.,  e.g.,  Xo.  G2,  .seals  a and  b. 

For  the  first  kind  see  No.  62,  seal  c;  for  the  second  No.  2.5  (and  No.  S3). 

“No.  29;  ‘^She-tlr  (lease  of  field);  No.  30:  '^Nin-.sfiafi  and  '^Pa-bi{l)-sag-,  No.  14:  and  

(=  seals  of  two  witnesses);  No.  42:  ‘^Lugal-e-'ih-a  {=  seal  of  the  witnesses);  Xo.  47;  twice  '^Xin-ghah  and  '^Lugal-c-'^h-a 
(seals  of  three  witnesses),  besides  the  seal  of  the  scribe;  No.  .58;  one  seal  of  the  witnesses  and  one  of  ? ; compare  also 
Xo.  74,  seal  a:  ^Nin-shah  | sukkal-zi-an-na  \ ge.ghdar-azag  shu- , anil  similar  ones  in  De  Clercq,  Ccllcction. 

^ It  is  of  some  interest  to  notice  that  the  seal  of  Xo.  29  with  the  picture  and  the  name  of  the  god  of  grain.  ‘^Shc-tir, 
Ijelongs  to  a farmer.  Especially  frequent  are  seals  with  the  name  of  Xin-shuh,  the  god  who  listens  to  the  praver  (cf. 
Rim-Sin,  Clay  cone  7). 

^ .See  the  photographic  reproductions  on  PI.  I,  II  and  III. 


54 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


made  only  on  the  blank  spaces.  Contrary  to  the  custom  prevailing  at  Sippar  of 
sealing  only  the  case  and  leaving  the  tablet  unsealed,  in  Nippur  the  inner  tablet  was 
sealed  also. 

The  following  gives  a list  of  the  inscriptions  of  hiirgul  seals  on  tablets  in  the 
Imperial  Ottoman  Museum,  which  my  time  did  not  permit  me  to  copy: 


No.  11. 

Deed  ol  E.xcJiange. 

a.  Na-bi-'^SIuunash 
(luma  Im-gu-u-n 
h.  Da-mi- iq-Ui-shu 

u Na-ru-hi-tum  dum-u-ui 

No.  12. 

Deed  of  Purchase. 

Im-gur-'^Nin-IB 

du  m II  I-ha-shar-ru-u  m 

''Nin-lB-a-bi 

•’Nin-IB-ga-mil 

du mu-m i'«h  L u-ga-tv m 

Ma-nu-[tum  ama-ne-ne] 

No.  23. 

Division  Document. 

Na-ru-iib-lum 
damu-.sid  M l-glr  '’h'u-til 


No.  2(i. 

Division  Document. 

En-lil-Iu-shdg 

'’Nanna{r)-(i-rd-mii-un-gi 

U r-Dii-azag-ga 

Ur-'^DUN-FA-c-a 

dam u-m esh  itmi-ma-aii-tsi 

No.  31. 

Deed  of  Purchase. 

N i-sld-ni-shu 
dumu-sal  Nu-ur-‘^Kab-ta 


No.  .30. 

Deed  of  Purchase. 

El-lu-m  u-u-shu 
duniu  Si-U-^Shamash 

No.  37. 

Deed  of  Exchange. 
u.  Shu-mu  -um-li-ib-shi 
dumu  U r-Dii-azag-ga 
b.  Lu-c-shu-rne-DU 

d a m u am  ash  -^En-I  i I 

No.  41 . 

Deed  of  Purchase. 

‘^A^usku-ni-shu 

dumu  '^Nin-IB-m u-sha-lim 

No.  4.5. 

DectI  of  llansoniing. 
Bc-el-ia-uL 

SAL-ISIIIB  in-IB 
dumu  ^En-Ul-ijal-zu 

No.  40. 

-Vdoption  Document. 

a.  La-ma- 

SAL-ISIIIB  ^’Xin-IB 
dumu  '^En-lil-ma-an-s'i 

b.  Sha-at-^ Shamash 

dam  I-Ii- 

No.  49. 

Payment  of  an  Indemnity 

Sh  u-ni  u-u  m-Ii-ib-sh  i 
d u m u '^.Va nna  (r) -ma-an-s\ 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


OO 


No.  62. 

Private  Seals : 

a.  }-li-ma-iluni 

dumii  Ab-litm 
arad-'^XE- 



b.  Ur-ra-i-din-7ia}n 
du)7iu  }-li-ish-r7ie-a-7ii 
arad  ‘^Xe-unu-gal 

BA-f7ho-\ ] 


[arad\  Nin-si-an-na 

{kishib  DnTn-kum  yndr  Ur-'^Gu-ld) 

No.  64. 

Deed  of  Ransoming. 

^ Nin-I  B-77iu-ba-U-it 
du  777  ii  A-n)i-li-ia 
I-din-Ishtar 

du777u  Ma-(in-7m-7i7n.-'m.e-sfui-li[-mr] 
[ft  Ni/-r//-7/b-t/i7n  own-ti-nt] 


IV.  LIST  OF  DATE  FOIiMUi.AS  OF  THE  TIME  FROM 
HAMM U-R A BI  TO  SAMSU-DITANA. 


Hammu-rabi. 


1 .  [ni\u  Ha-arn-mu-r[a-hi  lugal-e] 
mu  Ha-am-nm-ra-hi  lugul-e 
mu  Ha-am-mu-ra-bl  lagal 
mu  Ha-am-mu-ra-hi 


A. 

D;  VIII,  376. 
VIII,  486. 

VI,  49r;  VIII,  8c. 


2.  [m\u  nig-si-sd  [kcda\m-m\a ] 

inu  nig-si-sd,  kalam-ma  in-gar 

mu  Ha-mu-ra-hi  | nig-si-sd  gnr-ra. 

mu  Ha-mu-ra-hi  lugal-e  shag-ga  kalam-ma  nam-si-sd. 


A. 

D. 

VIII,  5()a. 

M.  49  (Sippar). 


The  year  in  which  Hammu-rabi  who  establishes  (var. 
has  estal)lished)  righteousness  in  (the  midst  of) 
the  land, — ’ 

3.  [/rr]  ^’-^’'■gu-za  '^Nann[ar ] A. 

mu  -’'^^'gu-za  bara-mah  '‘Nannar  Kd-dingir-ra  mu-un- 

[VIII,  12n. 

(==  M.  88); 


mu-ra-bi  I 'u-skc-bi-shu 


na-dini  D. 

mu  gn-za  '’Nannar  ' Berl.  905 

mu  "’^’gju-za  '’Nannar  | Kd-dingir-ra  1\I.  10. 

mu  gii-za  '’Nannar  Kd-dingir-ra’"  mu-na-an-dirn  Berl.  899. 

?)  shaliu  '’Nannar  I c-’ Nannar  I Kd-d inair-ra’'’  I ”'//n-  R.  21. 


The  year  in  which  (Hammu-rabi),  after  having  made 
the  throne  for  (the  great  chamber  of)  Nannar  of 
Babylon, 

The  year  in  wliich  Hammu-rabi,  after  having  caused 
tf)  make  the  Nannar (‘1)  in  the  house  of  N^annar 
in  Ba))ylon, 


' Of.  C.  II.,  5 : 20-23,  kl-U-tutn  u ini-shn-ra-ani  i-7ia  pt  ina-tim  aUi-kn-un,  and  the  date  shatuii  Ka-ash-ti-U-ia-shu 
shairum  ntc-she-ra  Uh-ku-nu,  Thureaii-naiigiii,  O.  L.  Z.,  XI,  C(il.  03. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


4.  mu  bad  Gd-gi-a  [ba-dil]  A. 

mu  bod  Gd-gi-a  ba-dil  D. 

mu  bdd  Gd-gi-a  ne']  mu-un{‘G-du  VIII,  18/>. 

mu  bdd -gal  Gd-gi-a  V.  40. 


The  year  in  which  (Hammu-rabi)  after  havin<>;  built 
the  wall  of  the  Gagu,^ 

5.  mu  c/?(?)  KA-ash-bar-ra[ ] A. 

[mu m]u-uu-[n]a-au-dim  D. 

The  year  in  which  (Hammu-rabi) , after  liaYiiip; 
made — 


(3.  mu  bdd?  ' A. 

[a??/  bdd?  *']  La-az  C. 

[mu mi(-]u[n-7ia]-dfm  I). 

The  year  in  which  [IJ ammu-rabi) , after  having  made 
the of  Laz, 


7.  mu  [Unug^'']  7-si-in-[ 

[mu  Idiug’"']  J-si-in-na''' 
mu  Unug^‘^  I-si-in-na''^ 
mu  Unug’^^  u 7-si-ird‘  ba-an-dih 


A. 

V. 

Pv.  24  and  25.  [note  3). 
Par.44Sl(S.A.K.I.,XIX, 


The  year  in  which  (Hammu-rabi) , after  having  taken 
Erech  and  I sin,  — — — " 


8.  mu  m[a-d)n  gd  id  nu-hu-[ ] A. 


mu[ ] E-mu-ut-ba-lum  ('.  [year). 

mu[ ] la-mu-ut-ba-lu[m  IV,  31r/  (but  cf.  the  31st 


' Part  fit'  the  tenijih;  preciiiets  ol'  SJifunasli.  in  Si])par;  called  the  wide  court  of  SluDiiaxh,  Ad.  IS.  It  is  ('iften  men- 
tioned in  contracts  as  Vnigi'i  or  Gd-gi-(d‘\  it  has  a fj;at('  {Mb  (!(i-gi-i)A\  1!.,  X)b  : 10;  Avi  (;d-gi-<d\  li.,  SO  : II),  etc.)  and 
there  are  lious:-s  in  the  Gd-gu  (P.,  70  :2,i-tin  it  seems,  if  not  exclnsi\'ely  l)Ut  jirincipally  li>' 

women.  C.  T..  Nil,  22,  .30991,  Re\'.  I,  14,  LI,  MAL  + inserted  GI  = gd('?)-gi-(i  = bit  nn-oh'-iii i-tiiiii . hit  n/[ ], 

hit  le-lil-tum.  bit  l:iGu-t[nm]',  ‘‘house  of  lustration,”  and  ‘‘house  of  seclusion"  seems  to  point  towards  a meaninfr  like 
‘‘cloister.” 

^ Perhaps  ” for  the  lord  who  decides  thi'  decisions,”  or  ” a chamher  foi-  the  ch-cidinc  of  (he  decisions." 

" Or  more  likely:  The  year  in  which  Erech  and  Isin  has  Ijeen  taken. 

8 


58 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


The  year  in  which  H armmi-rahi,  after  havino;  - — 

the  land  on  the  bank  of  the  river , - 

The  year  in  which  [the ] of  Eimdhal 

9.  mu  id  Ha-am.umiuu-hi-h[e-(icd  ] 

[mu  id]  Ha-amunu-m-hi-he-(j(d 
mu  id  Ha-nm-mu-rn-hi 
mu  id  Ha-am-mhi-d 
mu  id-da  Ha-am-mu-ra-hi 

The  year  in  which  {Hammu-rahi,  after  having’  du") 
the  canal  Ha mmurabi-Jjegal , 


A. 

C. 

M.  48,  106. 

II,  7;  VI,  45. 

IV,  255.  (cf.  V.  12). 


10.  erim  d-dam  Ma-al-gi-kd  A.;  V. 

■mu  uru  d-dam, -hi  ]\[d-a\ld^.)-gi-a'''‘]  II,  25.' 

mu  nrid‘  d-dam-hi  ]\Ial-gt-(d‘  R.  26. 

mu  uru  d-dam  Malgd  p']  Phil.  1652. 

mu  uru  d{-dam,)  Malgd’''  R.  37.’ 


The  year  in  which  {Haimnu-rabi  the  king),  after 
having  — ) the  city  (var.  armyA  and  the  popu- 
lation of  Malgii,  — ^ 


1 1 .  mu  [/^]a-5[  i]-k[u  m]’''  ’ 

mu  Ra-hi-kum,’'’  u Sha-li-bi 
mu  Ra-bi-kum 
mu  uru  Ra-bi-ku)u’''’ 

(?)  -mu  Ra-bi-kuud’  \ Y I-bi-iq-‘' Ishkur  ba-dib{'?) 


A. 

C. 

VIII,  41n. 

VIII,  48a. 

Bn.  91-5  9,  2515. 


The  year  in  which  {Hammu-rabi) , after  having  — , 

(var.  the  town  of)  Rabikum  and  Shalibi, 

The  year  in  which,  etc.,  Rabikum  which  Ibig-Ishkur 
had  taken (?),  — — — 


12.  mu  ‘'’’■‘'''gu-za  ^'’Za^r-}xi-ni-tum 
mu  gu-za  '’Zar-pa-ni-tum 


A.;  ('.;  VIII,  225. 
M.  30. 


* In  R.,  37  : 10,  17  and  C.  7'.,  II,  2,5  : 13,  11  the  same  persons  occur:  Sin-erihnm  (s.  of  Ilnm-piUin)  and  Bur-Sin. 
s.  of  Zilihon,  l)otli  times  as  first  and  second  witnesses. 

^Confusion  of  eri)ii  and  eri  = uru. 

^ Iff.  II.,  -I  : ■niu-ut<h-}>a-(iz-zi-ir  tu-slii  Md-al-ka-cd'‘  in  ka-ra-shi-iin.  On  the  probable  position  of  Man 

on  the  middle  Euphrates,  see  p.  (15.  note  1. 


FRO:\I  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


59 


The  year  in  which  [Hammu-mbi  has  — ) a throne  for 
Sarpanitum. 

13.  mu  '‘''“'^'‘ki[-lugal-(juh]-ba  (Ju-mah-bi  A. 

mu  ’^’''‘'^•^ki-lmjal-gub  du-mah-bi  C. 

The  year  in  which  {Hammu-rabi  has  — ) a brazen 
royal  standing  place  and  a ‘ 


C. ; A.  (B.  some  traces) 
VIII,  13a;  Bn.  88--5-12, 
322  (=  M.  94),  Fr.  2. 
VIII,  18a;  M.  13. 

VIII,  13c,^  18c;  Fr.  3,  4. 
M.  13  case. 

The  year  in  which  {Hammu-rabi)  has a throne 

for  Ninni  of  Babylon. 


14.  mu  ^^^^gu-za  {^Ninnp  Kd-diugir-ra'^' 
mu  ^'^''gu-za  ^Xiniii 

mu  gu-za  '^Xinni 

mu  gu-za  ‘^Xinni  Kd-diugir-ird'^ 

mu  gu-za  '^Xinni  Kd-dingir-ra 


15.  mu  alam-b[i  Ymia-iia 
[mu  alam-bi]  imin-a-au 
mu  alam-bi  imin-a-an 
mu  alam  imin-bi 
mu  alam-bi  imin-[a\-an 

The  year  in  which  the  seven  images  — 


A. 

B. 

C. 

II,  45;  IV,  48a  (Sippar). 
R.  27  (Sippar)  (cf.  Bii. 

[91-5-9,  780). 


‘As  ki-gub-ha  means  “ tnanzazu,”  ki-lugal-gub-(b)a  and  ki-BAJ)-giib-{b)(i  prol)aJ)ly  denote  the  places  where  the 

king  and  the have  their  stands  or  seats,  whicli  is  eonfinncd  by  the  fact  that  in  Ad.  G ki-BAD-gub-[h)a  appears 

as  apposition  to  '^“‘’^‘gu-zn.  Lugal  refers  evidently  to  the  chief  god  of  tlie  temple  (cf.  Chub,  (yl.  B,  16  : 16).  Accoixling 
to  Si.  8,  Ad.  1.5  and  Az.  1.3,  the  stand  of  the  god  was  or  contained  a representation  of  momitains  and  rivers  that  carr}^ 
e.xuberance  and  abundance  (Si.  8).  Compare  to  this  the  representations  of  gods  .sitting  on  a throne,  below  which  there 
runs  a river  with  fish  in  it.  (.Yn  explanation,  “a  l>razen  vessel  or  the  like,  erected  in  the  ki-higal,  corresponding  to 
the  construction  of  gu-za  gd-en-na  gub-ba-bi,  nd(d)-bi  ki-nd(d)-a  gub-ba-hi  and  zi{d)-da  Bl-da-ba  gub-ba-bi,  Gud.,  Cyl. 
B,  16  ; 17,  19;  17  ; 9,  seems  to  be  out  of  question,  because  uriidii  is  wanting  several  times,  e.g.,  I\',  17c,  YT,  33a;  P.  SO 
and  M.  9,  and  ki-lugal-gub  therefore  must  be  considered  as  the  principal  idea.  Besides,  there  is  no  a after  ki-lugal 
or  ki-BAD  indicating  the  idea  of  locality,  and  also  the  co-ordination  witli  du-mah  and  speaks  for  urudu 

being  a determinative.) 

Tlie  du-mah,  which  here  is  closely  connected  witli  the  ki-lugal-gub  (bi  denoting  a close  connection,  while  ii 
expresses  a contrast  = “not  only,  Ijiit  also”),  is  in  .\z.  14  mentioned  alone  as  an  object  of  dedication.  In  this  passage 
it  likewse  is  or  contains  a representation  of  mountains  and  rivers. 

? See  L.  I.  H.,  Ill,  p.  2.3.3,  note  51, 


60 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


16.  niu  y N a-bi-uui^ 

[mn  ''Na-hi-uiti 

mu  (jii-za  Na-bi-uni 

mil  gu-za  ^Na-bi-uni  \ mu-na-dim 


A. 

B. 

IV,  126;  M.  11 ; Fr.  6. 
P.  70. 


Tlie  year  in  which  {Hcunmu-rabi),  after  liaving  made 
a throne  for  Nabium, 


17.  [mu]  (dam.  hitii]  ki-bal  mnsh-du-kd 
[/aa  (dam  '^Niiiui]  ki-bal  mash-du-ki 
mu,  (dam.  '^Niaui  ki-bal  tnash-du-ki 
mu  Ha-aui-mu-ra-bi  lug(d[-e]  \ alam  ''Niuui  ki-bal 
mash-du-ki  \ sag  an-shu.  Kiu-uti-U{'l)-la{‘l) 
uia  (dam.  '^Niimi  ki 
mu.  (dam  '^Niuni  ki-b(d  | m.ash-du-k.i 


A. 

B. 

('. 

P.  71. 

Berf.  974  (=  M.  71). 
Berl.  975. 


The  year  in  whicli  IJ ammurabi  the  king,  after  having 
raised  to  heaven  the  image  of  Ad'uui,^  who  throws 
down,  the  land  of  the  enemies, 


18.  [tiiu ] '’ E n-lil-ra 

[mu  A'/l/v  + (T7>S7/-aaf]6  '’En.-lil-ra 

mu  KAK  + GISFI-nudi  ^En-lil-ra 

ni.u  KAK  + GESlI-mah  '’En-lil  mu-na-dim  (cf.  14.  24). 


A. 

B. 

('. 

Vni,  43r  (Sippar). 


The  year  in  which  {IJammu-r(d)i),  after  having 
made  the  siililime  liattlemace^  for  Enlil, 


19.  [mu.  bdd  l]gi-har-sag-gd  A. 

[mu  bad]  En-igi-har-sag-g<i  B. 

)nu  bdd  Igi-har-sag-gd  C. 

The  year  in  vdiich  {Hanimu-rabi) , after  having  — the 
fortress  {En,-)Igi-har-sag, 


20.  gnu  <''’'dfu-za  '^.^Ishkur-ri 
[)nu  ■’‘^^'gu-z]a  ^Ishkur-ri 
mu  gu-za  'dshknr 
1)1  u us-sa  E-itfi-har-sag-gd 


C. ; A. 

B. 

ly,  20r. 

Bn.  91-5  9.  364. 


' Perhaps  we  should  eoiuieet  and  translate:  “After  .\iititi 
■ C,  shows  the  sign  as  XIN;  \'III,  43e  has  biira{1). 


raised  him,”  i.e..  Uoiii-inti-nibi. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


61 


The  year  in  M'hich  {Hamiuu-rabi,  after  haviii<>;  made) 

the  throne  of  Ishkur, 

The  year  after  that,  in  which,  etc. 


21.  [mu  bad 

h)iu  bad  Ad-Ba-zut)d‘ 
mu  bad  Al-Ba-Ium  (sic!) 
mu  bad  {AlABa-zum’'’ 
mu  bad  Al-Ba-zum  ba-du 


A. 

B. ;  Bu.  88-5-12,  241,  746 

(’.  [case. 

Bu.  88-5-12,  746. 

P.  72. 


The  year  in  -which  {Hammu-rabi) , after  the  wall  of 
AI-Bazum'^  has  been  built, 


22.  [mu  alam  Ha-am-]mu-ra-bi 
[mu  alam  H]a-am-mu-ra-bi 
mu  alam  Ha-am-mu-ra-bi 
[tnu  a]Iam  Ha-am-mu-ra-bi  lugal  niy-si-sd 

The  year  in  M'hich  (Hammu-rabi,  after  having — ) 
the  statue  “Hammu-rabi  is  the  king  of  righteous- 
ness, — 


A. 

B. 


M.  12;  Berk  1020. 
C. 


23.  [ma Zimbi]d'' 

[mu ] ZimbiA‘-ra 


mu  ABIN  bad  ZimbiA^ 


A.;  B. 

Ck  [(Sippar). 

M.  31  (=  VIII,  135) 


The  year  in  M'hich  Hammu-rabi  after  having  — the 
foundation  of  the  wall  of  Sippar, 


24.  [mid ]^En-lil-ra  A.;  B.;  (A 

(?)  mu  bara-mah  '^En-Ul  mu-na-dim  (cf.  H.  18).  VIII,  43c  (Sippar). 


The  year  in  vdiich  (Hammu-rabi) for  Erdd. 


^ Alu  i.s  never  used  as  a mere  determinative;  here  it  .seems  to  be  a part  of  the  name  of  the  town  which  means 
“town  of  Hazum”  fnotiee  tlie  genetive  Bu-zi;  Baziiin  =personal  name),  like  A-aldOat-bsin,  doorsocket  of  Arad-Xannar, 
2 : 2;  Tf-C'r-Al/.LS'//,  B.  E.,  Serie.s  A,  XH'.  114  : 11;  Al-T ukul-ii-E-kuA^ , 12S  ; 2,  etc.  For  the  personal  name  Bazuin 
compare  Ba-a-zl  (genetive  of  Buzuin,  Cassite  time),  B.  E.,  Serie.s  A,  XIV,  10  : 3,  the  hypocoristic  Ba-zi~a,  P.  X.,  and  the 
feminine  name  Ba-za-tum.  P.  X. 

^ It  was  before  this  statue  that  IJaiiiiniirahi  set  up  the  stele  on  which  was  written  his  code  of  laws.  A-rra-ti-ia 
fihu-ku-ra-lun  i-rin  nti-ru-in  ash-tiir-tiiii  i-nn  mn-har  fiilii/i-in  Aifir  v> i-.Aid-ri-im  i/-ki-in,  C . IP.  24  : 74-78.  This  statue  of 
IJiinimii-rtihi  stood  in  Bali\lnn  in  tin;  temple  E-.fn(jll  (cf.  //.,  24  : r)!)-2.")  : .I.S;  see  H.  Godby,  “The  Place  of  the 
(.'ode  of  Humniu-raljt,”  in  The  Moiii.a,  ed.  P.  (.'arus,  ^’f)l.  X\’,  No.  2,  pp.  190-220,  Chicago,  19t).5). 

* A.  space  for  one  sign;  C.  for  two.  B.  has  Ijcfore  this  line  still  another  one;  [ 


62 


BAHYI.ONIAN  LP^GAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


25.  [mu  hud  Ziuibirf  '-  A. 

[mu  had  Z]imhid'‘  ha-du  B. 

[mu  had  Zimhid  '-ra  C. 

The  year  in  which  {Hatumu-ndji,  after  having  built) 
tlie  wall  of  Sippar, 


26.  [mu (ja]l-la  A. 

[mu ] (j(d-la}  B. 

The  year  which «'reat 

27.  [uiu ]-mah  A. 

[mu ]-mah  yushkiu  rusfi-a  B. 


The  year  in  which  [Hammu-rahi  has ) a sub- 
lime  of  red  shining  gold. 


28.  [A/ra  I^]-nam-[he\  A. 

[mu  E-nam]-he  B. 

mu  E-nam-he  ‘^L^hhur  Fr.  8. 

mu  E-{uam-)lie  'Hshkur  VUI,  12c. 

mu  E-uam-he  e-’-lshkur  VUI,  40a. 


The  year  in  which  Hammu-rahi,  after  having  — 
E-namhe  (the  temple)  of  Ishkur,  — — — 


21).  [um  al]aui  '^Sha-[la] 
[uiu  alam]  ‘^Sha-la 
mu  alam  ^Sha-la 


A. 

B. 

IV,  4()a;  R.  28. 


Tlie  year  in  which  H ammu-rahi,  after  having  — the 
statue  of  Shala, 


30.  um  uyuim  Nim-ma[  ] 

[mu  u(jui]m  Nim-ma 

um  (case:  Ha-am-um-ra-hi  luyal-e)  uyuiui  Niui-uia’''^ 
mu  eriui  uyuim  N iui-uia  (case:  ^'0 


A. 

B. 

Bu.  91-5-9,  2440. 
VI.  44c. 


The  year  in  which  H amum-rahi,  after  having  — the 
army  of  Elam,  — - --- 


' Tim  formula  for  this  year  eaimot  be  restored  a.s  mu  Esh-uun-tui  u-(jul-tjal-la , because  this  formula  is  foiiiid  oil 
tablets  from  1\-11  Sifr. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


63 


31.  mu  ma-da  E-mu-ut-[ba-lum  ] 

[mu  7ua-da  E-m]u-ut-ba-lum 
mu  jua-da  Ia-mu-ut-ba-Iu)n 

?nu  Ha-am-mu-ra-bi  lugal  SHI  + DU B-ti  Ana-'^En- 
Ul-bi-ta  igi  erim-na-shu  ni-gin-na-a  \ ma-da  la- 
iuu-ut-ba~Ium{^'^)  \ ii  lugal  Ri-im-‘^Sm  \ shu-ni  ki- 
ne-dug[  ] 

mu  Ha-am-mu-m-bi  lugal  [ SHI  + DU  B-ti  Ana^  ‘^Eu- 
lil-bi-ta  [ igi  erim-ua  ui-giu-7ia-a 


A. 

B. 

R.  29;  IV,  31r/. 

S.  37. 


S.  27, 


The  year  in  which  Hammu-rabi,  the  king,  after  his 
hand  with  the  help  of  Anum  and  Ellil  who  marched 
liefore  his  army,  had  struck  to  the  ground  the  land 
Emutbal  and  king  Rim-Sin, 


32.  mu  ugnim  Ash[-nun-na'''^] 

[mu]  ugnim  Esh-nun-[na''''] 
mu  erim  Esh-ium-na^'^  '-^’^^tukul  ba-sig 
nm  ugnim  Esli-nun-na’^^ 
mu  ugnim  Esh-nuiA^ 


A. 

Bu.  91-5-9,  1155. 
IV,  225. 

Fr.  12. 

Fr.  13. 


The  year  in  which  the  army  of  Ashmmnak  was 
slain  with  the  weapon. 


33.  mu  id  Ha-mu-7'a-b[i  ] 

7nu  id  Ha-atn-mu-ra-bi  7iu-hu-nsli  ni-shi 
mu  id  nu-hu-ush-ni-shi 

mu  Ha-arn-mu-ra-bi  lugal  \ id  Ha-am-mu-ra-bi  nu-lru- 
ush  ni-siri  shag-gi-rd-a  '^En-lil-ld  mu-nn-ba-al 

The  year  in  which  Hatnniurabi,  the  king,  after  having 
dug  the  canal,  “Hammurabi  is  the  abundance  of 
’the  people,”  which  brings  the  flood  for  Eidil- 

3 


A. 

VIII,  55. 

IV,13n;Bu.S8  5-12,  147. 
P.  10. 


‘ .-^tras.sinaier’.s  copy  ha.s  Ann  Ana^En-,  etc. 

^ Or  "the  flood  of  Eiilil”?  This  iniglit  he  an  allusion  to  the  deluge  story.  Of.  Gud.,  ('yl.  A,  1 : (I. 

^Compare  the  partly  parallel  pa.ssage,  Louvre  Inscr.  Ohv.  17-22:  nar  IJn-nm-mn-rn-hi  lui-hu-uKh  ni-.ati  tia-hi-lo-at 
rne-e  h(>-yal  n-rux  mat  Shu-me-ri-im  u Ak-ku-di-im  lii  nh-ri.  According  to  the  attriliute  of  the  canal  in  the  above  date 
formula,  it  .seems  to  have  run  past  Nippur  on  its  way  to  Shumer.  Tlu'  com])ouiRl  substantive  .niag-gi-rd-a  forms  a 
genetive  {sfafus  rons:ructus)  connection  with  ^din-lil-lu.  Tlie  same  construction,  e.g.,  limestone  tablet  of  tJammu-rahi 
from  IJidlah,  11  : 12:  sib  shng-ilng  i\Iiirduk-ge;  niin  shag-dng-dug  ^En-til  '■IX ! ii-Ul-hi  = ru-bn-ti  iiiu-tib  Ub-hi  'Hii-lil  u 
'^Xin-llt,  l\  R.,  12  : 9,  10. 


64 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


34.  mu  Ana  ^Ninhii  ‘^Na-namO 
mu  Ana  ’’■Ninni  u ‘‘Na-na-a 

mu  Ha-am-mu-ra-J)i  lugal-e  \ Ana  '^Ninni  u ^‘Na-na-a 
mu  Ha-am-mu-m-})i  lugal-e  A7ki  '^Ninni  ‘^Na-na-a 
'mu-un-dim-nui 

[m.u\  H a-ani-mu-ra-hi  lugal-e  \ [Ana\  '’Nrnni  u ‘^Na- 
na-a  e-ne-hi-da 

mu  H a-arn-mu-ra-hi  lugcd-e  Ana  ''Ninni  u ''Na-na-a  \ 
e-[ne]-hi-ta 

mu  Ha-am-mu-ra-bi  lugal-e  \ Ana  ’’Ninni  ‘^Na-na-a  ' 
e-ne-hi-ta  \ E-tur-kalam-nia  mu-un-{gi)bil-a-au {'!) 

The  year  in  which  Hammu-rabi,  the  king,  after  having 
caused  Animi,  Ninni  and  NandAo  he  inade(?),  — 
The  year  in  which  Hammu-rabi,  tlie  king,  after  having- 
restored  E-tur-kala ma  for  Anum,  Ninni  and  Nana, 

35.  mu  bdd[ ] 

(?)  mu  bad  Kara-’Eabbar 

mu  bdd-gal  Kam-NlabbarA'  M.  51) 
mu  bdd-gal  Kara-^ Babbar  (j)  mu-un-du-n 
mu  Ha-am-mu-ra-bi  lug(d  \ bdd-gal  Kar-ra-Hlabbar 
mu-un-du-a 

mu  Ha-am-mu-ra-bi  lugal  \ bdd-gal  gu  Id-digna  \ har- 
sag-dim  mu-un-il-la 

mu  Ha-am-mu-ra-bi  lugal  [ ] j bdd-gal  gu  Id-digna 

har-sag-dim  mu[-un-il-l((]  \ Kara-NIabbar  mu-ni 
ne-in-s[d-a] 

mu  ‘'Ha-am-mu-ra-bi  lugal-c  | bdd-gal  gu  Id-digna  j 
sag-bi  har-sag-dUn  mu-un-il-ld  \ Kar-ra-' Babbar 
nvu-bi  7ic-/7i-[.sa]  j mu-un-du-a 
mu  bdd  Kara-' Babbar  j ii  Ra-bi-kum 
mu  bdd-gal  Kara-‘’ Babbar'‘‘  i iibdd  Ra-bi-kund' 
mu  Ha-am-)nu-ra-bi  lugal  \ bdd-gal  gu  Id-digna{-ak}- 
ta  \ Kara-' Babbar  mu-)ii  ne-in-sd-a  [ ii  [bdd  Ra- 
b]i-kum''''  I gu  id  Bura)iunu-ka  | mu-un-du-a 

' ]*’ri('dri(-‘li’.s  I'lipv  sliows  an  additional  sign  hcl'ore  kar. 


A.;  S.  38  (=M.  39). 

IV,  25c;  Fr.  41. 

II,  27  : 14,  15. 

Brit.  Mus.  33230  case;  V. 

78  (=  S.  44). 

R.  61  : 7,  8. 

M.  82. 

V.  109  (=  S.  35)  (Tell 
Sifr.). 


A. 

R.  41 ; 42  case;  Fr.  11. 
M.51;  VI,416;Fr.  27  (?)' 

R.  13  (Xippiir);  M.  34 

S.  47.  [(Tell  Sifr.). 

P.  11. 

P.  12. 


S.  28. 


R.  40;  M.  62. 
IV,  425. 

P.  12  case. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


65 


The  year  in  which  Hammurabi,  the  king,  after  having 
built  a great  castle  on  the  bank  of  the  Tigris  whose 
summit  (var.  which)  he  made  high  like  imto  a 
mountain,  and  whose  name  he  called  ‘‘Wall  of 
Shamash,"  and  (after  having  built)  the  wall  of 
Rabikum  on  the  bank  of  the  Euphrates, 


36.  mul'^Tash-nie-tum] 

mu  ‘^Tash-me{S.  40  var.  -??ii)-tiun  (Nippur) 

mu  H a-am-mu-ra-bi  ^ T ash-me-tum. 
mu  '^Tash-me-tum  gushkin 
mu  '^Tash-me-tum  gushkin-'Rai?) 
mu  ‘‘Tash-me-tum  KA-shag-shdg-ga{S.  40  add.  -a)-ni 
mu  Ha-am-mu{39  adds  -um)-ra-bi  lugal-e  (m.  39)  ] 
^Tash-me-tum  KA-shdg-shdg-ga(3()  case  and  43 
add.  -a)-ni 


A. 

P.  17.  S.  33,  36,  39,  40, 
108.  R.346;36«;Vni. 
S.43  (TellSifr).  [5a;  37d. 
R.  35a  (Sippar). 

R.  34a. 

VIII,  436;  S.  40. 

S.  33  case;  36  case;  39 
case;  43  case. 


The  3"ear  in  which  Hammu-rabi,  the  king 

Tashmctum,  who his  prayer. 


37.  mu\bdd  d/d-rP*  ba-g]ul 
mu  bdd  Md-rk'‘ 
mu  bdd  Md-rA^  ba-gul 
mu  bdd  Md-rR^  ba-gul -I a 
mu  bddMd-rA’  u Md-al-ka-a^'^  ba-an-gul 
mu  H a-am-mu-ra-bi  lugal-e  \ {dug  Ana  ‘’En-lil-ld-ta, 
case)  ^ bdd  Md-rA^  \ u bdd  Md-al-ka-a  \ ba-an-gul-la 
mu  H a-am-mu-ra-bi  lugal-e  \ dug  Ana-'^ En-lil-ta  \ 

bdd  Md-ri’^^  \ ii  Md-al-gi-a’^^  mu-un-guk 


A. 

R.  23;  M.  52. 

R.  22. 

M.  105. 

S. 31  (TellSifr). 

M.  27. 

Vni,  22c  (Babylon). 


’ That  this  date  belongs  to  the  later  part  of  [fatnmuraln’s  reign  ensues  because  of  the  following  reasons:  1.  C.  T.. 
VIII,  22c  ; .3,  o,  a married  woman  bears  the  name  “Hiimmurabi-shnrri”  ; this  points  to  a time  after,  at  least,  the  1 Itli  year 
of  Qarnrnurabi.  2.  The  Tell  Sifr  contracts  S.  31  and  IM.  27  are  dated  in  this  year;  but  Southern  Babylonia  came  definitely 
under  the  swaj-  of  Hatnmurahi  only  after  his  29th  or  3()th  year.  3.  Sln-rimeni  hazanu  and  Ihiq-A  iia  duh-xar  (7?.,  22  : 25. 
26)  occur  C.  T.,  ^TII,  32c  : 23,  24  (10th  year  of  Sdinxu-ibimi),  and  the  latter  also  C.  7’.,  II,  5 : 31  (9th  year  of  Somsu- 
ilurux). 

On  the  geographical  position  of  Mari  see  V'eissbach,  Mixccllen,  p.  13.  From  the  inscription  of  Shaiiwxh-rcsh-usur 
it  ensues  that  it  is  near  tlie  territory  of  Suhi,  of  the  po.sition  of  which  on  the  middle  Euphrates  not  far  from 
the  mouth  of  the  Ijahur  the  inscriptions  of  Assyrian  kings  leave  no  doubt.  As  a special  kind  of  boats  was  named  after 
Mari,  it  was  evidently  situated  on  the  Euphrates,  probably  somewhat  farther  dovm  the  river. 

9 


66 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


The  year  in  which  IJammu-rahi,  after  having  destroyed 
the  wall  of  Mari  and  Malkd  upon  the  command  of 
Anurn  and  Ellil, 

38«.  7nu  ^Esh-nun-nM'  a-gaV-yal-Ia 

mu  Esh-nun-?uA^'  a-gnl-gal-ki  7nu-un-gul 
[mu  E[sh-nu7i-na  a-gal-gal  rnu-un-gid-la 
mu  Ha-am-mu-ra-hi  lugal  Esh-tmm-na^^  a-gal-gal-la 
mu-un-gid-la 

mu  Esh-tiu7i-7ud^  a-gal-galda  \ mu-un-gul-bi 
mu  Esh-mm-tud^  a-gal-gal-e  \ mu-im-gal-e 
h.mu  IJa-am-mu-ra-hi  lugal  } ugnim  Tu-ru-uk-ku  \ Ka- 
ag-mu-umE  u Sii-biM^-bi-ta 
mu  Ila-am-mu-ra-bi  \ ugnim  Tu-iu-uk-kum  \ Ka-ag- 


[p.  35. 

A.;  M.  87;  R.  T.,  XVII, 
S.  46;  M.  29;  R.  30a. 

II,  41. 

S.  46  case;  P.  15. 

R.  305. 

S.  41  (M.  47)  case. 

S.  41  (M.  47)  tablet. 

P.  14. 


m.u-u 

mu  ugnim  Tu-ru-kum  M.  64. 

mu  ki-"''l fd)-pa-fim  \ airil  Tu-ru-kum  i\I.  70. 


The  year  in  which  {H ammu-rabi) , after  having 

Aduiunuak,  which  a great  flood  had  destroyed, 

The  yea-1’  in  which  the  army  of  Tiirukkum,  Kagmu  and 
Sube — 


39.  m[u  kdib  (/u-(l('i-]a-bk 
mu  kdib  gu-dd-a-bi 

mu  kih'b  gu-dn-a-bi  \ ddd‘l)-EDI N^'‘-ne{'A 
mu  kdib  gu-dd-bi  \ kur  du{l)-EDIN’''^-ge(‘l)uia 
7nu  H a-ani-niu-ra-bi  lugal-e  kdib  gu-dd-a-bi  {I ) kur 
du{A-EDIN''‘  [-a]c(?)  | s[c.947^'S5-ae]-Oi-r[a-]a 
mu  kdib  gu-dd-a-bi  | kur  du{‘l)-El)IN’^‘--ne  \ sag  gish- 
ne-ri-a 

mu  kdib  gu-dd-a-bi  \ kur  du{'l)-EDIN-ge{d)-nE 


A. 

P.  75,  76:  ^ III,  505. 

P.  74. 

P.  73. 

P.  16  (Xippiir). 

M.  67  (=  S.  103)  (Tell 
Sifr). 

M.  7. 


The  year  in  which  IJammu-rabi,  the  king,  after  having 
subdued  the  totality  of  the  land  of  the  enemies  in 
the  desert  district(?), 


‘ The  lonnuhi  occurs  on  Nip[)ur  ami  Tell-Sil'r  contracts  ami  is  thcrctorc  to  he  assigned  to  fjdininu-niln'ti  later 
\’i'ars.  Mu-ha-(lu-}im  mar  'ISin-a-zu  (S.  103,  S.  13)  occurs  also  on  S.  71  : 21  (3d  year  of  Si)  and  on  97  : 2G 
(Sth  yi'ar  of  Si).  The  correcliipss  of  the  transcription  and  translation  of  the  first  part  of  the  formula  may  he  doubted. 
■ ileissner’s  copy  shows  kur-ne-ra-gc-iie. 


t FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


67 


40.  [WR ] [ ] 

(?)  mu  id  Ti-shi-it-'^En-IiI{-Ia,  VI,  475) 

mu  id  T[i-shi-i]t-'^En-Iil  \ id  ZimbiE^  \ mu-un-ba-al-la 
mu  id  Ti-shi-it  ^En-lil  j ^En-lil-ld  id  Zimbir''^ 

The  year  in  M’hich  (Hammu-rabi),  after  having  built 
the  canal  Tishit-Enlil,  the  canal  of  Sippar, 

41.  [/Rw  E-me-te-u]r-s[ay] 

mu  Ha-am-mu-ra-bi  lugal-e  (M.  46  om.)  E-me-te-ur- 
sag  mu-un-bil-a  (var.  -Id,  P.  18;  -la,  P.  18  case) 

mu  Ha-am-mu-ra-bi  lugal-e  \ E-me-te-ur-sag-gd  \ mu- 
lui-bil-ld  \ IGI  + E-nir  ki-KU-mah  \ '^Za-md-md 
'^Xin-ni  \ sag-bi  an-dim-il-la  \ mu-un-du-a 
mu  Ha-am-mu-ra-bi  lugal-e  \ E-me-te-ur-sag  mu-un- 
bil-a  \ IGI  + E-nir  ki-KU-mah  \ '^Za-md-md  ’^Ninni- 
ge  \ sag-bi  an-dim-il-la  \ mu-un-du-a 
mu  E-me-te-ur-sag-gd  \ mu-un-bil-ld  \ E + IGI-nir  ki- 
KU-mah  ' Za-md-md  '^Ninni 

The  year  in  which  Hammu-rabi,  the  king,  after  having 
restored  E-mete-ursag  and  having  built  the  temple 
tower,  the  sulilime  abode  of  Zamama  and  Nmni, 
so  that  its  head  rises  as  high  as  heaven, 

42.  [mu 

771U  bdd[ 

(?)  7nu  bad  Shi-ra-77ia}X 

r7iu  bdd  Shi-ra-77iaJX'  ba-du 
mu  bdd  Shi-ra-77iaK^  7nu-u7i-d[u-a] 

The  year  in  which  (Ha77i77iu-?'abi),  after  having  built 
the  fortress  Shira77iah, 

43.  [771U  sahar  Zwibid'^]  uru-dii  ‘^[Babba7'] 

7nu  sahar  ZwdJnU^  uni-du  '^Babbai') 

771U  sahar  Zi77ibid'^  \ uru-dii  Babbai'-ta 
7nu  sahar -gal  Zi77ibi7''^^ 

mu  Zmibid"’-  uru-du  j '^Babbar-ge  [ bdd-bi  saluu-gal-ta 


A. 

M.  110 case;  VI,  476;  Bu. 
M.  110.  [88-.'^- 12,  211. 

Fr.  25. 


A. 

M.  45,  46  (=  B.  .56  and 
61);  S.  25,  42;  P.  18 
(Tell  Sifr,  Nippur). 

S.  26  (Tell  Sifr). 


M.  46  (case  of  B.  61) 
(Tell  Sifr). 

S.  26  ( = case  of  25) 
(Tell  Sifr). 


A. 

C. 

R.  38;  VI,  ,366. 
R.  39a. 

R.  396. 


A. 

C. 

VI,  44a 
R.  33. 

R.  31. 


68 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


mu  Zimhir'''‘  uru-du 


Fr.  7. 


(?)  mu  Zimhir’'^ 

shattum  epir  Sippar^^  ish-sha-ap-ku 


VI,  48c. 
R.  32. 


File  year  in  which  Harnmu-rabi,  the  king,  after  having 
thrown  up  the  wall  of  Sippar,  the  beaut  if  id  city*  of 
Shamasfi,  with  gr-eat  masses  of  earth,^ 


Sam  su-i  LUNA. 


1 . mu  Sa-ani-su-i-lu-na  lugal-e 
mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  liigal 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lu[gal-e  {dug-ga  zi-da  ^Marduk- 
ka-ta)]  I nam-en-bi  kur-kur-r[a  ] 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal(-e  M.  66)  dug-ga  zi-da 
Marduk-ka-ta 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal  | dug-ga  zi-da  ‘^Alarduk  \ 
ka-ta  I nani-en-bi  kur-kur-ra  PA-e-shu('?)-ag-a 


A.;  VIII,  9a;  R.  45,  48; 

Fr.  15;  51.  66  (tablet). 
VI,  3,  40a,  486;  P.  20; 
C.  [R.  47. 

P.  62;  51.  66  case  ( = S. 

68)®  (Xippiir,  Tell  Sifr). 
S.  51  (Tell  Sifr). 


The  year  in  which  Sanisu-iluna,  the  king  who  at 
the  true  command  of  Marduk  makes  shine  his 
dominion  in  the  lands,* 


2.  mu  [ama-a]r-gi  Ki-en-gi  /vi[  ] 
mu  ama-ar-gi  Ki[  ] 

[mu  ama-]a7mji  Ki[-en-gi  Ki-uri]  in-gar 
mu  ania-ar-gi 
mu  ania-ar-gi 

mu  ama-ar-gi  Ki-en-gi  Ki-uri 
mu  ama-ar-g[i\ 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal  ama-ar-gi  i-ni-gar-ra 


A. 

C. 

D. 

Vni,  246  (tablet). 
VI,  32a. 

Case. 

51.  33. 

51.  100  (Babylon). 


'■  Cf.  Untid^  nru-dti,  Jtim-Sin,  stone  tal)leL  A,  Rev.  5.  Terra-cotta  cone,  A.  25  (Tluireau-Dangin,  .1.  K.  /.). 

^ Cf.  h(i(l  Ziiiibid^  sah">'-f<i  fiar-sag-ijal-diiii  ^ag-hi  he-{itn-)ini-il  — diirti  slia  Sippar^'^  in  c-j)i-ri  ki-ma  sa-lu-iin 
ru-hi-i)n  ri-shi-t<hu  In-u-td-li,  Bit.  Cyl.  inscr.  of  JJuni.,  10-14,  which  probahlv  refers  to  the  events  of  this  year. 

^ The  tablet  is  dated  by  the  usual  short  formula. 

'*  Cf.  nu-(un-inu[-ra-bi]  \ nuin-Iug(d-[ ] | kaliim-ina  PA-i[-shu  ?]  | ag-u  aic-c[/;],  basalt  fragment  of  Hammu- 
rabi, L.  /.  //.,  07  ; 7,  1(1;  iiam-muli  n<im-k(da-ga-iii  ....  PA-nc-in-i  = na-ar-bi  du-ni-Hiu u-she-bi.  Hynm  inscr. 

of  llum.,  Jj.  I.  IP,  (id,  1\’,  2-41,  and  .similarly  misharam  ina  mdtim  ana  nhubim,  C.  IP,  1 : 32-34.  E-ninnti  mc-li 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


69 


The  year  in  which  Samsu-iluna,  the  king  who  has 
liberated  Simmer  and  Akkad, 

3.  [mu  id  Sa]-am-su-i4u-na  {7ia-)ga-[  ] 

mu  id  Sa-am-su-i-lu[-}ia  na-ga~ab]  \ nu-uh-shi 

mu  id  Sa-am-su-i-lu-u[na  nagob  nu]-hu-ush  \ ni-shi 
mu-un-ba-al 

mu  id  Sa-am-su-i-l[u-na ] 

mu  id  Sa-am-su-i-lu-7ia  \ na-ga-ab  nu-hu-ush  ni-shi 
mu-ba-al 

mu  {Sa-am-su-i-Iu-}ia  lugal,  64)  id  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na 
na-ga-ab  nu-uh-shi  mu-un-ba-ld 
mu  id  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal-e  \ na-ga-ab  nu-uh-shi 

The  year  in  which  Sa^nsu-iluna,  the  king,  after  having- 
dug  the  canal,  “Samsu-iluna  is  the  spring  of  the 
abundance  of  the  people,” 

4.  ?7iu  id  Sa-a7n-su-i-lu-na  he-gdl 

mu  id  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  he-gdl  \ mu-nn-ba-al 

mu  id  Sa-am-su-i[-lu-na  

mu  id  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  | he-gdl  \ mu-uu-ba-al-la 
mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal-e  (om.  S.  57,  58,  60,  67)  j 
id  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  he-gdl  \ mu-un-ba-al{58  om.)-la 
(S.  53,  58,  60,  var.  -Id]  57  om.?) 
mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal  \ id-he-gdd-la{\)mu-un-ba- 
al-la  (22  om.  or  -Id) 

The  year  in  which  Samsu-iluna,  after  having  dug 
the  canal,  “Samsu-iluna  is  the  abundance  of  the 
people,” 

5.  mu  ^^^^'gu-za  ^ba}ra-ge 

mu  ^^^^gu-za  b[ara-ge  ] 

tnu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal  \ ^^^’‘gu-za  .... 

mu  ‘^^‘"'dju-za  bara-ge  mu-un-na-dim-ma 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-ua  lugal  ^^^'ngu-za  bara-ge  ['^]Nanuar 


A. 

B. 

D. 

C. 

VIII,  66. 

S.  64,  71  (Tell  Sifr). 

II,  15;  cf.  M.  59  and  56. 


B. ;  Fr.  18. 

D. 

C. 

P.  21. 

P.  23;  S.  52,  53,  57,  58, 
60. 

P.  24,  22. 


B. ;  IV,  116. 

C. 

S.  72;  M.  83  (Tell  Sifr). 
S.  48  (Tell  Sifr). 

S.  48  case  (Tell  Sifr). 


an-ki-a  PA-e-mu-ag-ge,  Gud.  Cyl.  A,  1 : 11.  Kur-kur  designates  the  foreign  hostile  lands,  in  opposition  to  kalam  = viutu, 
Thureau-Dangin  in  S.  A.  K.  /.,  p.  40,  note  c,  and  Z.  .1 .,  XVI,  p.  354,  note  3. 


70 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


dimjir  SAG-DU-fia-ni-shu{2-ra  or  -ge)  mu-un-na- 
an-dim-yna 

mu  ‘'^^’‘gu-za  U[  '^Nan\nar  dingir  SAG-DU 

mu  ^^^Gju-za  il  mu-na-an-dim 
mu  "^^'‘gu-za  d 

mu  Sa-am-sii-i-lu-na  lugal-e  ^'''^’'gu-za  gushkin  '^Na  nnar 

The  year  in  which  Samsu-duna,  the  king,  after 
having  made  a portable^)  throne  for  Nannar,  the 
god  who  begat  him/ 

6.  mu  (dam  KA  + SHU  ‘^[lamma  gushkin.-ash]-(ish-bi-da 

mu  alum  K[A 

mu  adAm  KA{-\-  SHU)-ne 

mu  alam  I\AU)-BIL{‘?)-E U)  ‘^lammaU)  \ gushkin 
7nu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugcd{-e,  59)  | alam  KA  +SHU- 
KA  + SHU-ne^  Gamma  (gushkin  ash-ash-bi-ta 
mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal-e  (dam  KA{+  SHU)-ne 
^lanmia  gushkin  \ ash-ash-bi-ta  (om.  56) 
ynu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lug(d-e  \ '‘B(d)bar  'Alarduk  e-ne- 
bi-da-ra(  ?)  1 nig-dim-dim-ma-bi  al-in-na-an-gu-nsh- 
a-a  n \ alam  KA  + SH  U - KA  + SH  U -ne  ‘^lamma  gush- 
kin ash-ash-bi-ta  I E-bahbar  igi-^ Babbar-shu  E-sag-il 
igiAMarduk-shu  ] ki-gub-ba-ne-ne  mi-ni-gi-na 

nm  S(i-(im-su-i-lu-na  lu(j(d-e  \ ^ Babbar  Mar- 

(luk  e-ne-bi-ta-ge  \ nig-dim-dim-yna-bi  al-m-yia-ayi- 
gu-yy[sh-a-an]  \ (dam  KA  +SIIU  -KA  + SH U-yie{‘l) 

'damma  gushkifi  ash-ash-bi-ta  [ E-babbar  igi- 
‘’Babbar-shu  E-sag-il  igi-^JHarduk-shu  in-in-tu-ri 

The  year  in  which  Samsu-duna,  the  king,  whose 

deeds  both  Shamash  and  Marduk , 

after  having  erected  their  standing  places  (f.e.,  of 

‘ Cf.  ‘^Nannar  | dingir  SA(T-J)U-mu-sliu  = a-na  \ ilu  ba-ni[-ia].  Sainsu-ihiiia,  Col.  II,  50,  51  (similarly 

‘Glardiik  Hi  bu-ni-sliu,  limostone  tablet  of  from  Borsippa,  31,  32);  dingir  SAG-DU-ga-dim  = ki-ma  Hi  bi 

shii,  II  JL,  17/,  IV,  4S.  The  pliouetic  value  of  SAG-DU  ended  in  g. 

^Cl.  B.,  I 1«  (=  S.  18)  and  />.,  44  (S.  17),  which  Thureau-Dangin  transcribes  with  alaii-s/id((/)-s/id(y)-ne. 

® B.,  according  to  King,  traces  like  unu. 


D. 

C. 

B.;  I\,  46a. 

Vni,  42c. 

S.  59,  61  (Tell  Sifr). 
S.  56,  66  (Tell  Sifr). 
S.  54  (Tell  Sifr). 


S.  62  (Tell  Sifr). 


D. 

M.  55. 

VI,  7;  S.  72. 
R.  56. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


71 


the  statues),  has  brought  praying  statues  of 
guardian  gods  of  gold,  into  E-bahbar  before 
Shamash,  and  into  E-sagil  before  Marduk. 


7.  mu  C. 

mu  ^^^Hukul  ^shhMiir  B.;  Fr.  21,  40. 

jmi  ^^^’’tukul  ki-lugal-gub  har-sag  idE  D. 

mu  ^^^Hukul  ] shu-nir-mah{"t)  P.  79. 

mu  °^^Hukul  shu-nir  gushkin  \ ku-babbar  P.  78. 

mu  sliu-nir-mah  M.  8. 

mu  ^^^Hukul  shu-nir  \ gushkin  Fr.  20,  20a. 

?nu  ^^^Hukul  shu-nir  nig-babbar-ra  Fr.  22  (21). 


mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal-e  <’^^Hukul  shu-nir  nig-bdr-  P.  27. 
bar-ra 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal{-c)  \ ^'^Hukid  shu-nir  nig-  P.  77. 
babbar-ra  \ gushkin  ku-babbar 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal-e  \ <’'^Hukul  shu-nir  nig-  S.  55. 


babbar-ra  gushkin  ku-babbar  \ me-te- -ge  \ 

^ Marduk-ra  a-mu-na-E U 

mu  Sa-a?n-su-i-lu-na  lugal-c  \ ■’^'^’'tukul  shu-nir  nig-  S.  49. 
babbar-ra  \ gushkin  ku-babbar-ge  mc-te- . . . . -ge  \ 


'^Marduk-ra  a-mu-na-RU  \ E-sag-il-la  e '’JMarduk- 
mi-ni-in-mul-la-a 

The  year  in  M’hich  Samsuiluna,  the  king,  after  having 
dedicated  to  Marduk  a aia^raFa-weapon,  a shining 

one,  of  gold  and  silver,  the  ornament  of 

and  after  having  it in  E-sagil,  the  house 

of  Marduk, 


8.  mu  "^"^"^dvi-lugal-gub  har-sag  ida  ash-ash[  ] B. 

mu  ^^^’'lukul  ki-lugal-gub  har-sag  Ukk  D. 

mu  '^’'^Mzi[-lugal-gub C. 


mu  Sa-am-su-i-luna  lugal-e  \ ^''^‘^'Ei-lugal-gub  har-sag  P.  28;  Fr.  25. 
id-da-ash-ash 


‘ Confusion  of  the  dates  for  the  7th  and  tlie  Sth  year.  So  according  to  iMesserscliniidt’s  cojyv  in  (K  L.  Z.,  X,  p. 
174;  ljut  judging  from  tlie  copy  in  King,  Chronicles,  wliicli  shows  a clear  iirndu  in.stead  of  the  scribe  hassinpdy 

omitted  the  formula  of  the  Sth  year. 

^ Tfje  copy  has  e-din(jir-dingir-Mnrduk  — c Ana -'^Marduk? 


72 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal  '“''^^'^''ki-higal-guh  har-sag-id- 
ash-ash-bi 

7nu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal  | ^"''^‘^^i-lugal-gub  | har-sag 
id-ash-ash-bi  \ hi-nun  he-gal-bi  lum-tum 
7nu  Sa-a7n-s7i-i-lu-7ia  lugal  | '^''^'^^[k]i-h7gal-g7ib-ba  id- 
liai'-sag-ash-ash-b  i 

77m  '"’^'‘^"ki-lugal-gub  ha7'-sag  | ida-ash-ash-bi-ta{l) 

7nu  ki-lugal-g7d)  {ha7'-)sag^ 
mu  ki-lugal-gub  har-sag-ul-ash-ash{l)-bi 
mu  sha-di-i  u 7ia-ra-ti7n 

The  year  in  which  Samsu-ilima,  the  king  (after 
having  made)  a (brazen)  lordly  7na7izdzu  (which 
represents)  mountains  and  rivers  carrying  exuber- 
ance and  abundance, ^ 

9a.  7nu  us-sa  ^'''^'^^ki-lugal-g^ilf 
mu  us-sa  ki-lugal-gub-ba 
b.  mu  uguim  Ka-ash-shu-u 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal-e  ugnim  Ka-ash-sku-u 
tnu  Sa-amsu-i-lu-na  lugal-e  ugnind  Ka-ash-shu 
The  year  in  which  Sa7nsu-iluna,,  the  king,  after  having 
the  hordes  of  the  kashshu, 

10.  hnu  ugnim.  f-da-ma-ra-az 
7nu  erim  I-da-ma-ra-az 
mu  erim  I-da-ma-7'a-az^^ 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal-e  \ ugn  im  I-da-ma-ra-az 
The  year  in  which  {Samsu-iluna,  the  king,  after 
having ) the  hordes  of  Idaniaraz, 

11.  [nm ] 

mu  bad  Uri'^'  Unug’^^ 

mu  Sa-ani-su-i-lu-na  lugal {-e  P.  35)  bad  Urk'^ 
U 7iug’''^-ga  mu-u  n-g  u l-la 

‘ First  part  of  say  written  over  liar. 

^ Cf.  H 13,  note. 

^ D.  was  composed  in  this  year. 

^ (ki)-^U Lib-gar. 


S.  69,  70  (73)  (Tell  Sifr). 

S.  65  (Tell  Sifrj. 

S.  70  case  (Tell  Sifr). 

Fr.  23,  24. 

P.  80. 

VI,  33a. 

P.  81. 


D.;  R.  57;  M.  73. 
IV,  17c. 

B. 

Bii.  88-5-12,  144. 
II,  5. 


A;  B. 

VIII,  24a  : 32c. 
P.  82. 

S.  63  (Tell  Sifr). 


A. 

B. 

P.  35;  37  (case) ; 30. 


FROM  THE  TIxME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


73 


juu  Sa-am-su-i~lu-na  lugal-e  bad  u Unug'"^  mu- 
un-gul-la 

mu  ^ Sa-am-su~i~lu-na  lugal  had  Uri'^^  u Unug’^^  mu- 
un-gul 

mu  Sa-am-su-idu-na  lugal-e  bad  Url’^^-ma  Unug^‘-ga 
mu-un-gul-e 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal-e  dug-ga  Ana  En-lil-bi-da 
(P.  33  var. -^a)  bad  Uri^^  ii  Unug'^^-ga  mu-un-gul-la 
mu  bad  Urd'^ 

The  year  in  which  Samsu-ihma,  the  king;,  after 
having  destroyed  at  the  command  of  Anum  and 
Ellil  the  wall  of  Ur  and  Uruk, — 

12.  mu  kur  gu-si-a 
[mu  kur  gu-]si-a 

mu  kur  gu-si-a  an-ga-a 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal  | kur  gu-si-a  an-ga-a-an  \ 
mu-da-bal-esh 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-Jia  lugal-e  \ kur  gii-si  an-ga-a-an 
mu-un-da-hal-e-esh-a-an 

The  year  in  which  Samsu-iluna,  the  king,  after  all(?) 
the lands  had  revolted  from  him, — 

13.  [mu  Ki-sur-ra]  ii  Sa-bu-bi-da-ge 

mu  Ki-sur-ra  ii  Sa-b[u  ] 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lu[gal\  | Ki-sur-ra  Sa-bu-um  \ 
bi-da-ge 

rnu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal-e  ] Ki-sur-ra^^  Sa-bu-um^^- 
bi-da-ge 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal-e  ] dug  En-lil-ld-ta  Ki-sur- 
ra^^ ' Sa-bu-um^^ -bi-da-ge  I KA-si-il-ld-ash  7ie-in-tu-ra 
mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu{-na)  lugal  ] Ki-sur-ra’"'^  Sa-bu-um 
mu-un-gid-la 

The  year  in  which  Samsu-iluna,  the  king,  after 
having  brought  to  obedience  (var.  destroyed) 
Kisurra  and  Sabum,  — — — 


P.  36. 

P.  31. 

P.  32. 

P.  33;  34  (36  case). 
P.  58. 


B. ; VI,  49c. 

A.  [(=VI,  49c). 

Case  of  Bn.  91-5-9,  2518 
P.  38  (Nippur). 

P.  39. 


A. 

B. 

P.  42  (Nippur). 
P.  43. 

P.  40. 

P.  83. 


10 


74 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


14.  [mil  lu(jal-im-(/i]  g{i-[ba]r-ra  A. 

mu  luyal-im-(ji  (ju-b[ar-ra]  B. 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  luyal  \ luyal-im-yi  yu-bar-ra  P.  44. 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  luyal  \ luyal-im-yi  (case:  -yi{y))  P.  45. 

yu-bar-ra  \ lu-Ki-uri-ye  eb-ta-bal-bal  \ -e-esh-a 
mu  luyal  vm[-  ] YIII,  156. 


The  year  in  which  kiii^  Samsu-iluua,  the  subduer  of 
the  illegal  king  whom  the  Accadians  had  seduced 
to  make  a rebellion, 


15.  [mu  bdfl]  I-si-iu-mS'  ba-yul-la 
mu  bad  7 -si-in  [-na^'^  ] 

mu  bad  7-si-in^'  j ki-bi-shu  [ue]-in-yi-a 
mu  [Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  luyal]  bad  I-si-m[-na]  ^d'i-bi-shu 
ne-in-yi-a 

mu  Sa[-am\-su-i-lu-na  luyal  \ bad  7-s[i-]i}S^-na  ba-yul- 

la  I ki-bi-shu  [n\e-in-yi-a  \ [ ] 

ne(?)-i:n-KU{'?)-a 


A. 

B. 

P.  84. 

Bu.  88-5-12,  153  and 
707. 

P.  46  (Nippur). 


The  year  in  which  Samsu-iluna,  the  king,  after  hav- 
ing restored  to  its  place  the  destroyed  wall  of  Isin 
and  having  settled  (?)  , 


16.  mu  bad]  au-da-[s]d-a,  A. 

mu  bdd  au-d[a-sd-a  ] B. 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  luyal-e  I bdd  an-da-s[d-a]  R.  59. 

mu  bdd  an-da-sd-a  Zimbid'  ! a-dii-e^  II,  13. 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  luyal-e  \ bdd  an-da-sd-a  Zimbid'  i P.  85. 
a{l)-du-e'^  I mu-un-du-a 


The  year  in  which  Samsu-iluna,  the  king,  after 
having  built  the  wall  of  Sippar  that  eipials  the 
heaven  , 


17. 


[mu]  bdd-ash-asli  yal-yal-la 
m u bdd-asli-ash[  ] 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  l[uyal]  1 bdd-ash-ash  yal-la 


[ 


Or  nig-dii-e'l 


A. 

B. 

R.  60. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


75 


mu  Sa-am~su~i-lu-na  lugal[  ] [ bdd-ash-ash  gal-gal  P.  47. 
E-mu-ut-ba[-al]  ba-gul-lu-ush-a  ki[-bi-shu  ne-in- 
gi-a] 

The  year  in  which  king  Samsu-iluna,  after  having- 
restored  to  their  place  the  great  castles  of  Emutbal 
which  had  been  destroyed, 

18.  mu  E-babbar  ‘^Babbar  Zimbir{'l)-ra’^''  A. 

mu  E-babbar-ra  e [^Babbar  ] B. 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal-e  \ e ^Babbar-ge  Zimbir’^'-  Fr.  26. 
shu-bil  ne-in-ag-a 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal  j E-babbar-ra  e ‘^Babbar-ge  P.  48. 
Zimbii'^'-ta  shu-bil  ne-in-ag  \ Igi  + E-nir  gigun-na- 
mah-a-ni  sag-bi  an-shu  mi-ni-in-us-sa 
The  year  in  which  king  Samsu-iluna,  after  having 
renovated  E-babbar,  the  temple  of  Shamash  in  Sip- 
par,  and  after  having  raised  to  heaven  the  head  of 
the  stage  tower,  his  sublime  gigunu, 


19.  mu  ^^"^gu-za  bara{'l)-b[ar]a{?)  gushkin  min-na-bi  A. 

[??n(  Sa-a]ni-su-i-lu-na  lugal-e  \ [^^^’'gu-zab]ara  gushkin  P.  50. 

m in-a -b i M a rdu k '^]Zar- pa -n i-t u ni \ -b i-da 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal-e  \ <’'‘''‘gu-za  bara  gushkin-na  P.  49. 
min-a-bi  ‘^Marduk  Zar-pa-ni-tum-bi-da-ge  \ in-ne- 
shi-in-dim-ma 

The  year  in  which  king  Samsu-iluna,  after  having- 
made  two  golden  thrones  for  the  sanctuary  of 
Marduk  and  Zarpanitum,  — — 


20.  mu  kur  nu-she-ga-ne  A. 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal-e  ■ lugal  sag-kal  kur  nu-she-  P.  51. 
ga-ni  . ne-in-si-si-ga-a 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal  sag-kal  \ kur  nu-she-ga-ni  P.  53  (52,  54). 
ne-in-si-si-ga 

The  year  in  which  king  Samsu-iluna,  the  supreme 

king,  after  having  thrown  down  the  unruly  land, 

‘ To  tlie  determination  of  the  locality  by  means  of  -ta  after  a nominal  expression  cf.  ba-dim  E-habbar  c^Babbar 
LarsamE'-ma.-ta , Brick  of  Hammu-rabi  from  Larsam. 


76 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


21.  m\u  ^Y^''^gu-za  bara-gu-l[a  ] 

mw  ^^^^gu-za  zag(J)  gushkin  gu[-la-ta‘l]  \ mul-mul[ 
mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal-e  \ ^^^’'gu-za  bara  gu-la 
gushkin-ta  \ mul-dim^  mul-mul-ld  \ '^Nin-gal-ra  mu- 
na-diin-ma 

mu  Sa-am~su-i-lu-na  lugal-e  \ gu-za  bara  gu-la  gushkin- 
la  I mid-dim.  mul-ymd-la  [^]N in-gal-ra  | [mu-n\a- 
dim-ina 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  ^^^’^guza  gushkin-ta 


A. 

VIII,  41c. 
VIII,  326. 


P.  55. 


VIII,  15a. 


The  year  in  which  king  Samsu-duna,  after  having- 
made  for  Ningal  a throne  in  the  great  golden 
chamber  which  sparkled  like  the  stars, 


22.  mu  4-  dJ-nir  ki-KU-mah 

mn  Sa-am-su-i-lu-7ia  lugal-e  \ IGl E-nir  ki-KU -mah  I 
‘‘ Za-77id-md  ‘’Nmni-bi-da-ge  \ shu-bil  ne-in-ag 
mu  Sa-a7n-su-i-lu-7ia  lugal-e  j IGI  + E-7iir  ki-KU-azag- 
Za-7na-md 


A.; IV,  76:176;Vni,  15a. 
P.  57. 


P.  56. 


The  year  in  which  king  Samsu-duna,  after  having 
renovated  the  stage  tower,  the  sublime  (var.  clean) 
dwelling  place  of  Zamama  and  N'inni,  — 


23.  771U  d-kal[  ] 

mu  Sa-am-su-i.-lu-7m  lugal-e  d-kal  RUSH-ra  ‘^En- 
lil-li  j mu.-na-a7i-s'i-ma-ta 

mu  Sa-ani-su-i-lu-na  lugal-e  1 d-kal  RUSH-ra  '^En-ld- 
li  mu-na-an-si-ma-ta  \ Sho,-a'-na^^  Za-ar-ha-nu-um 
mu  bdd  Sha-a’-na-a 
mu  Sha-a’  -7ia-a 


A. 

P.  58. 

R.  46. 

Vni,  32a. 
VIII.  6a. 


The  year  in  which  king  Samsu-duna,  after  having  in 
the  formidable  might  which  Elld  had  given  him, 
{destroyed)  Shadia  and  Zarhanum, 


‘ .\fter  a copy  by  King. 

= CL  IV  R.,  9 : 24rt,  ki-KU-mah  = shuh-lu  rUi-tim. 


FR0:M  the  time  of  the  first  dynasty  of  BABYLON. 


77 


24.  mu  bad  A'[«s/z]  p*]  A. 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-7ia  lugal  nam  kalam-ma  \ mu-un-  R.  61  : 11-13;  37-39,  case 
ui'-ra  I had  Kish^^  mu-un-du-a  32-34. 

}nu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-7m  lugal  nam  kalam-77ia  mu-ur-ra 
bad  Kish^^  gu  id  Buranimu  77iu-un-du-a 

The  year  in  which  Sa77isu-ihi7ia,  the  king,  who  deter- 
mined* the  destiny  of  the  land,  after  having  built 
the  wall  of  Kish  on  the  bank  of  the  Euphrates, 

25.  772U  ala77i  [ ] A.  [year!) 

77111  Sa-a777-su-i-lu-7ia  lugal-e  \ ala  777  {'!)^^^Hukid(‘l)-sig-  II,  43.  (But  cf.  the  31st 

gi  ki{'l)-sag{‘l)- j 77iu-7i7i- -a 

The  year  in  which  Sa77isii-iluna,  the  king,  after  hav- 
ing   a statue  (?)  with  a striking  weapon  (?) 

in  the place, 


26.  771U  ha7'-sag[  ] 

771U  har[ 

771U  Sa-a77i-su-i-lu~na  lugal-e  \ ha7'-sag-gal  kur  Mai^-tu 
7nu  Sa-a77i-su-i-lu-na[  ] [ liai'-sag-gal  kur  Mai'-tu- 
a[-ta\ 

7nu  Sa-a77i-su-i-lu-77a  lugal-e  \ ha7'-sag-gal  kur  Mar-tu- 
a[-ta]  gar  u 10  da-ush[  ] | nci  sag-gi-a- 

ha[  ] 


A. 

R.  62. 

II,  27  : 18,  19. 
P.  59. 


The  year  in  which  king  Sa77isu-iluna,  after  having 
(brought)  from  the  great  mountain  of  the  west- 

land  a stone  measuring  1^  gar  4 cubits 

and  10  inches(?)^ , 


27.  mu  nig-bahhar-ra^ 

mu  Sa-a77i-su-i-lu-na  lugal[  ] | nig-babbar-ra  sakkur- 
sakkur-i^.)  , ki  shag  du-shar-m* 


II,  27. 
P.  67. 


‘ Ur  {Br.,  11890)  = hamumu,  "to  direct.” 

^ That  is,  about  11  metres. 

^ As  the  text  in  lines  18  and  19  mentions  tlie  26th  year  of  Samsu-ihina,  and  as  the  formulas  from  the  2Sth  year 
to  the  last  year  of  Samsu-iluna  are  knowi,  it  follows  that  the  above  given  formula  is  that  of  the  27th  year. 

* The  transcription  of  this  line  is  a mere  attempt . 


78 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


mu  Sa-am-su-i4u-n[a  lugal  ] \ niy-babbar-ra  sakkur-  P.  90. 
sakkurl-ra^l] [ ] 

The  year  in  which  Samsu-iluna,  the  king  after 
having 


28.  [mu  d]-dg[-gn  ] 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu~na  lugal  | d-dg-gd  En-lil-ld-ta{‘l) 
mu  Sa-am-sii-i-lu-na  lugal  \ d-dg-gd  ‘^En-lil-ld 
[mu  Sa-amsu-i-lu-n]a  lugal  ] d-dg-gd  '^En-lil-ld 

[ 

mu  nam  d-dg-gd  | ‘‘En-lil-ld-ta 


A. 

P.  60. 

R.  70  : 15,  16. 
IV,  11a. 

P.  61. 


The  year  in  which  king  Samsu-iluna,  after  having 
— upon  the  (decision  of  the)  oracle  of  Ellil, 


29.  7nu[us-s]a  d-d[g-gd  ] A. 

rnu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-7ui  lugal-e  us-sa  d-dg-gd  ''En-lil-ld  VI,  20a. 
The  year  after  that  in  which,  etc. 


30.  7mi  us-sa  us-sa  d-dg-gd[  ] 

mu  us-sa  us-sa  d-dg-gd 

mu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal-e  \ us-sa  us-sa-bi  d-dg-gd 
'^E7i-Ul-ld[  ] 

77171  bil  nii7i-ka77i-77ia  \ [s/i]a  egir  mu  d-dg-gd  ‘^En-lil-ld 


A. 

IV,  39a. 
P.  86. 

VIII,  96. 


The  second  year  after  that  in  which,  etc. 


31.  77111  ala7n-a-7ii  gish-tiini  77iu[-  ] A. 

mu  Sa-a77i-su-i-lu-7ia  lugal  j alatn  ‘■’‘‘’Hukul  gushkm  R.  70  ; 26,  27. 
7'usk-a'^ 

The  year  in  which  king  Sajusu-iluita,  after  having 
(made)  a statue  with  a weapon  of  red  shining  gold, — 


32.  77177  id  Qa7'{l)[- 


A. 


The  year  in  which  Sa7nsu-ilu7ia,  after  having  — the 
canal, , 


' This  liate  has  to  be  consigned  to  the  31st  year,  because  H.  70  stands  between  the  ^Sth  year  of  Soin^u-ilunn 
and  a year  of  Abieshu’,  and  no  other  formula  of  the  intermediate  years  begins  \\ith  alnm. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


79 


33.  mu  Al-Ka-ma{Vj-ra-tum[  ] A. 

The  year  in  which  Samsu-iluna,  after  having  — 

Al-Kamaratum, 

34.  [mu]  gish-gal  nam-nun~na  A. 

[/r]r  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal-e  \ gish-gal  nam-nun-na  P.  87. 

E-he-du  1 [ ] mu-un[-  -a] 

The  year  in  which  king  Samsu-iluna,  after  having 
— a manzdzu  of  grandeur  in  E-he-du , 

35.  mu  A-ma-al^^  Ar-ku-um’'^  A. 

The  year  in  which  {Samsu-iluna,  after  having — ) 

Ajnal  and  Arkum, 

36.  mu  erim  Mar-tu-a  A. 

The  year  in  which  (king  Samsu-iluna,  after  having 

— ) the  people  of  the  West  land, 

37.  mu  m[a-d]a  Ki-uri-a  A. 

The  year  in  which  (king  Samsu-iluna,  after  having  — ) 
the  land  of  Akkad, 

38.  mu  U d-ba-nu-il-la  A. 

?nu  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal-e  \ '' U d-ba-nu-il-la  SAL  + P.  88. 

GISH  kala-ga  '^Nin-IB  ur-sag-gal  \ in-na-an-bil-a 

The  year  in  which  king  Samsu-iluna  has  renovated 
the  “unsparing  storm,  the  mighty  battle  mace, 
for  NinIB  the  great  hero. 

U7icertain  Dates. 

a.  mu  us-sa  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  lugal-e  \ la-di-ha-bu  u P.  64. 
Mu-ti-hu-ur-sha-na  ' KAK  + GISH  rush-a-na  gish- 
hash  ne-in-ag-a 

The  year  following  that  in  which  king  Samsu-iluna, 
after  having  destroyed  with  his  fierce  battle  mace 
ladih-abu  and  Midihurshana{l), — 


‘ Before  this  divine  weapon  of  NinIB  it  was  a custom  in  Nippur  to  take  an  oath;  ef  .P.  19  ; 29,  ma-har^l  'd-ba-nu-il-la 
ija-ba-um,  and  .58  ; 1, 2,  eru  KAG  -\-01SII-'^Xin-IB iz-zi-iz-ma  “tlic  Itrazcn  l)attle  mace  of  NinIB  stood  a^s  witness.” 


80 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


b.  mil  Sa-ani-su-i-lu-fia  lugal  \ ki-in-gin  nig  ud-ul(J)-  P.  63. 

1 1 ( ? ) -ta  ( ? ) d ( ? ) -shu  b-ba  ( ?) 

The  year  in  which  kiiiji:  Samsu-iluna,  after  having — 
the  ki-in-gin,  which  since  old  times  had  lieeii  in 
ruins(?  ?)/ 

c.  [nm  Sa-ani\-su-i-lu-nalugal-e\  [ . .ba P.  89. 

. . . I [ ] Mash-gan-shabra{'!)^'’ 

The  year  in  which  king  Samsu-iluna,  after  having  — 

Masfigan-shabra,^ 

Ili-ma-ilum. 

mu  bil  l-U-ma-ilum  lugal-e  P.  68. 

The  year  after  that  in  which  Ili-ma-ilum — 

Abi-eshu’. 

1.  mu  A-bi-e-sliu’  lugal-e  Fr.  29. 

a.^  mu  A-bi-e-shu-u’  lugal-e  \ gii-gu-ga  d niah  Marduk-ge  IV,  15b:  3,  4. 

The  year  in  which  king  Abi-eshii  , who  trusts  in  the 
great  might  of  Alarduk, 

a+1.  mu  A-bi-e-shu-u’  lugal-e  1 sih  ki-dg  Ana  ^En-lil-bi-  IV,  156;  ^TII,  Ic  : 3,  4. 
da-ge 

The  year  in  which  king  Abi-eshu’,  the  beloved  shep- 
herd of  Anuni  and  Ellil, 

a + 2.  niu  A-bi-e-shu-u’  lugal-e  \ dug-mah.Ana  ^En-lil-bi-  VIII,  Ic  (Sippar). 
da-ge  \ d-kal  gal-gal  Marduk-bi-da*-ge 
mu  A-bi-e-shu-u’  lugal-e  \ dug-mah  Ana  ^ En-lil-ld{l)-  ATII,  33c  (Sippar). 
ta  I d-kal  gal-gal  Marduk-ka-ta^ 

' Traiiscriptioii  and  translation  are  mere  attempts.  Is  this  formula  identical  with  that  of  the  2Sth  year? 

^ Mentioned  C.  H 4 : 3.  Or  Mashgan-sharri'l  The  sign  is  much  effaced. 

^ The  three  consecutive  years  a — a + 2 seem  to  belong  to  the  earlier  time  of  Abi-eshu’,  since  H.  70  records 
purchase  of  fields  in  the  a + 2d  year  of  Abi-eshu’  iu  connection  with  such  purchases  in  the  2Sth  and  31st  years  ( 
Sanisu-ilunu. 

■'  bi-(ki  probably  mistake  of  the  scribe. 

* The  copy  shows  ba-c  for  the  two  last  signs. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


81 


mu  A-bi-c-shu-u’  lugal-e  \ dug-rnah  Ana  ‘^En-lil-bi- 
da{?)~ge{A 

mu  A-bi-e-shu~u  lugal-e  \ dug-mah  Ana  '‘En-lil-ld-ta  \ 
alam^  gal-gal-la  ^ Manluk-ge 

The  year  in  M’hich  king  Abi-eshu’,  after  at  the  sub- 
lime command  of  Anum  and  Ellil  the  great  battle 
forces  of  Marduk , 

b.  mu  alam-a  sUim{‘!)-ma  sd{‘!)-a-ge{'!) 

The  year  in  which  (king  Abl-eslmd  has  — ) a statue 
which  procures  prosperity. 

b^l.  mu  E-kish-shlr-gdl  N annar-kam{'l) 

mu  A-bi-e-shu-id  lugal-e  \ E-kish-slur-gdl 

The  year  in  which  king  Abi-eshid,  after  having  — 
E-kish-shir-gal,  the  house  of  Nannar, 

c.  mu  A-bi-e-shu-u’  lugal-e  | id  GAM-A-bi-e-shu-id  \ 

mi-n  i-in-dun-na 

mu  A-bi-e-shu-id  lugal-e  \ id  G AM -A-bi-e-shu-u'  ~ge  \ 
mi-in-dun-na 

The  year  in  which  king  Abi-eshuh,  after  having  dug 
the  canal  ‘ ^splendor  of  Abieshu’,” 

C--1.  mu  A-bi-e-shu-u’  lugal-e  \ nimgir-nimgir  KU-GI 
k u -babbar-b  i-da-ge 

mu  A-bi-e-shu-u'  lugal-e  j nimgir-nimgir-a  KU-Gl-ga  1 
kii-babbar-ra-bi-da-ge 

mu  A-bi-e-shu-u'  lugal-e  \ nimgir-ni7ngir{-al)  KV-GI- 
ga  ku-bdr-ba-ra\-bi-da-ge 

mu  A-bi-e-shu-u'  lugal-e  \ nirngir-nimgir-a  KU-GI-ga- 
ge 

mu  A-bi-e-shu-u'  lugal-e  ] nim-gir-nim-gir-a  KU-GI- 
ga-ged) 


VIII,  33c  ; 8,  9 (Sipparj. 
R.  70  (Sippar). 


VIII,  38c  : 12. 


VIII,  38c. 
R.  66,  67. 


R.  72  :4-6;  73. 
R.  73  : 4-6. 


R.  72. 


R.  73;  VI,  246. 
VIII,  176. 

R.  119,  Rev.  I,  30. 
R.  76. 


' The  variant  reading  alum  lor  d-kal  makes  it  probable  that  ID-KAL  lias  to  be  pronounced  a-lama.  As  long 
as  the  continuation  of  the  formula  does  not  disprove  it,  a translation  “the  great  images  of  Marduk  ” is  not  out  of  question 
either. 


11 


82 


BABYLONIAN  J.EGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


mu  A-bi-c-shu-ii^  Iwjal-e  \ nim-(]ir-riim-(jir-a  \ KtJ-Gl-  P.  94. 
(ja-<je 

The  year  in  which  king  Abi-eshu’  has lightnings 

of  gold  and  silver. 


c + l+x^  mu  A-[bi]-e-shu-u’  lugal-e  \ Ad-na-tum-ma  R.  119,  Rev.  II,  30. 

The  year  in  which  king  Abi-eshu\  after  having  — 

Adnatum, 

(1.  mu  A-bi-e-shu-u’  luyal-e  \ [nuu]BlJR-'tia,  In  '^Bahbar-ge 
mu  A-bi-e-shu-id  lugal-e  \ nun  BUR-na  lit  ‘^Babbar- 
ge  I gish-in-na-an-tug-tug-a  \ har-kin  kalam-ma-ni- 
ta 

The  year  in  which  king  Abi-eshid , the  humble  prince, 
whom  Shamash  hears,  the  giver  of  direction  in  his 
land, 

e.  mu  A-bi-e-shu-id  lugal  \ sag-DU-DU  gu-la  ‘^Marduk  \ R.  77. 

[ ] ' ' 

The  year  in  which  Abi-eshu’,  after  he  had  in  the  great 
wisdom  of  Marduk , 


P.  96. 

P.  55  (=  R.  78). 


f.  mu  A-bi-e-shu-u’  lugal-e  | Bdd-A-bi-e-shu-u  lugal-c  \ VUi,  27n. 

idiA 

The  year  in  which  king  Abi-eshu’,  after  having 
(built)  Dur- Abi-eshu’ , 

g.  mu  A-bi-e-shu-u’  lugal-e  \ \ci-]-kal-mah{l)  'Alarduk-l  j VUI,  33a. 

ld-{h-) digua  gish-ue-in-gi{l) -gi{l ) 

The  year  in  which  king  Abi-eshu’,  after  having  tlam- 
med  up,  in  the  sublime  power  of  Marduk,  the  river 
Tigris,' 


' The  consecutive  years  o and  o + 1 (cf.  R.  72;  73)  and  the  year  o + 1 + x probalily  belong  to  the  later  time 
ot  Abi-enhii's  reign,  as  the  two  latter  years  in  R.  119  are  mentioned  together  with  the  4th  year  of  Ainmi-ditano. 

^ Tliis  was  tUtne  with  a view  of  capturing  king  Ilima-ilum.  See  King,  Chronicles,  II,  p.  105,  h.  9,  ’’"’’Idiylat  is-kir- 
nia,  etc.;  ijish — (ji-iji  from  ijish-gi-gi  = safiirum,  scikiruin. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


83 


h,  mu  A-hi-e-shu-u'  lugal-e  \ ‘^Nannar  ‘^Marduk-bi-da  P.  92  (tablet  + case) . 

KA  in-ne-en-du{g)-dug~ga  | sha-mu-[ da-sar- 

sar-{A ] I KAK  + GISHiV- [ 

The  year  in  which  king  Abi-eshu’,  after  Nannar  and 

Marduk  had the  word  which  he  had  addressed 

to  them, a battle-mace 


i.  7?2u  A-bi-e-shu-u’  lugal-e  \ sag-mah  gushkin-rush-a  R,  69  : 5,  6. 

mu  A-bi-e-shu-u’  lugal-e  \ sag-mah  gushkin  7'ush-a  \ R.  69. 
-ta 

The  year  in  which  king  Abi-eshu’  has a gamiru 

of  red  shining  gold  . . . 

k.  ?7iu  A-bi-e-shu[u’  lugal-e]  \ d-kal  shag  as/)-[  ] | R.  68. 

‘l-kala77i-77ia(‘l)-shu  ASH-ME[  ] 

cf.  J71U  A-bi-e-shu-u’  lugal-e  \ shag-ash-GUB  j II,  24. 

77iu  A-bi-e-shu-u’  lugal-e  \ d-kal  shag-ash-GUB  Fr;  31. 

The  year  in  which  Abi-eshu’,  the  king,  the  perfect 
one  in  power,‘ 


1.  771U  A-bi-e-shu-u’ lugal-e  \/>'^^ash-teba7'a-zagba-7ii-ge-7ie\  VIII,  276. 
ni-mah-esh-a- 

The  year  in  which  king  Abi-eshu’  has  — thrones  of 
the chamber that  are  shining. 


m.  mu  A-bi-e-shu-u’  lugal-e  \/Na7i7iai'  e7i  IGI  + DUB-ti-  VIII,  16. 
la-ni-shu(?)  shu-7iii'  gal-gal~la  KtJ-GI-ga{d)-iUU)  \ 

a-7nu-7ia-R  U-a 

The  year  in  which  king  Abi-eshu’,  after  having  con- 
secrated great  emblems  of  gold  for  Va/omr  the 
lord,  his  helper, 


n.  mu  A-bi-e-shu-u’  lugal-e  \ ala  777-gal-gal  shu-sai'-sai'  VI,  38. 

The  year  in  which  king  Abi-eshu’  has  — great  pray- 
ing statues. 

A-7:al  shag-asTi-GU B corresponds  to  git-rna-lu  e-mu-ki,  Gilg.,  12  : 38,  45.  Cf.  .\d.  22  and  Az.  17  — b. 
^ Cf.  Ad.  13  fin  connection  with  Sd.a:  ni-lali-gi-eft/t-a  and  mali-bi,  and  notice  tlie  note  to  Si.  22'). 


84 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


o.  mu  A-bi-e-shu-u’  lugal-e  \ alam-a-ni  gish{2)-?-ge  \ 

kish-sJiir-gdl  e-ki-mah  '^Nannar-kam 
The  year  in  which  king  Abi-eshu'  has  — his  statue  of 

wood(?)  into  E-kishshirgal,  the  house  of 

the  sulilime  place  of  Nannar. 

p.  mu  A-bi-e-shu~u’  lugal-e  \ alam  ''Marduk  ‘^Zar-pa-ni- 

tum  [-bi- ] 

mu  A-bi-e-shu-u’  lugal-e  | alam  [^Marduk]  '^Zar-pa-ni- 
tum\-bi-da-ge 

The  year  in  which  king  Abi-eshu’  has a statue 

of  Alarduk  and  Zarpanitum. 

q.  mu  A-bi-e-sh[u-u’  lugal-e]  \ alam.  nig-si(‘l)-sd{'l) 

. . . gar-ra  \ A-bi-e-shu-u’  nam-nun-shu 

The  year  in  which  king  Abi-eshu’  has  — a statue  of 
justice(?)  for  the  highness  of  (?)  Abi-eshu’. 

r.  [mu  A-bi-]e-shu-u’  lugal-e  alam-a-ni  GAB  + LIS  ab- 

bi-a  I [ ] . . . IGl  A K-nir-ra  E-bahbar-ra- 

shu  igABabbar-shu  i-ni-tu-ra 
The  year  in  which  king  Abi-eshu’  has  brought  his 

statue  which , into the  stage 

tower  of  E-babbar  liefore  Shamash. 

s.  mu  A-bi-e-shu-u’  lugal-e  \ alamA En-temen-na-a  \ nam- 

d ing  ir-ra-n  i-sh  u ba-ab-  U I, -a 

The  year  in  which  king  Abi-eshu’  has  — the  statue 
of  En-temena  which for  his  divinity. 

28.  mu  A-bi-e-shu-u’  lugal-e  \ alam-a-ni  MUD-NIG- 
SHAG-a{mind) 

mu  A-bi-e-shu-u’  lugal-e  ' alam-a-ni  MUD-[XIG- 

SHAG-a]  I alam-a-ni  gish{‘!)-kal{'!)- 

mu  A-bi-e-shu-u’  lugal-e  \ alam-a-ni  MUD-XI[G- 
SHAG-a]  \ GAB  te  in-ne-da{l)-an[  ] 

The  year  in  which  king  Abi-eshu’  has  — his  statue 
and  his  statue 


VIII,  17c. 

P.  91  :8,  9. 
P.  91. 

P.  93. 

P.  97. 


VIII,  336. 

R.  71  :3f..  9f..  74 
15,  16. 

R.  75. 

51.  2. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


85 


Ammi-ditana. 


1.  mu  Am-mi-di-ta-im  lugal-e  \ ad~gi~a  gu-la  Marduk-ge 

mu  A[m-mi~di-ta-)m  lugal~e  \ o\d\-gi-\a  ] 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  j ad-gi  gu-la 
tnu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ ad-gi-a  gu-la  '^Bahhar- 
M a rd  u k-b  i-da-ge 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  | ad-gi-a  gu-la  ‘^Bahbar- 
'^Marduk  ’ -bi-da 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta[-na  lugal-e]  \ ad-gi  ga-la  '^[Babbar]  \ 
'^Marduk...[  ] 
mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e 


E. 

B. 

VI,  24a  : 3,  4 (Sippar).' 
VI,  24. 

VI,  29  (Babylon)  .- 
P.  98. 

VI,  265. 


The  year  in  which  king  Ammi-ditana,  upon  the  great 
resolution  of  Shamash  and  Marduk , 


2.  mu  sib  7ii-tug[  ] 

mu  sib  ni-tug  she-ga  Ana  '^En-lil-ge 
mu  sib  ni-tug  she-ga  [‘^]B[abbar] 
mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  sib  ni-tug  she-ga  ’’Bahbar 

}72u  A77i-77ii-di-ta-7m  lugal-e  sib  7ii-tug  she-ga  ^ 

bi-da 

mu  A77i-77ii-di-ta-7ia  lugal-e  , sib  7ii-tug  she-ga 
77111  Am-mi-te-ta-7ia  lugal-e  sib  7ii-tug  she-ga 
771U  sib  7ii-tug 


B. 

E. 

R.  91  :3. 

M.  68. 

Bii.  88-5-12,  271. 

R.  81;  Berl.  1260:  6. 
B.  88-5-12,  197. 

R.  82. 


The  year  in  which  king  A77imi-dita7ia,  the  reverent 
shepherd,  who  is  obedient’*  to  Sha7nash  (var.  to 
A71U771  and  Ellil), 


3.  771U  esh-bar-mah-[ ] | na77i-a-[ ] 

77iu  na77i-d-gal-la  Ma7'duk-ge 
771U  7ia77i-d{-gal)-la  Ma7'duk-ge 

7nu  Ar7i-7ni-di-ta-7ia  lugal-e  | esh-bar  mah-a  dingir- 
gal-gal 


B. 

E. 

VI,  6 : 13. 

Bu.  88-5-9,  393. 


Mentions  kar  SippaA  la-uh-ra-rum  and  bit  ‘^SliinnnKh. 

■ Cf.  1.  7 ; oath  by  the  name  of  Marduk,  1.  22. 

“ s7ie-ga  = shetnu,  migru  = obedient;  like  sheuiu  also  migru  has  active  force;  it  lias  never  the  sense  of  "fai  orite. 
darling.”  Cf.  nu-sire-ga  = la  ma-gi-ri. 


86 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


mu  A7n-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  | esh-bar-ta  dingir-gal-gal- 
la  sag-ga-a-ni  an-la-al  nam-d-gal  ‘^Marduk-ge 
mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ nam-d-gnl-la  '^Marduk- 
ge  I in-ne-en-gar-ra-ta 

mu  Am-7ni-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ 7iam-d-gdl  Marduk-ge  \ 
uku  kalam-ma-na 

The  year  in  which  king;  A7n7ni-dita7ia,  who  by  the 

sublime  decision  of  the  great  gods his  head 

with  the  power  of  Marduk  (var.  which  Marduk 
had  given  him)  (or  them  = the  people  of  his 
land(?)), 

4.  7nu-bil  [egir ] 

mu-bd  egir  7iam-d-gdl  Alarduk-ge 

mu  A7n-7ni-di-ta-7ia  lugal-e  7nu-bil  | egir  \ nam-d-gdl- 
la  ^Alarduk-ge 

7nu  Am-7ni-di-ta-7ia  lugal-e  \ mu-bil  | egir  mu  narn- 
{d.-)gdl-la  ^ Marduk-ge 

[mu-bil]  egir  7ia7n-d-gdl-la  Marduk-ge  i7i-7ie-dil.{l)-slm 
mu  Am-mi-di-ta-7ia  lugal-e  \ mu-bil  egir  mu  nam-d- 
gdl  Marduk-ge 

7nu  Am,-mi-di-ta-7ia  lugal-e  | 7nu-bil  sha  egir  mu  nam- 
d-gdl-la 

mu-bil  1 sha  egir  mu  nam-d-gdl-la  Marduk-ge 

mu-bil  sha  egir  nam-d-gdl-la  ‘^Marduk 

The  new  year  (which  is)  after  that  in  which,  etc. 

5.  m u ala77i  na\7n 

mu  alarn  7iam-nun-na-ni  E-sag-il-la-shu  in-ni-tu-ri{?) 
7mi  Am-mi-di-ta-ua  lugal-e  \ alani  nam-nun-na-ni 
7nu  Am-mi-di-ta-7ia  lugal-e  alam  nam-nun-na-ni  ^'^^'gu- 
za  bara-mah-a  an-da-ri-a  E-sag-il-la-shu  in-ni-tu-ra 
[mu  A7n-7ni-di-ta-n]a  lugal-e  \ [alam  nam-nun-n]a-ni 
(e)  E-sag-il-lashu  \ i-ni-in-tu-ra  ([  ]-en-tu-ra 

Berk  1545) 

The  year  in  which  king  Ammi-ditana  has  brought 
into  E-sagil  the  statue  of  his  highness  which  is 
borne  by  a throne  of  the  sublime  chamber. 


M.  19. 

IV,  15a. 
Berk  1184. 


B. 

E. 

R.  119,  III:  8. 
R.  91. 

Berk  1545  : 2. 
R.  91  : 5,  6. 

P.  100. 


IV,  376. 
P.  99. 


B. 

E. 

R.82;4,20f.,27f.:  VHI,8a. 
Berk  803. 

Berk  1502.,  Berk  1545 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


87 


6.  tnu  ^^[^'‘gu-za  B- 

mu  >''"'‘gu-za  ki-BAD-gub-a  E. 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  ‘^Babbar  lugal  s/uV/(?}- 
na  \ ^‘"^gu-za  ki-BAD-gub-ba  KU-GI-ga-ge 

The  year  in  which  king  A mmi-ditana  has  — a throne, 

a stand,  of  gold,  for  Shamash,  the  lord  his 

favourer. 


7.  mu  alam-a-ni  KA  + *SiTt/(?)-ivA  + /Si7[/(?)-ne  an-  E. 
sd-sd-a 

mu  Am-yni-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ alam-a-ni  KA  + SHU~a  P.  102. 
an-sd-sd-a  | [u]  alayn-a-ni  yyidsh  igi-du-a  [ E-sag-il- 
shu  i-yii-in-tu-ra 

The  year  in  ^vhich  king  Ayyimi-ditayia  has  brought 
into  E-babbay'  his  statue  (which  represents  him 
as)  saying  prayers  and  his  statue  (which  repre- 
sents him  as)  beholding  a (sacrificial)  lamb.^ 


8.  ynu  alam  nayyi-lugal-a-yu  E-babbar-ra-shu  in-ni-tu-ra 
yyiu  Am-yni-di-ta-yia  lugal-e  alayn  yiayyi-lug[al-a-yia]  ] 
alayn  KtJ-GI-ga-ge 

yyiu  Am-yyii-di-ta-yia  lugal-e  [ alayyi  nayyi-lugal-la-yid^  \ 
alayyi  KV-GI-ga-ge  [ shu-yie-iyi-dii-a 
mu  Ayn-yyii-di-ta-yia  lugal-e  j akwi  yiayyi-lugal-la-yia 
alayyi  KtJ-GI-ga-ge  shu-a  yie-iyi-du-a  E-babbay'-ra- 
ash  in-na-ni-tu-y'a 


E. 

IV,  366. 
VIII,  36c. 


Berl.  6091. 


The  year  in  which  Amyyii-ditana,  the  king,  after 
having  caused  the  statue  of  his  royalty,  a statue 
of  gold,  to  be  formed,  brought  it  into  E-babbar. 


9.  mu  Mash-gan-Ayyi-yni-di-ta-na'^^  E. 

The  year  in  which  {Amryii-ditayia,  the  king,  after 
having  — ) Alashkan-Ammiditayia, 


‘ l.e.,  for  the  purpose  of  soothsaying.  Perhaps  we  are  to  supply  shu-a  an-da-gdl-Ia  (see  Az.  5)  after  mdsh  igi-du-a, 
and  therefore  should  translate:  holding  (in  his  liands)  a lamb  for  soothsaAdng,  igi-du-a  being  in  this  case  a substantive 
= tamarlu,  “observation.” 

^ Alam  ruimlugalani  because  it  is  dependent  on  innitura  (construeil  with  the  accusative) ; alam  uamlugalana  because 
it  is  dependent  on  shu(a)  nendua  (construed  with  localis).  Cf.  Gud.,  Cyl.  A,  4 : 25:  gi-dub-ba  azag-g't(  = gd)-a  shu-iin- 
ini-du  (see  St.  Laugdou,  “.Syntax  of  Compound  Verbs  in  Sumerian”  (Babgluniaca,  II,  pp.  (34-101),  a 11). 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


88 

10.  miL-hil  egir  Mash-gan-Am-mi-di-ta-na’^^ 

mil  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ bd  egir  Mash-gari-Am-mi- 
di-ta-na 

The  year  of  king  Ammi-ditana,  the  new  one  after 
(that  in  which),  etc. 

1 1 . mu  bad  Kara-'^Babba  A^ 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  Kara-^Babbar  gii  id  Kib- 
nun-na-ge  bdd-a-ni  in-did-a-an 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-7ia  lugal[  ] | Kara-^[Babbar  ] 

1 bdd-[a]-[7ii  ijn-du-a 

The  year  in  which  king  Ammi-dita7ia,  after  he  had 
built  the  wall  of  Kar-Shamash  on  the  bank  of  the 
river , 

12.  mu  akm-a-ni  nidsh-ge{g)-a 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  [ alau-a-ni  7ndsh-ge{g)-ga 

The  year  in  which  king  Ammi-ditana  has  — - his 
statue  (representing  him  as  having)  a vision  of  the 
night  ( = dream) . 

13.  mu  ASH-MB  gal-gal-la  ’'"du-ski-a-ge 

[mu  A7)i-mi-di-t]a-na  lugal-e  \ [ASH-ME  gal-gal-la-]a 
^^'^Hlu-shi-a 

mu  A7n-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ ASH-ME  gal-gal-la  du- 
shi-a-ge" 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ ASH-ME  gal-gal-la  "^du- 
shi-a-ge  \ shu-nir-ra  ni-mah-esh-a  | E-babbar-ra-shu 
in-7ie-en-tu-ra 

The  year  in  which  king  Ammi-ditana  has  brought  into 
E-babbar  huge  sun  disks  of  Dushu  stone,  emblems 
that  were  sparkling. 


E. 

P.  103. 


E. 

Berk  5943. 

VIII,  lb  (Sippar). 


E. 

IV,  406. 


E. 

IV,  86  (Borsippa?). 
Berl.  1102. 

P.  105. 


‘ Tlie  tablet  shows  ni\  but  the  line  is  written  over  an  erasure. 
- I’erhaps  ‘^"^du-shi-a-ye  instead  of  du-shi-a-yc. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


89 


14.  mu  alam-a-ni  nam-sJud-a~ni  E-sag-il-la-shu  in-ni-tu-ra  E. 
mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  I alam  nam-shul-a-ni  \ za-e  P.  106. 

DU-DU-ne  E-sag-d-a-shu  in-na-an-dur-ra 
mu  Am-mi-di-ta~na  lugal-e  I alam  nam-shul-a-ni  P.  107. 

The  year  in  which  king  Ammi-ditana  has  brought  into 
Esagil  the  statue  of  his  heroship,  ‘ Thou  art  their(?) 
shepherd.”^ 

15.  }nu  ^‘’''"^'‘kidugal-gub-ba  gal-gal  kur-har-sag-gd  ] [ . . . . 

] -shu  nam-nin 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ '‘’'^'^’^ki-lugal-gub  ni-mah- 
a '•  '^'^'^^^ki-lugal-gub  kur-ash-ash-a 
mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  | '^'''^’^'^ki-lugal-gub  gal-gal- 
la  [ ] nd-na  kur-har-sag-gd  | [ ? ] id-id {'!) 

[ ] 

The  year  in  which  Ammi-ditana,  the  king,  has  — 
great  lordly  stands,  (representing)  a mountain 

land  (var.  a brazen  royal 

stand  that  sparkled,  (and  ?)  a royal  stand  (repre- 
senting) mountains). 

16.  mu  Bdd- Am-mi-di-ta-na'^^  ! gu  id  Zi-ld-kum-rna-ta  ne- 

in-du-a 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  [ Bdd- Am-mi-di-ta-na 

The  year  in  which  Ammi-ditana,  the  king  after  having 
built  Dur-Ammiditana  on  the  bank  of  the  canal 
Zilakum,- 

17.  mu  d-kal-mah-a  '^Babbar  ^ Marduk-bi-da-ge  E. 

mu  Am-ini-di-ta-na  lugal-e  | d-kal-rrudj-a  ''Babbar  P.  108. 

M arduk  - bi-da-ge 

1 Za-e  DU-DU-ne  is  tlie  beginning  of  the  inscription  on  the  statue.  For  the  second  person  in  inscriptions  on 
statues  compare  the  bilingual  hymn  inscription  on  the  statue  of  i^arnmu-rabi  beginning E n-Ul  e-te-lu-tam  id-di-ik-kuvi 
at-ta  ma-an-ruim  tu-ga-a',  this  statue,  moreover,  shows  us  what  an  alam  nam-shul-a-ni  (edlutishu,  Ad.  14),  nam-ur-sag-gd 
{qarduii,  Ad.  34),  nam-nir-gdl-la-ni  {elellulishu,  Az.  9),  nam-lugal-a-ni  {sharrutishu , Ad.  8),  nam-nun-na-ni  {rubdtishu , 
.\d.  o)  was,  viz.,  a statue  with  an  inscription  which  glorifies  the  exploits  of  the  king. 

^ Cf.  Miir-  '^"'^Zi-la-kUj  \TII,  326  : 10. 

12 


E. 

Berl.  5932. 


E. 

VIII,  306. 
VIII,  86. 


90 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  luyal-e  d-kal-mah  ’^Bahbar  '^Mar-  Berl.  1187. 
duk-bi-da-ge 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  d-kal-mah  '^Babbar  '^Mar-  Berl.  5914. 
duk-bi-da-ge  A-ra-ha-ab  lu-ma-da 

mv  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ d-kal-mah-a  '^Babbar  Berl.  5963. 

]\I[arduk-bi-da-ge]  ] "’A-ra-ah{‘l)-a[-2  j 

[ ] 

The  year  in  which  king  Ainmi-ditana,  after  having, 
with  the  great  (battle)  forces  of  Babbar  and  Mar- 
duk,  (vanquished)  Arahab,  the  Sumerian, 


18.  mu  Gd-gi-a  tiir  dagal-la  ‘^Babbar-ge  E. 

The  year  in  which  Ammi-ditana,  the  king,  after 
having  — the  Gagu,  the  wide  court  of  Shamash,  — 


19.  mu  gish-gal  KU-Gl-ga 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ gish-kal  KU-Gl-ta  \ me- 
te ki-BAD-gub 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  gish-gal  KU-GI-ga  mc-te 
ki-BAD-gub-a 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ gish-gal  KU-Gl-ga  me-te 
ki-BAD-gub-a  | n alam-a-ni  KAB  ab-sar-sar-ri-^a^  | 
E-nam-ti-la-shu  in-ne-{V227 : E-nam-ti-la-ta(l)  i- 
ni-)tn-ra-a. 


E. 

K.  89. 

Berl.  1225. 

Berl.  1167,  1227. 


The  year  in  which  U\\\g  Ammi-ditana  has  brought  into 
E-ncvmtila  a golden  chair,  as  the  ornament  of  the 

manzdzu,  and  his  statue  (representing  him 

as)  


20.  mu  Ki-KU-shag-dug-ga^'' 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  ’ Ki-KU-shag-dug-ga-ta- 
gu  id  A-ra-ah-tum-ma-ta  ] ne-in-du-a 
mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  ’ Ki-KU-shag-dug-ga-ni  \ 
gu  id  A-ra-ah-tu[m-m]a-[ta]  \ ne-in-du-[a  ] 


E. 

Berl.  625. 
Berl.  1580. 


‘ 111  this  line  only  the  heads  of  the  siiins  are  visible. 

- rrobably  mistake  under  influence  of  the  la  in  the  next  line, 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


91 


jnu  Am-mi-cli-ta-na  lugal-e  \ Ki-KU -shag-du[g-ga^^]  \ Berl.  1470. 
gii  id  A-[ra-ah-tum-ma-ta\  \ [ ] | 

€-gal [ ] 

The  year  in  which  king  Ammi-ditana,  after  having 
built  Ki-KU -shag-dugga  (var.  his  pleasure  dwel- 
ling place)  on  the  bank  of  the  canal  Arahtuni,  (and 
after  having  — a palace , 

21.  mu  en  XI-IB  ki-dg  ^Bahbar-ge  \ har-ra  ma-da-ni  ba-da-  E. 

an -dll -a 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  [ en  ib-ul-la  ki-dg B[abbar-  R.  90. 

ge]  har-ra  ma-da-an-n[i  ] \ ab-ag-ag-da 
The  year  in  which  Ammi-ditana,  the  lord,  the 

beloved  ' of  Shamash,  by  whom  the 

oppression  of  his  land  has  been  broken, 

22.  mu  en  shag-ash-DU  id  Am-mi-di-ta-na 

mu  [ ] I id  Am-mi-di-ta-na 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ id  Am-mi-di-ta-na  mu-7ii 

ne-in(A)-shi-a-an{A  mash  ?) 
mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  id  Am-mi-di-ta-na  mu-un- 
ba-a[l  ] 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ [ id 

Am-mi-di-ta-na 

The  year  in  which  Ammi-ditana,  the  king,  the  strong- 
lord,  after  having  dug  the  Ammi-ditana  canal  (var. 
a canal  the  name  of  which  he  called('l).  Canal  of 
Ammi-ditana)  , 


E. 

B. 

Berl.  839. 
Berl.  5971. 
Berl.  776. 


23.  mu  alam-alam-a-ni  \ ii  ^lamma  '’lamma-a{l) 
mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  ' alam-alam-a-ni 
mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ '‘’’^‘‘'‘alam-alam-a-ni 
(mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  alam-alam-a-ni  ii  ‘‘lamma 
(sic!j  tl-babbar-ra-shu  in-na-RU {‘l)-a) 

The  year  in  which  Ammi-ditana,  the  king,  has  — his 
brazen  statues  and  the  guardian  gods 


E.;  B. 

Berl.  795,  725  : 2. 

Berl.  6002. 

x4.ccording  to  Johns  (P. 
S.  B.  A..  1907.  p.  110). 


* To  Nl-fh  compare  perhaps  Ml-tu,  var.  MI-NI-tli  and  tukid  Ml-tli,  the  designation  of  a weapon,  Gud.,  Cyl. 
B,  7 : 14,  24,  1.3  ; 23  and  date  of  Gudea.  JJamniu-rahi  calls  hiimself  the  Nl-tli  of  Dagan,  C.  II.,  4 : 27. 


92 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


24.  mu  x*  tukul-la  ib-dirig-gi-esh-a 

mu  i6(?)-rii[n^(?)  ] 

7nu  Am-mi-di~ta-na  lugal-e  [ x‘  (5804 

var.  -a)  (|)  ib-dirig-gi[-esh-a] 

■mu  Avi-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  1 x^  "‘"’Hukul  gushkin 
’''Ulu-shi-a-bi-[da-ge]  \ '^Marduk  lugal-a-na  \ E-sag- 
il-la-sh  u i-ni-in-tu-ra 

The  year  in  which  Arnmi-ditana,  the  king,  has 
brought  into  E-sagd  a liattle-mace  (and)  a weapon 
which  were  gigantic'^  (var.  of  gold  and  dushu  stone) 
for  Marduk,  his  king. 

25.  mu  us-sa  x‘  "^^’dukul-la  ib-dirig-gi-esh-a 

771U  ^us-sai^  x'  i^b'I  ] 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal[-e]  7nu  us-sa  x‘  ^^'^^tukul 
77iu  A7n-7ni-di-ta-7ia  lugal-e  us-sa  x^  ^^^’‘tukid-la  ib-dirig 
gi-esh-a 

The  year  after  that  in  which,  etc. 


E. 

B.;  Berk  725:  4. 
Berk  983. 

- Berk  937. 


E. 

B. 

Berk  5964,  5804. 
Berk  693  : lOff. 


26.  mu  alam-a-ni  igi-gm  erirn  KA-kesh-kesh-da 

mu  Am-77ii-di-ta-7ia  lugal-e  \ ^'''^'^^'alafn-a-ui  igi-gin  erim 
KA-kesh-[  {kesh-)  da 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-77a  lugal-e  j "'"'’^la-na-nv'  igi-gin  erim 
KA-l 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-7ia  lugal-e  alan-7ia-ni 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  | alan-na-ni-na  (sic!)  igi- 
gin  er[im]  \ KA-kesh-da-ge 

7nu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  ^“'“'^“alan-na-ni  igi-gin 
erim  K A -kesh  \ -? 

mu  A7n-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ alan-na-7ii  igi-gin  \ erim 
KA  {l)-kesh-da 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-7ia  lugal-e  \ alan-na-ni  igi-gin  KA- 
kesh-da-ge 


Vm,  36a,  d. 

VI,  39a. 

Berk  725. 
Berk  6008. 

Berk  5901. 

Berk  845. 

Berk  5912. 


' /?.  E.  C.,  81S;  the  forms  of  the  sign  on  the  above  cited  tablets  vary  much.  E. : SAL  ^ AT;  Berl.  693,  725,  9S3 
SAL  + GUR-,  Berl.  5804;  TIL  + GISH\  Berl.  5964:  TIL  + perpendicular  wedge  + GISH\  Berl.  937;  TIL  -y  rf’C?) 
- fb-dirig-gi-exh-a,  ih-dirig-gn,  Ad.  24,  ib-dirig-gn-mc. At.  etc..  Az.  17(  + at,  corresponds  to  the  verbal  adjective  Aiiiturii 
® Berhaps  we  have  to  read  in  all  following  instances  Inna  for  alani  = Idnu. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


93 


The  year  in  which  Arnmi-ditayia,  the  king,  has  — his 
stele  (which  represents  him  as)  leader  of  a regiment 
of  soldiers. 

27.  mu  '^Urash  ur-sag-gal-Io 

mu  '^Urash  ur~sag-gaI-[  ] 

mu  ‘^Urash  ur-sag-gal-la-ash 
mu  Am-mi~di-ta-na  lugal-e  ^Urash  ur-sag-gal-la 
mu  Am-mi-di~ta-na  lugal-e  \ '^Urash  ur-sag-gal-la-a 
mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  | ‘^Urash  ur-sag-gal-la  j 

[ ]-G/  rush{A~a  NIMCDSURiA 

mu  Ayn-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ ‘^Urash  ur-sag-gal-[ll\a 
-mall  u dih-hu-na-[ ] | gu-la 

The  year  in  which  Ammi-ddana,  the  king,  has  — for 
Urash,  the  great  hero 

28.  7nu  alam-a-ni  mash-da-ri-a 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  alam-a-ni  mdsh-da-id-a 

The  year  in  which  Ammi-ditana,  the  king,  has  — his 
stele  (which  represents  him  as)  bringing  tribute)?). 

29.  771U  ^la77ima  ‘^Ia7n7na  77iash-su-ga-ge 

771U  '^Ia77i77ia  '^la77U7ia-a  mash-su-ga{'l)-ge 
mu  A77i-77n-di-ta-7m  lugal-e  '^Ia77i77ia  ‘’Ia77i77ia  77ias}i- 
sii-ga-ge 

7mi  Am-77ii-di-ta-na  lugal-e  ' Ala77U7m  ^lam7na-a  77iash- 
sii-ga 

7nu  A7n-77ii-di-ta-7ia  lugal-e  ^Ia77i77m  ^Ia77i77m-a-7ii  \ 
7)iash-su-ga-ge 

77111  A77i-mi-di-ta-7ia  lugal-e  f ^Ia77i7na  '‘Ia77i77m-a-7ii 
mash-su-ga-ge(Tl)  ^Ni7ini  7ii7i-gal  RUSH-a’'‘ 
mu  A77i-mi-di-ta-7ia  lugal-e  ' ‘^la77ima  '‘la77\77ia-a  77}ash- 
s u -ga -ge  n a 7n -t i-la-n i-sh  u sh  u -a  a 7i-sa  )'-sa  r-nc-n 
777U  Am-77ii-di-ta-7ia  lugal-e  Ha77i}7ia  '^Ia77i77ia  77iash-su- 
ga-ge  7ia77i-ti-la-ni-shu  shu-a  a7i-SAR-SAR-a-a7i 
gushkin  hush-a  nd-kal-la  hi-da-ge  \ shu-a-an  ne-in- 
da-ra-du-a  \ ne-i7i-di77i-di77i-ma-a  '<  ‘^Ninui  uin-gal 


E. 

B. 

VIII,  2b  : 17. 

P.  109;IV,315;Berl.791. 
Fr.  33. 

Berk  5835. 

VIII,  365. 


E.;B.;  VIII,  26  : 18. 
Berk  773,  909,  951,  969. 


E. 

B. 

R.  105  : 15,  16. 
Berk  906. 

VI,  37c. 

p.  no. 


Berk  670. 


94 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


RUSH'^^-a  \ sag  (7iamy-lugal-la-na-ge  an-shi-in-ib- 
il-la-ash  in-ne-en-tu-ra. 

sha-at-tu  sha  Am-mi-di-ta-na  shar-rum  \ Ha-ma-za- 
at  mesh-ri-e  \ sha  a-na  ha-la-di-shu  i-kar-ra-bu  | 
i-7ia  h'urdzim  ru-shi-ini  ti  abnim,  a-qar-tim  \ ib-ni-i- 
ma  I a-na  ^ Ninni  nm-gal  RUSH’^^-a  \ 7nu-vl-li-a-at 
shar-rii-ti-shu  u-she-lu-u . 

The  year  in  which  Atmni-ditana,  the  king,  after 
having  caused  (var.  his)  colossah  guardian  god- 
desses who  pray  for  his  life,  to  be  made  to  perfec- 
tion with  red  shining  gold  and  precious  stones,  has 
lirought  them  in  to  Nmni  iiin-gnl  RUSH-a  ( = the 
great  mistress  of  RUSH),  who  raises  unto  heaven 
his  kingdom. 


30.  -mu  alam-a-ni  nam,-nnn-na-7ii-dim 

mu  A77i-7ni-di-ta-7ia  lugal-e  | alan-7ia-7ii  7iam-7ivn-na- 
7ii-dim 

mu  A777-mi-di-ta-7ia  lugal-e  alam-nmii  7iam-7iun-7ia~n  i-a 
mu  Am-7ni-di-ta-7ia  lugal-e  alam-a-ni  7iam-nu7i-7}a-7}i- 
dim  E-IAI -te-en-skar-shu  iii-ne-eai-tu-ra . 


E. ; B. 

Berk  731,  836. 

Berk  792. 

Berk  5887. 


The  year  in  which  A77i77ii-dita7ia,  the  king,  has 
brought  into  E-lM-te-en-sluir  his  stele,  (which  is) 
like  (that  of)  his  majesty.^ 


31.  mu  ‘’Nm-IB  am-sag  d-dah-a-ni-shu 

771,71  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  am-sag  1 d-dah- 

a-7ii-shu 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  '^Niii-IB  am-sag  d-dah-ni- 
shu 

nni  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ in-IB  am-sag  d-dah-a- 


E.;B.:  Vni,  26  : 24. 

R.  83. 

Berk  838. 

R.  84  (cf.  Bu.  88-5-9. 


' Omitted  by  the  scribe. 

^ For  mash-su-ga  compare  the  adjective  mash-su  = massu  and  manhuhu,  Br.  1928.  1929;  it  occurs  in  the  same 
comiectioii  Sank.  Contst.,  SO,  Asarh.,  52,  in  Hamazat  ^^'cre  ma(sh)-sha-a-ti(e)  (Del.,  H.  IF.,  under  = sliiiiing). 

For  the  substantive  mash-su-ga  (=  meshnl)  in  connection  with  statues,  cf.  shid  lamassdti  'u  sa-lam  i)iesh-re(-c)-ti. 
Sanh.  Kuy.  4 : 14,  Lay.  40  : 52  (Del.,  H.  TI'.,  6SS5). 

* The  statue  which  this  new  statvie  resembled  is  mentioned  in  the  5th  year  of  Ammi-ditaiia. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


95 


ni-shu  ' ^'^’’gu-za  mah-a [ E-nam- 

til-la-sh  u i-ni-in-tu~ra 

The  year  in  which  Ammi-ditana,  the  king,  has  brought 
into  E-namtilla  to  XinIB,  the  great  bull,  his  helper, 
a shining  throne 

32.  mu  bad  ls1\-ku-un-'^ Marduk-ge^ 
mu  had  Is-ku-un-'^ Marduk^^ 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal~e  had  /s(5821,  var.  Ish)- 
ku-un-'^  Marduk-ge 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ bad  Ish{M.  25,  var.  Is)- 
ku-un-'^ Marduk-ge  I gii  id{-da{A,  M.  25)  Zi-/a(VIII, 
7a,  var.  -ld)-kum-ma  (M.  25  om.) 
mu  Am-mi~di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ had  Ish-ku-un-'^ Marduk- 
ge  '■  gu  id  Z{i-ld)-kum-ma-ta. 

The  year  in  which  Ammi-ditana,  the  king,  after 
having  — the  wall  of  Ishkim-Marduk  on  the  bank 
of  the  canal  Zilakum, 

33.  mu  egir  had  1 sh-ku-un-'^ Mard uk 
mu-bil  egir  ^dd  lsh-ku{-un-'^ Marduk)^ 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ mu-hil  \ egir  bdd  Ish-kii- 
n n-'^  M a rd  u k^  ^-ge 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ mu-hil  egir  bdd  Is/i-ku-un- 
^Marduk 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  j hil  egir  hdd  Ish-ku-un- 
[XMarduk  . . . ] 

The  new  year  after  that  in  which,  etc. 

34.  mu  alam  nam-ur-sag-gd  Sa-ani-su-i-lu-na{'l) 
mu  [alam  nam-u\r-sag-gd  Sa-am-su-i-lu-naiA) 

mu  alam  nam-ur[-sag-gd  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na]  \ pah-hil- 

g[a-  ] 

mu  alam  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  .... 
mu  alam  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  pab-bi{l)-ga-ni 
rnu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  alam  nam-ur-sag-ga  pah- 
hi(l)-? 


359,  895;  Berk  5876). 


E.;C. 

B. 

Berk  852,  860,  5821. 
VIII,  7a,  40(/,  M.  25. 


R.  85. 


E. 

B. ; C. 

P.  111. 

P.  112. 

M.  76  (cf.  Berk  5821). 


E. 

B. 

('. 

VIII,  2b  : 3. 
Vni,  2b  : 25. 
Berk  5906. 


96 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


mu  Am-mi-di~ta-na  luyal-e  \ alam  ■nam-u[r-s]a(j-(ja{‘!)  \ M 69. 

Sa-mn-su-i-lu-na  \ pab-bi {l)-ya ( ? ) -na ( ?) 
mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  luyal-e  \ alarn  Sa-am-su-i-lu-na  VIII,  2b. 

pab-b  i{l) -ni  ( ? ) | E-nam-t  i-la-sh  u 
mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  Ivyal-e  \ alam  nam-ur-say-yd  Sd-  P.  113. 
a[m-su-i-lu-)ia]  j pab-bi{l)-ya-n.a  E-nam-t[i-la-ash]  \ 
ii  alam  nam-en-na[-7ii  ] | E-me-te-ur-say-yd-ash 

] i 

tnu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  luyal-e  | alain  7iam-ur-say-yd  Sa-  VIII,  2a. 
am-su-i-lu-na  ] pab-bi  (I) -en-na  E-na  m-ti[-la]-shu  \ ii 
alam  7iam-e7i-7ia-ni[  ] \ E-7ne-te-iir-say-yd-sliu[  ] j 
i7i-ne-e7i-tu-7'[a] 

mu  Arn-mi-di-ta-na  luyal-e  \ alam  nam-ur-say-ya  Sa-  Berl.  936. 
am-su-i-lu-na  \ pab-bil-ya-ni  [ ii  alam-a-ni  alam 
KU-Gl-ya-ye  \ E-7ne-te-ur-say-yd-ash{-sliu)  in-ne-in- 
d7ir-r[a]{'l) 


The  year  in  which  Ammi-ditmia,  the  king,  lias 
brought  into  E-namtila  the  stele  of  the  heroship  of 
Sanmi-iluna,  his  grandfather, ‘ and  into  E-mete- 
ursay  the  stele  of  his  lordship  (var.  his  stele,  a 
statue  of  gold). 


35.  mu  Bdd-A77i-7ni-di-ta-7icd^  yu  id  Me-e-’E7i-lil 

771U  Bdd-A m-mii-di-ta-na''^-^ 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  luyal[-e]  \ Bdd-A 77i-mi-di-ta-na 
[ ] I yii  id.  ]\Ie-‘ En-lil-ld-ta  ne-in-du-a 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  luyal-e  \ Bdd-Am-mi-di-ta-na  \ 
yu  id  Me-e-'^ En-lil-ld-ta  7ie-in-du~-a 

The  year  in  which  Ammi-ditami  the  king,  after 
having  caused  Dw'-Amnii-ditana  to  be  built  on  the 
liank  of  the  canal  Me-Enlili^ 

' Cr.  pa-lilL-ga  5-knm-nia-nui  = a-hi  a-hi-ia  ha-am-shum,  Si.  64;  liis  graiulfather,  pa-gish-BlL-ga-ni.  is  Ur-\ina, 
Euii.,  stone  A,  S : 4 (see  S.\KI,  p.  22,  note  f).  Tor  tlie  6rst  part  of  the  Sumerian  compound  cf.  ["'po-u]6  ' pap  a-bu. 
Sb,  1,  Col.  II,  LS;  for  the  second  gish-JilL  = a-hu,  II,  17..  32  : 6l)d  {gish  = edlum,  zikariiin  = “male”)  and  (jl  V (=  TU) 
in  ama-GlN  \ ci-bti  uitt-iau  (gns/i-G'/A^  interchanges  with  gisIt-BIL-ga  in  the  name  '^Gish-BI L-ga-ine.'i  = Gi.Ui-GlX-mash). 

- Wrong  writing  for  dtl.  Cf.  dii  for  dii,  C.  T..  XV,  1'.)  : 17. 

’ Cf.  also  Berl.  1 120 : aiu  .\)n-mi-dt-ta-na  higal-e  | had  gaj-gal-la-ge  gii  id  ’^En-lU.  The  year  in  which  Ammi-ditana. 
the  king,  after  having  — tlic  great  castles  on  the  bank  of  tlie  canal  of  EUil, 


E. 

B.;C'. 

Vni,  8c. 

M.  21  (cf.  Bu.  88-5-12, 
435  and  864,  and  Bu. 
[91-5-9,  1203). 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


97 


36.  [mu-bil  e]gir  Bad  Am-mi-di~ta-iia^^ 
mu-bil  egir  B^ad  Am-mi{--dida-naY\ 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  [lugal-e]  | mu-bil  egir  ] Bdd-Am- 
mi-di-ta-mY^]  | gii  id  Me-'^En-lil[  ] 

The  neM’  3’ear  after  that  in  which,  etc. 

37.  [tnu  bad ] . . A^-e  Darn-ki-i-li-shu-ge 

mu  bad-da  B AD^^-ge{‘l) 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ bad-da  BAD-ma^^-geiA)  \ 
Dam-ki-i-li-shu-ge  \ in-du-a  \ ne-[gf]R[Z(?)  ] 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ bad-da  BAD'^^  \ '^Dam- 
ki-i-U-shu-ge  \ ne-in-gul-la 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  j bad  BAD^^  Dam-ki-i-li- 
sliu-ge  I ne-in-du-a  ne-in-gid-la 
{mu  Am-mi]-di-ta-na  lugal-e  | [bad-  Ida  BAD^^-l- 

ge  \{ ] I [ ]-a  ne-in-gul-la 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ bad  {-da,  2716)  BAD'^^-ma 
(var.  2716  -e(?))  Dam-ki-i-li-shu-ge  {ne-m-du-a 
in-gul-la,  6131) 

The  year  in  which  Ammi-ditana,  the  king,  after 
having  destroyed  the  wall  of  BAD'‘\^  which  Damki- 
ilishu  had  built, 


Uncertain  Year. 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  | diig-ga  gu-la  \ ‘^Babbar 
lugal-a-ni-ta 

mu  Am-mi-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ dug-ga  gu-la  “^Babbalr 
lugal\-a-ni[-ta]  | [ -la 


Ammi-zaduga. 

1.  mu  A^m-mi^-za-du-ga  [lugal-e-^  | ^En-lil-l[i  nam-en-na- 
n'i\ 

mu  ^En-lil  nam-en-na-ni  ?-? 


E. 

B.;C. 
R.  87. 


E. 

B. 

P.  116. 

P.  115. 

R.  86. 

P.  114. 

Berl.  2716,  5833,  6131. 


P.  104. 
VIII,  30a. 


E. ;C. 

F. 


^ On  Berl.  .5833  the  sign  is  made  the  same  as  the  preceding  hdd,  but  in  all  other  instances  it  is  made  differently, 
on  P.  116  the  second  sign  of  R.  86  being  used  first,  and  the  first  second.  In  other  instances  the  second  sign  seems  to 
be  in  the  last,  not  the  middle,  part  of  which  is  placed  a horizontal  wedge,  the  sign  thus  resembling  um-ma.  The 
transcription  BAD^  therefore  is  doubtful. 

13 


98 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


mu  Am-mi-za-du-(ja  luyal-e  | narn-en-na-an-ni  \ 

7ie-ib-(ju-la 

mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ ‘^Eii-ld  nam-enuia-ni  ne- 
ih-ga-la 

mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ '^En-lil-li  7iam-en-na-ni 
ne-ib-gii-id-la-a 

7nu  A77i-77ii-za-[du-ga  lugal-e]  \ '^E7i-lil-ld  7ia77i-[  ]| 

7ie-ib-gu-ul-[la\ 
mil  A7n^-77ii-za-du-ga  lugal-e 

The  year  in  which  A fumi-zaduga,  the  king,  (has 

for)  Ellil  who  makes  great  his  lordship. 

2.  mil  sib  BJJR-7ia  A7ia  Eii-lil-bi-da-gej 
771U  sib  BtJR-na 

mu  A77i-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  sib  BlJR-na  Ana  '^En-lil 
77111  Am-77ii-za-du-ga  lugcd-e  sib  BlJR-na  Ana  '^En-lil- 
bi-da{-a,  Berk  7 29) -ash 

7nu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  | sib  BUR-na  Ana  ^En-lil- 
bi-da-ge  [ ] in-7ie-da{‘l)-ydl-la 

The  year  in  which  Ammi-zaduga,  the  king,  the 
humble  shepherd  of  (var.  for?)  Anum  and  Ellil, 

3.  mu  egir  Syib  B UR-na^ 

[77iu-bil]  egii'  sib  BURuia 

77111  A77i-77ii-za-du-ga  lugal-e  | 77iu-bil  sha  egu'  \ sibBlJR- 
7ia  Ana  E7i-lil\-bi-da-a-asli 
771U  A 771- 771  i-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ 77iu-bil  egR  77iu  sib  BlJR- 
na  Ana  ‘^E7i-lil-bi{5799,  var.  -bi)-da-a-ash 
771U  A77i-77ii-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ 77iu-bil  egw  sib  BUR-7ia  \ 
Ana  En-lil-bi-da-ash 

771U  A771- 771  i-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ 77iu-bil  egR  sib  BUR-7ia 
The  year  after  that  in  which,  etc. 

4.  7nu  shu-nir  gal-gal-la  E-sag-il 

mu  s/m(?)-nfr(?)-?  [ ] 

[77111  shu-]7iR  gal-gal-la 

‘ By  mistake  of  the  scribe  omitted  R.  92. 


R.  103  (Sippar). 

Berk  5967. 

Berk  6115. 

P.  117. 

R.  92;  Berk  5884,  5935. 


E. ;C. 

F. 

VI,  35c. 

P.  118,  119;  Berk  729. 
Berk  5973. 


E.;(\ 

B. 

IV,  14a;  Vni,  35;  M.  3. 
Berk  5899,  5799. 

R.  94. 

Fr.  39. 


E. 
C. 

F. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


99 


mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal~e  shu-nir  gal-gal-la 
[mu  Am]-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ [shu]-nir-nir  gal-gal-la 
mu  Am[-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e\  | shu-nir  gal-ga\l-la]  \ 
E-sag-il-la-shu  [ in-ne-in-tu-ra 

mu  Am-mi[-za-du-ga  lugal-e]  \ '^Marduk  e[n{‘l) ]] 

‘^shu-nir  galU -gal-la]  | gushkm  ku-babbar  7id-[kal-la 
] j tl-sag-il-la-a  \ en-7ie-in-tu-ra 

The  year  in  which  Ammi-zaduga,  the  king,  has 

brought  unto  Marduk,  the  lord  who 

into  Esagil  huge  emblems  of  gold,  silver  and  precious 
stones. 

5.  gnu  alagn-a-7ii  mash  igi-dii-a;  mu  alam[  ] 

mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ alam-a-7ii  7ndsh  igi-du-a 

771U  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  [ alam-a-7ii  7ndsh  igi-du-a 
shu-a  a7i-da-gal-la 

mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ "‘En-lil  en-gal-la  7nu.  . . . 

-i7i-sd-a  I alam-a-ni  7ndsh  igi-du-a 

shu-a  an-da-gdl-la  | it  alam-a-ni  KA  + SHU-NE 
ab-bi-a  \ E-na7n-ti-la-shu  i-7ii-i7i-tu-ra 

The  year  in  which  Am7ni-dita7ia,  the  king,  has 
brought  into  E-7ia7ntila  to  Enlil  the  great  lord  who 

has  called  him  with  a name,  his  stele 

(which  represents  him  as)  holding  (in  his  hands)  a 
lamb  for  soothsaying,  and  his  stele  (representing 
him  as)  saying  prayers. 

6.  mu  ASH-ME  7u-77iah-a 
hnu  ASW-M^E  ni-rnah-a^ 

rnu  A77i-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  ASH-ME  7ii-mah-a 
mu  A7n-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ ASH-ME  7ii-7nah-a  shu- 
7iir-ra 

mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  | ASH-ME  7ii-tnah-a  \ 
E-babbar-ra-shu  i7i-ne-e[n-tu-  ....  ] 
mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ ASH-ME  7ik-mah-a  | 


Berk  2717,  6001. 
P.  121. 

P.  122. 

P.  120. 


E.;B.  C. 

IV,  296;  VIII,  19a,  19c; 

Berk  5875,  5877. 

VIII,  10c,  116,  216;  Berk 
1054. 

P.  123. 


E. 

B.;C. 

Berk  853. 
B.  104. 

Berk  5834. 


Berk  5829. 


* A clear  NI. 


100 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


shu-nir-ra  u{‘?)-dim  \ E]-babbar-ra-shu  m-ne-en- 
tu-ra  (not  rum\) 

mu  Ani-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  ASH -ME  ig-gal  g^i-I[a]  Berl.  6151. 
E{‘l)-babbar-ra-shu  in-  . . . .[ ] 


The  year  in  which  Ammi-zadiiga,  the  king,  has 
brought  into  E-babbar  a solar  disk  that  sparkles 
(var.  for  the  great  door),  an  emblem  which 
(shines)  like  the  sun. 

7.  gnu  Hamuia^^  ash-ash-ci)  mu ] E. ; F.  C. 
niu  Ani-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ ^amma  ash-ash-a  \ P.  127. 

S h (i-nir  da m-niah-a 

■mu  Am-'mi-za-d'ii-ga  lugal-e  \ ^lamma  ash-ash-a  \ P.  126. 
^Shk-'nir-da  damunah-a  \ E-babbar-ra-shu  in-en-tu- 
raCl) 


The  year  in  which  Amuii-zaduga,  the  king,  has 
brought  into  E-babbar  for  Aia  the  sublime  spouse, 
guardian  god(desse)s. 


8.  gnu  <’'^^'KU-GAR\  KtJ-GI-ga 

mu  Am-rni-za-du-ga  lugal-e  | ^'^’KU-GAR  KtJ-GI-ga- 
a (om.,  Berl.  770) 

mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  ^‘^‘KU-GAR  Ktl-GI- 
ga  ki-BAD-gub-a-ash  \ ni-tkm-ma^ 

■mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  ] ^'^’'KU-GAR  KtJ-GI- 
ga-a  ki-BAD-gub-a-ash  ni-tum-yna'  1 it  alatn-a-ni 
KAB-abG)-SHU{D-SHU{l)-e  -a  I E-nam-ti-la-shk 
in-na-an-tu-ra 

mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ -GAR  KU-GI-ga-a 

ki-BAD-gub-a  ii  alam-a-ni  KAB-ab(l)-[.  . . .-c-a] 
E-nam-ti-la-shu  in-yie-en-[  ] 

mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-c  \ <>^’^'‘KU-GAR  KU-GI- 
ga[-a]  \ u alayn-a-ni  KAB-ab{l)-SHU[ -a] 


E.;F. 

R.  102;  IV, 
630,  770. 
Berl.  5825. 


Berl.  808. 


Berl.  5959. 


P.  128. 


18c;  Berl. 


' This  reading  ensues  from  Ad.  10;  also  there  a golden  throne  for  the  ki-BAD-cjith  and  a similar  statue  is  dedicated. 
^ The  reading  ba  (Ungnad)  seems  to  l)e  excludetl  bj’  the  form  of  the  signs;  ni-iiim-ma  corresponds  to  sln'iluku 
in  the  sens('  of  “to  C()rres])ond  with,  to  bo  fit,  to  adorn 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


101 


The  year  in  which  Ammi-zaduga,  the  king,  has 
brought  into  E-namtila  a golden  throne  fitting 

the manzazu,  and  his  stele  (representing 

him  as)  

mu  alam-a-ni  nam-nir~gal-la-a-ni 
[mu  al]am-a-ni  nam-nir-gal 

mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  [ alam  nam-nir-gal-la-an- 
ni  I zuh{u)~bi  K^J-Gl-ga-a-gYe] 
mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  | alam  7iam-nir-gal-la-an- 
ni  1 zubu  KlJ-GI-ga-a-ge  \ E-babbar-ra-shu  en-n[e- 
in-tu-ra] 

mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  | alam  nam-7iir-gdl~la-ni  \ 
zubu  KbJ-Gl-ga-ge  shu-a  an-da[-gdl-la]  \ E-babbar- 
ra-shu  i7i-ne-e7i-tu-ra{-an  erasure?) 

7nu  Am-ini-za-du-ga  lugal-e  | ‘^Babbar  e7i-7ia-a7i-ta-gdl  | 
alam  7iam-7iir-gdl-la-7ii  zubu  KU-GI-ga-ge 

The  year  in  which  A77mii-zaduga,  the  king,  has 
brought  into  Ebabbar  to  Shamash  the  exalted 
lord,  the  stele  of  his  lordship,  (representing  him  as) 
holding  a g'awh/ -weapon  of  gold  in  his  hand. 

mu  sib  she-ga  '^Babbar  ^ Marduk-{bi-)da-ge 
[mu  sibyzi  she-ga  \ [har-ra]  ma-da-7ia 
[771U  sib-zi]  she-ga  '^B[ahbar  Marduk-bi-da-ge]  \ [^ar-ra] 
kalam-ma-7ia  j [shu-ne-]i7i-du-a 
mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  | sib-zi  she-ga 
771U  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  sib-zi  she-ga  ‘^Babbar  ‘^Mar- 
duk-bi-da-ge  (om.  VIII,  21c) 
mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ sib-zi  she-ga  ‘‘Babbar 
Marduk-bi-da-ge  j [ha]r-7'a  kalam-ma-an  shu-7ie-in- 
du-a 

mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  sib-zi  she-ga  '‘Babbar 
Marduk-bi~da  (-ge) 

mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ har-ra  kala77i-ma-7m  \ 
{shu-)ne-i7i-du-a 


E. 

F. 

P.  129. 
IV,  17a. 


Berk  5955. 


Berk  796  (=  M.  75). 


E. 

F. 

B. 

R.  106. 

VIII,  106  ( = VIII,  14a); 

M.  4;  VIII,  21c. 

Berk  6146. 


Bu.  88-5-12,  158,  215, 
283;  Bu.  91-5-9,  753  ; 
Berk  633,  1496,  58383. 
Fr.  34. 


102 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


The  year  in  which  Ammi-zaduga  the  king,  the  right 
shepherd  who  is  obedient  to  Shamash  and  Marduk, 
after  he  had  broken  the  oppression  of  his  land,  — 

11.  mu  Bdd-Am-mi-za-du-ga^^  ka  id  BuranunuJ"^ 

[mu  Bdd]-Am-mi-za-du-ga-a 

7nu  A^n-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  Bdd-Am-mi-za-du-ga’^^ 
7nu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ Bdd-Am-mi-za-du-ga  | ka 
id  Buranunu^^ 

7nu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  | Bdd-A7n-77ii-za-du-ga^^ 
(om.  5885)  ka  id  Bumnuiiu'^^-ta 
mu  Am-7ni-za-du-ga  lugal-e  Bdd-A7n-7ni-za-du-ga^^ 
ka  id  Buranu7iiA^-ta  [ ] ne-m-du-a 
mu  Am-77ii-za-du-ga  lugal-e  | Bdd-A7n-77ii-za-du-ga'^^  \ 
ka  id  Buranu7i'^^-7i[a]-ta  \ 7%e-i7i-dim-7na-a  {R.  T., 
XX,  i7i-ne  ?-en  ‘l-di7n-ma-a) 

mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ igi-gdl  gu-la  '^Marduk 
lugal-hi  i7i-7ia-an-gar-ra  \ Bdd-A7n-mi-za-du-ga-a{‘l) 
ka  Buranunu  \ 7nu-un-du-a 
mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  Bdd-Am-7ni-za-du-ga’'^ 
ka  id  Buixmunu^^-ta  | [ ] a7i-dim-dim-a 

The  year  in  which  A7mni-zaduga,  the  king,  after  in 
the  great  wisdom  which  Marduk,  his  king,  has 
given  him,  he  had  liiiilt  Dur-A7nmi-zaduga  at 
the  mouth  of  the  river  Euphrates, 

12.  gnu  ala7n-a-7ii]  rtidsh  gab-tah-ba 

mu  A7n-7ni-za-d:u-ga  lugal-e  alam-a-7ii  mdsh  gab-tab-ba 
mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ alam-a-7ii  mdsh  gab-tab- 
ba  I shu-a  a7i-da-a 

mu  Am-mi-za-[du-ga  lugal-e]  \ alam-a-ni  mdsh  [gab- 
tab-ba]  I ii  alam-a-ni  ba-di[  ] \ ab-bi-e-a 
7nu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  alam-a-7n  mdsh  gab- 
tab-{l)  shu-a  an-da-a 

The  year  in  which  Ammi-zaduga,  the  king,  has  — • 
his  statue  (representing  him  as)  carrying*  (with  his 


E. 

F. 

Berk  5838,  59866. 
VIII,  196. 


Berk  1098,  5885. 


Berk  5596. 


VIII,  3a;  cf.  R.  T.,  XX 
p.  58. 

VI,  6. 


Berk  5986. 


E.;F. 

IV,  30a;  Berk  5880,6132 
R.  99. 


Berk  5989. 

Phil.  1343,  1414. 


* Br.  GG51 : da  = nashil  sha  ameli. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


103 


hands)  a lamb  with  coloured  breast (?),  and  also 
his  statue  (which  represents  him  as)  saying 

13.  mu  ^’'‘^“ki-lugal-gub-ba  ni-mah-a 

m u i /i] i-mah-a 

mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ ^’''^^^ki-lugal-gub-ba  \ 
ni-mah-a 

mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  | ^''^‘^^ki-lugal-gub  ni- 
mah-a  har-sag  id-ash-ash-a  7ii-me-esh-a-b[i] 

mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ ^’'^'^^ki-lugal-gub  ni-mali- 
a j har-sag-ash-ash-a  id-da  ni-me-esh-a-bi  \ e-mah 
E-nam-he-a-ta  \ me-te-a-ash  ini-ni-in-gar-ra 

The  year  in  which  Ammi-zaduga,  the  king,  after 
having  placed  in  the  sublime  house  of  E-namhe, 
as  an  adornment  a splendid^  lordly  manzazu  (repre- 
senting) a mountain  and  rivers  (var.  mountains 
and  a river)  which  are  many, 

14.  mu  '^^'^'^du-jnali  gal-gal-la 

niu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  | ^''’^‘^'^du-mah  gal-gal-la 

mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ ^'''^'^'‘du-mali  gal-gal- 

la  I har-sag  id-da -a-bi  | E-nam-ti-la-shu 

in-ne-en-tu-ra 

The  year  in  which  Ammi-zaduga,  the  king,  has 

brought  into  E-namtila  great  brazen  

....  (with  a representation  of)  a mountain  and 
rivers,  which 

15.  mu  alam-a-ni  shu-silim-ma  ab-DI-D[I-a] 

mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  ] alam-a-ni  shu-silim-ma 
(var.  -a,  R.  100) 

?7iu  Ani-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ alam-a-ni  shu-silim-ma 
ab-DI-DI-ne]  — ab-Dl-Dl-a]  — ab-DI-DI-ne-a; 
— ab-DI-DI-e-a 

' la  Sumerian  “which  is  splendid.”  Translate  before  perhaps  “in  E-mah, 

Az.  17  d-  a. 


E. 

F. 

VIII,  21a;  Berk  654. 

M.  74. 

R.  95  (Sippar) ; cf.  Berk 
5741. 


E. 

VIII,  11a,  145;  Berk 

5686;  Phil.  1136. 

M.  42. 


E. 

IV,  235;  Berk  5597,  5952; 
R.  100. 

II,  18;Vni,  14c;  Berk 
5894,  5972. 


the  house  of  abundance.”  Cf.  also 


104 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


7nu  Am-mi-za-du-ya  higal-e  | alam-a-ni  shu-silim-ma-  | 
ab-DI-DI-e{2)-ne-a  \ ‘^Za-md-md  ^Ninni  e-ne-bi-da 
mu  Am-mi-za-du-ya  luyal-e  | alam-a-ni  shu-silim-7na- 
ab-DI-DI-ne-a-asJd  \ Za-7nd-md  N inni-bi-da-ash  \ 
E-77ie-te-ur-say-shu  in-ne-en-tu-ra 

The  year  in  which  A7n7ni-zaduya,  the  king,  has 
Iji’oiight  into  E-mete-ursay  to  Zamama  and  Niurii 
his  stele  (which  represents  him  as) 

16.  mu  id  Am-mi-za-du-ya^ 

mu  Am-mi-za-du-ya  luyal-e  \ id  A7n-)7ii-za-du-ya  {nii- 
hu-ush  ni-shi,  5910) 

mu  Am-7ni-za-d.u-ya  luyal-e  \ id-da  A m-mi-za-du-ya  \ 
nu-hu  ush-ni-shi 

7nu  Am-7ni-za-du-ya  luyal-e  | duy-ya  tnah  '^Babbar 
luyal-a-ni-ta  \ id  A7n-7ni-za-du-ya  \ 7iu-hu-ush  7ii-shi 
mu  Am-7ni-za-du-ya  luyal-e  \ duy-ya  mah  '^Babbar 
luyal-a-7ii-shu  id  A7ri-7ni-za-du-ya  \ 7iu-hu-ush 
7nu  Am-7ni-za-du-ya  luyal-e  \ duy-ya  mah-a  '^Bahbar 
luyal-a-7ii-ta  \ id  A7n-mi-za-du-ya  7vu-hu-ush  ni-shi 
mi-ni-in-ba-al-la-a 

The  year  in  which  Ammi-zaduya,  the  king,  after 
having,  at  the  sublime  command  of  Shamash,  his 
lord,  dug  the  canal:  Ammi-zaduya  is  the  aliundance 
of  the  people,  — 

17(  + a)  mu  Am-77ii-za-du-ya  luyal-e  | ‘^’’^'^’^ki-luyal-yub 
ib-diriy-ya  \ 7ne-te  ne-say-yd-shu  \ e-mah  E-IM-te- 
e7i-shai'-shu  \ ki-a  ne-ib-us-sa 
7nu  Am-mi-za-du-ya  Ivyal-e  \ ^''''^^'d'i-[lu]yal-yub-ba 

ib-diriy-ya  \ e-mah  E-IM-te-c7i[ ] 1 ki-a 

7ie-ib-us-a 

7nu  Atn-mi-za-du-ya  luyal-e  | ^''’'‘^^ki-luyal-yub  ib-diriy 
(5898,  ? var.  -si)-ya  \ 77ie-te  7ie-say-yd-shu(l) ; — 7ie- 
say-ya-ta;  — {7ie'!-)  say-di{kil) 


VIII,  10a. 

R.  101;  cf.  Berk  5982. 


E. 

Berk  5896,  5905,  5925, 
5910. 

II,  8;  IV,  31a. 

M.  107. 

IV,  26c. 

Berk  5897. 


R.  96. 

II,  32. 


R.  97,  Berk  5898;  5949, 
5978;  5931, 


* Probably  a mistake. 
^ Mistake. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


105 


mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-c  | ''’'‘‘^^ki-lugal-gnb  ib-diri- 
ga:  — ibsi-ga-,  — ib-si-i;  — ib-diri-ga-meshf  — 
ib-dirig-ta ; — ib-diri-mc-csh^ 


mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ ^‘’'^^'^ki-lugal-gub-ba  ib- 
diri(6VS3,  var.  -si)-ga 

mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ ki-lugal-gub-ba-a  \ ib-diri- 

ga 

The  year  in  which  Ammi-zaduga,  the  king,  after 
having  set  up  a very  great-  lirazen  lordly  manzazu 
as  an  ornament  for  the  ne-sag^  in^  the  sublime  house 
of  E-IM-tensliar  (cf.  Az.  13), 

17(-f-b)  mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ alam-a-ni  DIN-BI 
KAK-USLAN^-a  \ ^ Pab-nun-na  riim-ash-DU-a  \ E- 
ba bba r-ra -sh u in-na-a n-t u-ra 
mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ alam-a-ni  DIN-BI  KAK- 
US LA  N-a  E-ba bba  r-ra-shu  in-ne-en-tu-ra 
mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  | alam-a-ni  DIN-BI  KAK 
(om.,  5816)-C/*SLAA^-a  (oni.,  5900;  Sipp.  60) 

mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ alam-a-ni  DIN  - -a 

mu  alam-a-ni  DIN-BI- -a 

The  year  in  which  Arnnii-zaduga,  the  king,  has 

Vjrought  into  E-babbar  to  Pab-nunna  his 

statue  

17(  + c)  mu  Am-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  1 ^Babbar-dim  kalam- 
ma-ni-shu  zi-bi-esh  mi-ta-e-a  \ sagilY-shar-ra-bail) 
si-ne-ib-sd-sd-a 


R.  98,  Fr.  38,  Berk 
5928(?);  5879,  5889, 
5895;  6010;  5450,  5842, 
5847,  5869,  5870; 5907; 
5928  (?). 

Berk  5817(?),  6133(?). 

M.  9. 


R.  105. 


Berk  5900. 

Berk  5810,  5816,  5836, 
5841,  5904;  Sipp.  60. 
V,  30f/. 

Berk  5812. 


VIII,  11c;  Berk  1241. 


* The  plural  is  probably  due  to  the  wrong  connection  of  ib-diri-ga  with  the  following  me-te. 
^ Cf.  Ad.  24. 

^ The  ne-sag  is  one  of  the  temple  buildings  or  rooin.s.  Cf.  Gud.,  Cyl.  A,  28  ; 10. 

‘ The  postposition  -shu  seems  to  be  caused  by  the  verb  intura  at  the  end  of  the  formula. 

® The  identification  of  these  .signs  is  difficult. 

' On  Berl.  1241,  according  to  Ungnad;  VIH,  11c,  ....  -a(?)  = uku'l 

14 


106 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


The  year  in  which  Animi-zaduga,  the  king,  who,  like 

Shatnash,  has  brought  to  his  land , and 

directs  

17(1  d ) mu  A m-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  I IGl  + E-nir  sag 

....  '’Bahbar-ge  E-hahhar-ra  E-ul-mash-a-bi[  ] 

The  year  in  which  Animi-zaduga,  the  king,  after 

having  — the  stage  tower,  the  

of  Shamash  in  E-babbar  and  E-id-mash, 

17(  + e)  mu  Am.-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  j ‘^En-lil  pab{'l)- 
mah-a 

mu  Am.-mi-za-du-ga  lugal-e  \ ‘^En-lil  pab(l)-mah-a 

The  year  in  which  A7nmi-zaduga,  the  king,  (has ) 

Enlil  the  sublime  father(?). 

Samsu-ditana  . 

a [sha-at-tuni\  esh-she-ium  sha  i-ru-ba 

^^'Ei]ra-zag-gar  ud- 1 -kam 

[mu  Ba\-am-su-di-ia-na  lugal-e 
[A  SII -M]E-as}i-ash-a  ''"du-shi-a-ge 
si  lit- n ir-ra  u-g  im  ni-lah-g  i-esh-a 
"'‘za-giu-na  gushkiu  rush-a  ku-me-a-bi-da-la'^ 
sliu-a  mah-bi  eb-ta-an-du-ush-a 
ne-iu-dim-ma-a-an 
‘‘Babbar  en  an-ta-gid-la-asld 
nam -lugal-a-n  i ne- i b-gu-l a-asld 
E-bahbar-ra-shu  in-ne-en-iu-ra 

ak-  ka-  du-  sha 

sha-at-tum  sha  Sa-am-su-di-ta-na  shar-rum 
sha-am-sha-a-tim  sha  "'""'das/d 

' For  the  construction  of  Uui — dii  with  -ta,  cf.  mu  bara-niah  (jushkin-kii-babbar-ta  shu-dii-a  '^Marduk-  ra 

uiir-ini-nn-dim-nxi,  A,  SI.  22;  and  similarly  A,  A.-S.  3,  etc.  In  the  shorter  formula  which  drops  the  verb  shu — dti,  n^za 

etc.,  bc'comes  a genetive  modifi('r  to  AS!f-MPJ-a$h-ash-a  just  as  »<idu-shi-a;  therefore  we  find  here,  after 
bi-dn,  (jc  instead  of  ta,  while  the  ge  after  ''^•’du-shi-a  has  been  dropped. 

- probably  mistake. 

^ Cf.  'd^uga!-^’^^'a-tu-frA  B + LIS  \ mu  (mistake?  or:  the  name  of  my  kingdom)  iiam-liigcil-la-mu-uiii  [ lU'-cb-gti- 
ul-ta-ash.  = u-nu  '^LugalU’^^'‘a-tu-GAB  + LIS  \ inu-shar-bi{-u)  \ shar-m-ti-ia,  Samsu-iluna,  52-54. 


Berk  5909. 

IV,  29a. 
VI,  236. 

Berk  1200. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


107 


shu-ii-7ii  sha  ki-ma  u-mi  nam-ru 
i-na  °^”hikni  kurazi  rushshi  ii  kaspi  mi-e 
si-ri-ish  sh u[-iik-]lu~la 
ib-n  u-u-ma 

a-na  ‘^Shamash  he-lim  sha-ki-i 
m u -sh a r-h i sha r-ru -t i-shu^ 
a-na  E-babbar-ri  u-she-lu-u 

[A’  ?-a-a]/?z  I i-ish-sha-d  i-ir 

[}7m  Sa-am]-su-di-ta-na  higal-e 
[ASH-M]E-ash-ash-a  "'V/[z'z-s/z i-]a 

za-gin-ha  gushkin  RUSH-a  ku-[  ]a  bi-da-gd 
['^]Babbar  en  an-ta~gdl-la-ash 
[E-bab]bar-ra-shu  in-ne-en-tu-ra 

[ k]i-a-am  li-ish-sha-di-ir 

The  year  in  M'hich  Samsu-ditana,  the  king,  after 
having  made  solar  disks  of  dushu  stone,  emblems 
which  shine  like  the  day,  which*  they  have  made 
perfect  (in  Accadian:  have  been  made  perfect), 
with  lapis  lazuli,  red  shining  gold  and  me-a  silver, 
brought  them  in(  in  Accadian:  up  )to  E-babbar  to 
Shamash,  the  high  lord,  who  makes  high  his  king- 
dom. 

1)  ?nii  Sa-am-su-di-ta-na  lugal-e  | ’^Marduk  nun-gal-la  R.  114,  IIS. 

The  year  in  which  Samsu-ddana  the  king  has 

for(?)  Marduk,  the  great  prince. 

b-^l  7nu  Sa-am-su-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ mu-bd  egir  ‘‘Marduk  R.  112,  113. 
nun-gal-la 

The  new  year  after  that  in  which,  etc. 

c mu  Sa-am-su-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ ‘‘Pab-nun-an-ki  nin  R.  115. 
an-ta-gdl-la  \ gunni  ku-babbar  u-tu-da  \ E-sag-il-shu 
in-tu-ra 


^ Refers  to  tlie  shamshatim. 


108 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


The  year  in  which  Samsu-ditana,  tlie  king,  has 
brought  into  Esagil  a perfuming  pan,  made  of 
sdver,  for  Pah-min-anki,^  the  high  mistress. 

d mil  Sa-am-su-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ d-kal  gal-gal-laP Bahhar  IV,  23c;  R.  109. 
'‘Marduk-bi-da-ge  (R.  109:  bi-d(a  ....  )) 

The  year  in  which  Samsu-ddana,  the  king,  after 
having  with  the  great  forces  of  Shamash  and 
Marduk , 


e mu  Sa-am-sii-dida-nalugal-e  \ ‘‘Urash  en  gir-ra  \l,  23c. 

The  year  in  which  Samsu-ddana,  the  king,  has 

for  Urash  the  strong  lord.^ 


i mu  Sa-am-su-di-ta-na.  lugal-e  \ ‘^Babhar  '^Ishkur-bi  \ P.  132. 
sag-ba-an-shu 

mu  Sa-am-su-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ ^Bahbar  ‘^Ishkur-bi  R.  110. 
sag-ba-an[-shu]  | i b-ta-an-i[l-esh-a] 

mu  Sa-am-su-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ '^Babbar  ‘‘Ishkur-bi\  R.  111:VHI,  23h. 
[sag-ba]-an-[sh]u  | [ib-]ta-au-il-esh-a-,  — sag-ba{l)- 
ih-ta-an-i  l{i)  -esh-a 

The  year  in  which  Samsu-ditana,  the  king,  M'hose 
head  Shamash.  and  Ishkur  have  raised  to  heaven. 


g mu  Sa-amsu-di-ta-na  l[ugal-e]  \ '‘Na-bi-um  en{l)-‘l-  R.  IIG. 
[ ] I alam-a-ni  . . . . -a  an-[  ] [ E-sag- 

il -I ash  u i[n-ni-tu-ra ] 

mu  Sa-am-su-di-ta-na  lugal-e  \ ‘’Na-bi-um  en . . . .-gal-  P.  131. 

la-ash  I alam-a-ni  -a  an-DlB-  . .[  ]-a  \ 

[ E-sag-il]-la -sh  u in-n i-t  u-ra 

The  year  in  whicli  Samsu-ditana,  the  king,  has 
])rought  into  Esagil  for  Nahium{‘!)  the  great 
lord(?),  his  stele  (which  represents  him  as) 


' .Vecorcling  to  7C,  t(i  : 3.5,  thi.s  goddess  is  identical  with  Zarpanitnnr,  which  is  here  corroboratetl  by  her  .abiding 
in  Esagil . 

’ Cf.  a-na  ‘^Uranh  ga-aUi-ri-im , C.  II .3  ; 22,  23. 


V.  THE  NAMING  OF  THE  YEAR  AFTER  EVENTS. 


1.  In  the  explanation  of  the  date  formulas  some  difficulty  has  been  found  with 
regard  to  the  time  of  the  events  mentioned  therein.  The  question  has  l)een  asked 
whether  they  fall  within  the  year  which  is  named  after  them,  or  whether  they  occurred 
in  the  preceding  year.  C'losely  connected  with  this  is  the  question  as  to  the  time  of 
the  naming,  resp.  the  possibility  of  a renewed  naming  in  the  later  part  of  a year. 

A priori  we  may  consider  it  a necessity  for  a land  with  such  a highly  developed 
commerce  and  law  as  Bal^ylonia  was,  that  the  formulas  were  made  known  as  early 
as  possible,  at  least  no  later  than  the  first  day  of  the  new  year.  This  assumption 
is  fully  corroborated  by  the  observation  that  a numl^er  of  tablets  dated  on  the  first 
of  Xisan^  show  the  new  formula.  Therefore  there  can  be  no  douljt  that  such  tablets 
as  have  been  preserved  of  the  29th  year  of  Ammi-ditana  and  of  one  year  of  Samsu- 
ditana,-  which  contain  the  full  and  in  the  one  case  also  an  al)breviated  formula  of  the 
year  in  Sumerian,  with  a translation  in  “Akkadian,”  were  sent  to  the  various  cities 
and  temples  before  the  l)eginning  of  the  year. 

The  events  after  which  the  years  were  named  may  be  classed  into  two  kinds, 
such  as  consist  of  an  act  that  could  be  performed  on  one  single  day,  and  at  any  desir- 
able time,  as,  e.g.,  the  dedication  of  a votive  statue,  of  a weapon,  or  of  a throne  for 
a god ; and,  on  the  other  hand,  such  as  either  it  was  beyond  one’s  power  to  fix  on  a 
certain  day  or  that  needed  a long  time  for  completion,  as,  e.g.,  historical  events,  the 
capture  of  hostile  cities  and  princes,  or  the  digging  of  canals,  the  building  of  city 
walls  and  fortresses,  of  temples  and  stage-towers.  The  explanation  of  date  formulas 
referring  to  events  of  the  first  kind  presents  no  difficulty,  e.g.,  Az.  4:  mu  Ammi- 
zaduga  lugale  shunir  galgalla  Esagilla.shu  innentura,  “The  year  in  which  Ammi- 

' Ungnad  in  Die  Cliroriologie  der  Reglerung  Anuniditana's  und  .\mmisadiiga’s  (=  B.  .1.,  pt.  3),  p.  7,  enumerates 
R.  31  (II.  43;;  IV,  44c  (Si.  7);  Fr.  19  ( = Selieil,  2fi7!;  .\d.  34);  Herl.  .'i,s33  (Ad.  37);  5S7.5  (Az.  .=));  'SI.  63  (Az.  ID?);  Rerl. 
.5910  (-A.Z.  16);  5900  (.\z.  17  + 6);  6115  (Az.  16  + r);  to  wliicli  may  be  added  P.  84  (S.  15).  I’ngnad  (I.c..  p.  7)  con- 
siders it  a possibility  that  for  some  reason  or  other  the  documents  might  liave  been  dated  back,  but  considering  tlie 
character  of  the  documents  as  being  sworn  to  and  seah'd  in  the  presence  of  the  parties  and  witnesses,  tliis  is  scarcely 
plamsible, 

^ Berl.  070  (published  l)y  F.  E.  Peiser,  Zur  altbal/gloni.'ichen  Datieningsweise,  0.  L.  Z..  1905,  1;  by  .1.  I'ngnad, 
R.  .4.,  VI,  pt.  3,  p.  47)  and  Herl.  1200  (pul)lished  bj'  L.  Messerschmidt,  Zur  aJthahyJoniRchen  Chronologie,  0.  L.  Z ..  1905. 
268ff.). 


no 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


zaduga,  the  king,  has  brought  into  E-sagil  great  emblems.”  This  phrase  clearly 
implies  that  the  act  referred  to  took  place  within  the  year  in  question.  Xow  we 
know  that  in  later  times  in  Babylon  the  beginning  of  the  year  was  celelirated  with 
great  religious  ceremonies,  and  that  the  king  himself  took  a prominent  part  in  them. 
Therefore,  we  are  hardly  wrong  in  assuming  that  the  king  dedicated  the  statue,  throne 
or  the  like  on  New  Year’s  day,  the  event  being  thus  within  the  year  to  which  it  gave 
its  name,  and,  nevertheless,  so  early  that  not  one  day  of  the  year  was  left  unnamed. 
This  assumption  liecomes  very  reasonable  from  the  fact  that  by  far  the  greater 
number  of  formulas  refer  to  actions  of  a religious  character.  Undoubtedly  the  royal 
authorities  and  the  priesthood  knew  the  program  of  the  New  Year’s  celebration,  with 
the  acts  planned  by  the  king,  a sufficient  time  before,  and  could  make  use  of  it  in  the 
naming  of  the  coming  year.^ 

The  difficulties  arise  with  those  foiTuiilas  which  refer  to  events  of  the  second  class. 
The  liuilding  of  temples,  the  digging  of  canals,  etc.,  could  not  lie  achieved  within  the 
year  except  after  consideralile  time,  and  although  these  works  might  have  lieen 
planned,  it  would  nevertheless  have  lieen  rather  hazardous  to  name  a year  after  a 
future  event,  the  completion  or  even  the  lieginning  of  which  might  lie  interfered  with 
sometime  during  the  year  liy  some  unlooked-for  condition  of  affairs,  quite  apart  from 
the  fact  that  such  an  explanation  is  impossible  where  historical  events  are  concerned. 
There  is  a possiliility,  and  in  some  few  cases  it  is  even  likely,  that  the  formula  was 
promulgated  in  a later  part  of  the  year  after  the  historical  event  had  taken  place, 
but  as  a general  custom  this  procedure  is  very  improlialile,  and  at  least  in  one  case 
impossible,  because  the  formula  which  mentions  the  historical  fact  is  found  on  a 
tablet  of  the  first  of  Nisand 

The  solution  of  the  difficulties  is  that  the  date  formulas  mentioning  events  of 
the  second  class  are  inconqilete,  and  that  they  recorded  in  the  missing  part 
some  religious  act,  probalily  the  offering  of  some  votive  object  which  alone  took  place 
on  New  Year’s  day,  and  thus  in  the  year  of  the  formula,  while  the  e^'ents  mentioned 
before  this  religious  act  had  occurred  in  the  past,  i.c.,  in  the  previous  year.  We 
should  therefore  not  translate  “year  in  which  Hammu-rabi  vaiujuished  Bim-Sin," 
but  “year  in  which  Hammu-rabi,  after  having  van([uished  Rim-Sin,  liroiight  before 
Anum  and  Ellil  some  object  of  the  booty  or  some  votive  object.”  The  correctness 

' Tliat  a solemn  ceremony  was  iierfonnetl  in  wliieli  the  year  was  named,  hesiiles  tire  reirular  Xew-A'ear's  celebration 
(Ranke,  B.  E.,  Series  A,  'NT,  1,  p.  18),  it  is  unnecessary  to  assume,  and  such  is  by  no  means  likely  to  have  taken  place. 

^ Berk  .5833  = Ad.  37;  Lngnad  should  not  conclude  from  this  fact  that  tlie  forcible  capture  of  a fortress  which 
another  king  Itad  fortified  is  not  an  historical  event.  On  the  contrary,  his  assumption  that  historical  ewmts  mentioned 
in  dates  must  have  occurn'd  in  the  year  of  tlu'  foi'iuula  is  to  be  modified 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


Ill 


of  this  explanation  is  proved  by  the  oliservation  that  the  verlis  relating  the  dedication, 
etc.,  of  objects  on  New  Year’s  day  stand  in  the  perfect  tense, ‘ those  relating  his- 
torical events,  however,  in  the  historical  tense,-  which,  as  I have  tried  to  show  in 
Z.  A..  XXI,®  p.  224ff.,  denotes  the  difference  of  time  when  it  is  contrasted  with  perfect 
tenses.  An  illustration  for  this  we  have  in  the  complete  date  formulas  of  Ammidi- 
tana,  Berl.  670  (=  Ad.  29),  and  Samsii-ditana,  Berl.  1200.  There  the  dedication 
of  the  tutelary  deities  and  of  the  sun-disks  on  New  Year’s  day  is  recorded  in  both 
instances  by  the  perfect  in-ne-en-tu-m,  but  the  making  of  the  votive  objects,  which 
took  place  before  New  ATar,  i.e.,  in  the  preceding  year,  by  the  preterit  ne-in-dim- 
dim-ma-a  (Berl.  670)  and  ne-in-dim-ma-a-an  (Berl.  1200).^  As  a still  more  instructive 
example  Ad.  8 may  be  referred  to,  because  there  we  have  abbreviated  formulas 
closing  with  a perfect  and  with  a historical  tense,  besides  the  full  formulas.  It  would 

certainly  be  wrong  to  translate  mu  Ammi-ddana  lugale  alam  namlugalana 

shuneiidua  by  ‘ The  year  in  which  Ammi-ditana  caused  his  image,  etc.,  to  be  formed,  ” 
since  not  this  action,  but,  as  is  shown  liy  the  other  formulas,  mu  alam  namlugalani 

E-hahbarrashu  inndura  (E)  and  mu  Ammi-ddana  lugale  alam  namlugalana  

shua  nendua  E-babharrash  innandura  (Berl.  6091),  only  the  dedication  took  place 
in  the  year  designated  by  the  formula.  By  reversing  this  observation  we  obtain, 
therefore,  the  rule  that  all  the  actions  expressed  by  a verli  in  the  perfect  occur  in 
the  year  of  the  formula ; those  in  the  historical  tense,  however,  in  the  previous  year 
(or  years) . 

From  this  discrimination  it  follows  that,  e.g.,  the  capture  of  I sin  by  Sin-muballit, 
which  is  related  by  the  foi-mula  mu  Isitd^  indib  (M.  32),  occurred  in  the  17th,  not 
in  the  16th  year  of  Sin-muballit,"  and  similarly  the  compiest  liy  Rim-Sin  in  the  year 

designated  as  mu Isiid^  uru  namlugalla  indibba.  Of  a considerable  number 

of  formulas  containing  historical  facts,  as,  e.g.,  Si.  9,  mu  ugnim  Kashshu;  Si.  10,  mu 
ugnim  Idamaraz,  etc.,  unfortunately  the  verl)  is  still  wanting,  and  a definite  decision 
is  consequently  not  possible. 

2.  The  first  year  named  after  a king  was  not  the  year  of  his  accession  to  the 

' I-ni-in-iu-ra,  etc.;  iii-/ut-an-dur-ra,  .Vd.  II;  in~n<i-un-hil-a,  Si.  311. 

Mu-un-gul-lw,  mu-un-du-w,  mu-un-hd-la;  i/iu-uii-tl-lu,  nui-un-hil-u-dnC!),  11.34;  ni’-in-(ju!-la,  Ad.  37 ; nc-in-du-a , 
-\d.  20;  m;-in-sh-a,  H.  35;  yiah-ne-in-ra-a,  11.39;  nc-hi-n<j-a,Si.29',  nc-in-bll-a,Si.  \5',  ne-iii-tii-rn,  Si.  13’,  ne-in- 

si.-s'i-ga{-a) , Si.  20;  ki-ne-dug,  H.  31;  rn'i-ni-in-dun-na. 

^ “Da.‘i  Verhurn  im  Sinneri.schen,”  Z.  .1.,  XXI,  210-230. 

’ Cf.  the  tran.slation  ib-ni-i-ma  and  ih-im-n-iiia\  nui  denotes  the  difference  of  time. 

' The  oh.servation  of  Ranke,  who  conelndinp;  from  the  ocenrrt'nce  of  the  formula  mu  ux-sa  gu-za  bnra-inah  ^ Lugnl- 
gd-dd-n,  places  tlie  conquest  of  Itiin  hy  Shi-muballit  in  the  time  between  Ab's«n(!)  Oth  (or  jjerhaps  iretter  1st)  and  Adar 
13th,  is  thus  fully  corroborated. 


112 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


throne,  Init  that  which  began  with  the  first  of  Nisan  after  his  accession.  The  year 
of  accession,  whicli  practically  in  all  cases  had  been  named  after  the  then  still  living 
former  king,  probably  continued  to  be  designated  with  its  old  name  even  after  the 
death  of  the  king,^  the  formula  mu  K ana  bit  abishu  irubu,  which  corresponds  to  the 
later  mu  sag  namlugalla  K,  lieing  either  employed  only  during  the  earlier  time  of 
the  First  Dynasty  or  liesides  the  regular  formulas. 

The  year  beginning  with  the  following  first  of  Nisan  was  not  called  officially 
mu  K lugal-e,  but  was  designated  by  a complete  formula  like  all  other  years.  Com- 
pare 

Sumu-abn : 

Sumu-lail:  mu  SI.  lugale  id  Babbar-hegal  munbal 

Za.bium: 

Abil-Sin:  mu  lugale  [ba]d  Rarz[S^  badu] 

Sin-mubaUit:  mu  Sm.  lugale  bad  Rnbatum  badu 

Hammu-rabi:  mu  H lugale  (D) 

Samsu-iluna:  mu  Si.  lugale  dugga  zida  '' Mat'd uk kata 
namenbi  kurkurra  (PAea)  (C) 

Abi-eshu’ '.  

Ammi-ditana  : mu  Ad.  lugale  adgia  gala  ]\Iardukge  (E,  B) 

Animi-zaduga:  mu  Az.  lugale  ''Enlilli  namennani  {nebgulla)  (E) 

The  formula  mu  K lugale  is  therefore  only  an  abbreviation.  Its  shortness,  in 
comparison  with  the  alibreviations  of  the  following  years,  is  accounted  for  by  the 
fact  that  it  is  the  first  formula  that  mentions  the  name  of  the  respective  king.  This 
observation  furnishes  us  with  a principle  to  assign  to  their  proper  years  contracts 
dated,  e.g.,  mu  id  Hammu-rabi,  where  we  have  the  choice  between  the  id  Hammu- 
rahi-hegal  and  the  id  Haniiuiirabi-nukusli-iiishi.  Such  formulas  can  only  refer  to 
the  first  date  that  mentions  a canal  or  a statue,  etc.,  of  the  king  or  god ; mu  id  Hammu- 
rabi being  thus  the  9th,  not  the  33d  year  of  Hammu-rabi. 


Sec  Ungnad,  l.c.,  pp.  S,  it. 


VI.  OFFLINE  OF  THE  POLITICAL  HISTORY  FROM  SIN- 
MUBALLIT'S  SEVENTEENTH  YEAR  TO  THE 
END  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY. 


The  political  development  during  the  second  half  of  the  First  Dynasty  forms 
a very  interesting  chapter  of  the  histor}^  of  Babylonia,  showing  us  how  in  those  times 
the  North  and  South  rivalled  each  other  with  changing  luck  in  the  endeavor  to  win 
the  supremacy  of  Babylonia.  Unfortunately  our  sources  for  a reconstruction  of 
the  history  of  this  time  are  still  very  scanty,  and  in  many  instances  it  will  only  be 
possible  to  arrive  at  a more  or  less  great  probal)ility.  Nevertheless,  the  recent  dis- 
covery of  historical  references  bearing  on  the  subject,  the  realization  of  the  state- 
ments of  the  date  lists  and  dated  contracts,  and  not  least  the  fact  that  in  some  few 
cities  we  can  ascertain  the  succession  of  kings  by  means  of  tablets  dated  in  their 
reign,  enable  us  even  now  to  establish  an  outline  which  in  the  main  will  prove  correct. 

We  take  our  start  from  the  facts,  gathered  from  dated  tablets  and  Date  List  A, 
that  Sin-muhallit,  king  of  Babylon,  in  his  17th  year,  and  likewise  Rim-Sin,  king 
of  Larsam,  some  time  later,  took  possession  of  Isin,  which  city  in  former  times 
had  been  the  capital  of  kings  of  Shumer  and  Akkad  for  225  years.  There  is  not  the 
slightest  indication  that  these  two  events  should  be  considered  one  and  the  same, 
and  that  Sin-muballit  achieved  his  deed  either  as  the  vassal  or  as  the  ally  of  Rim-Sin. 
As  the  date  Sm.  20:  mn  ngnim  Larsam^'-,  ‘Vhen  {Sin-muballit  defeated)  the  army 
of  Larsam,”  shows,  and  as  can  be  seen  from  the  later  development,  the  king  of  Baby- 
lon was  rather  the  political  adversary  of  the  king  of  Larsam,  and  his  rival  for  the 
dominion  over  all  of  Babylonia.^  The  events  prior  to  and  following  the  first  conquest 
seem  to  have  been  these:  In  the  13th  year  of  Sin-muballit  the  army  of  Ur.  which 
of  course  is  not  identical  with  that  of  Larsam,  invaded  the  territory  of  Balwlon,  but 
was  driven  back  by  Sin-muballit,  whose  political  influence  in  the  course  of  the  fol- 
lowing four  years  rose  to  such  an  extent  that  in  his  17th  year  he  could  occupy  the 
city  of  Isin.  That  Sin-niuballifs  power  had  been  growing  steadily  for  a long 
time  is  indicated  by  the  fact  that  he  built  or  fortified  anew  quite  a number  of  for- 
tresses.^ As  Sin-muballit  never  mentions  military  conquests,  undoubtedly  the  rise 

* Cf.  the  remarks  of  Thureau-Daugiii  in  0.  L.  Z.,  X,  256  f. 

^ In  his  1st,  7th,  10th,  11th,  12th,  15th  and  18th  years. 

15. 


114 


BABYJ.ONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BEWINESS  DOCUMENTS 


of  his  power  had  its  origin  in  advantageous  political  constellations,  for  which  the 
temporary  independence  of  Ur,  besides  the  kingdom  of  Larsam,  which  we  must  infer 
from  its  military  enterprise  against  Sin-muballit,  accounts  sufficiently.  But  there 
can  be  no  doubt  that  also  Kesfi  and  Uruk,  before  they  were  compiered  by  Rim-Sin, 
were  independent  kingdoms, ‘ Bal)ylonia  thus  being  divided  into  several  small  states. 

After  Sin-muballifs  con({uest  the  kingdom  of  Larsam  under  Rim-Sin  had  risen 
to  a dominating  position,  and  made  this  felt  by  an  attack  on  the  kingdom  of  Babylon. 
The  campaign  was  successful  inasmuch  as  the  old  renowned  city  of  I sin,  occupied 
l)efore  by  Sin-mubaUit,  fell  into  the  hands  of  Rim-Sin,  who  regarded  this  success,  it 
seems,  as  his  greatest  deed,  because  thenceforth  he  counts  his  years  of  reign  after 
the  capture  of  Isin.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  he  failed  in  his  endeavor  to  o\Trthrow 
the  kingdom  of  Babylon.  The  invading  army  was  routed  by  Sin-muballit,  over 
which  deed  this  king  glories  in  the  date  of  his  20th  year. 

In  consideration  of  this  we  should  place  the  capture  of  Isin  l)y  Rim-Sin  in  Sin- 
muballit’s  19th  year,  and  from  the  following  calculation  it  will  be  seen  that,  this  is 
indeed  approximately  the  right  time.  For  Hammu-rabi  conquered  Southern  Baby- 
lonia in  his  3()th  year,  and  dated  tablets  from  Nippur  and  Tell  Sifr  show  that  from 
that  time  he  actually  ruled  over  these  cities  at  least  in  his  31st,  33-39th  and  41st 
years,  while  Rim-Sin  ruled  over  the  same  cities  (and  Yokha)  in  the  18th,  21st,  23d, 
25th-28th  and  30th  years  after  the  capture  of  Isi7ir  These  facts  can  be  combined 
only  l)y  placing  Rim-Sm’s  thirty  years  of  reign  before  Hammu-rabk s 30th  ^Tar. 
The  conquest  of  Isin  would  then  have  occurred  no  later  than  the  last  year  of  Sin- 
muhallit,  and  may  have  actually  occurred  in  his  19th  year. 

In  conse( [lienee  of  his  method  of  dating  his  years  of  reign,  we  know  practically 
nothing  of  Ritu-Sin’s  enterprises  during  the  thirty  years  after  the  con([uest  of  Isin. 
The  first  hve  years  of  Hatumu-rabi  went  by  either  without  an  important  event,  or 
with  such  events  as  were  not  favorable  for  Hammu-rabi,  so  that  he  could  not  boast  of 
them  in  the  names  of  years.  But  in  his  6th  year  he  conc[uered  or  occupied  Ui'uk 

^ Compare  the  rlate  of  Riiii-Sin,  in  wliieh  he  states  tliat  in  the  temple  of  Xin-iiiah  in  Kcf^h  he  %vas  raised  to  the 
kingdom  over  the  totality  of  llie  land,  eorres[)onding  to  the  sluirri'i/  A-f.s7(.s/w//,  and  notice,  moreovei,  the  faet  that  UpN 
occurs  freciuently  as  part  of  personal  names  instead  of  a di^•init y during  the  time  from  Zabhun  to  Hammu-rabi  (and  partly 
Sam.su-ilnna) . This  presupposes  that  U pi  was  during  the  time  from  Sumidail  to  the  end  of  Sin-muballit' g reign  the  capital 
of  a kingdom  and  as  such  was  worshiped  as  a divinity. 

^ The  years  of  JJammurahi  and  Samsu-iluna , as  late  as  the  latter's  second  year,  which  occur  on  tablets  from  Tell 
Sifr  and  Nippur,  will  be  seen  from  the  following  list:  11.  30  — , — ; 31  T.-S.,  — ; .32  — , — ; 33  — , X.;  34  T.-S..  — ; 

35T.-S.,  N.;  .36  T.-S.,  X.;  37  T.-S.,— ; 3ST.-S.,X.;  39  T.-S..X.;  40 ; 41  T.-S..X.;  42  — ;4.3  — — : Si.  1 T.-S..  X. ; 

2 . There  an>  taldets  dated  in  the  reign  of  Rim-Sin  of  the  l-9th,  lltli,  13th.  iSth.  21st-2.'>d.  25th-2Sth  ami  30lh 

years  after  the  occupation  of  Isin. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


115 


and  I sin,  thus  repeating  the  attempt  of  his  father  to  extend  his  power  over  the  South. 
In  the  following  year  he  even  directed,  it  seems,  an  expedition  against  Emuthal.  the 
land  of  Rim-Sin  s father.  This  expedition,  though  somehow  successful,  was  prob- 
ably far  from  humiliating  Rim-Sin,  since  we  have  tablets  dated  in  the  9th,  11th  and 
13th  years  of  this  king.  How  long  Hammu-rahi  could  maintain  his  conquest  we  do 
not  know,  but  we  may  conclude  that  at  least  in  his  9th  year  he  still  maintained  it, 
since  the  canal  Hammurabi-hegal,  which  he  built  in  this  year,  was  probably  intended 
to  procure,  like  later  the  Hammumbi-nuhush-nishi  canal,  prosperity  to  a newly 
acquired  devastated  territory. 

In  the  9th  year,  Hanunu-rabi  seems  to  have  destroyed  the  town  and  the  people 
of  Malgu,  the  cit}"  of  Ea  and  Damkina,  which  at  some  time  was  the  seat  of  a kingdom. ‘ 

The  10th  year  is  marked  by  an  enterprise  against  or  in  the  cities  of  Rabikum 
and  Shalibi,  the  former  being  described  in  the  date  of  the  35th  year  as  situated  on  the 
bank  of  the  Euphrates.  The  notice  of  this  enterprise,  although  most  fragmentary, 
is  of  eminent  value  for  us,  because  it  opens  up  for  us  a view  into  the  close  connection 
of  the  middle  Euphrates  valley  with  Babylonia.  Rabikum  and  Shalibi,  the  latter  of 
which  seems  to  be  represented  by  the  present  ruins  of  Zelebtye  on  the  left  bank  of  the 
Euphrates,  half  way  between  the  mouths  of  the  Balih  and  of  the  Habur,  commanded 
the  water-course  of  the  Euphrates,  the  important  natural  commercial  route  between 
the  Westland  and  Babylonia,  and  it  is  easy  to  understand  that  the  Babylonian  rulers 
strove  to  maintain  control  of  the  river  by  occupying  the  chief  towns  along  its  course. 
A tablet  in  the  British  iMuseum  is  dated  after  the  capture  of  Rabikum  l)y  a certain 
Ibiq-Ishkur.-  If  we  are  allowed  to  see  in  this  the  beginning  of  a fuller  form  of  the 
date  of  the  11th  year,  it  would  appear  that  Hammu-rabi  was  prompted  to  take  his 
action  because  Ibiq-Ishkur,  by  means  of  this  fortified  town,  could  conti-ol  the  Euphrates 
against  the  Babylonian  merchants. 

The  dates  from  the  12th  to  the  29th  year  record  no  military  success,  a sure  sign 
that  Hammu-rabC s position  had  suffered  a total  change.  AVithout  doubt  Rim-Sin 
had  won  back  his  former  power  and  possessions.  Only  gradually  IJammu-rabfs 
influence  rose  again,  as  can  lie  observed  from  his  liuilding  fortresses  in  his  19th(?), 
21st  and  27th  years,  and  his  fortifying  aS ip/Jar  in  his  23d,  24th(?)  and  25th  years,  the 
latter  presupposing  perhaps  a previous  destruction  or  devastation  in  warfare. 

The  period  of  Hammurabi’s  great  and  lasting  successes  liegins  with  his  29th  year. 
In  this  year  he  defeated  an  army  of  the  Elamites,  the  people  that  since  the  oldest 


* See  tlie  inscription  of  Ibiq-Ishtar  in  Vorderasiotische  Schrifldenkmaler,  I,  No.  32. 
^According  to  King  in  L.  I.  IL,  III,  pp.  238f.,  note  72. 


116 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


times‘  had  invaded  and  ransacked  Babylonia.  That  they  came  as  allies  of  Rim-Sin 
is  an  unproved  assumption,  and  is  very  unlikely,  since  Ri?n-Sin’s  mother-country 
was  Emuthal,  not  Elam.  The  real  state  of  affairs  was  undoubtedly  this,  that  Rim- 
Sin’s  empire,  as  being  nearest  to  Elam,  had  to  suffer  the  first  attack  from  the  invaders. 
After  they  had  overthrown  Rim-Sin’s  army,  but  proliably  had  suffered  themselves 
through  the  resistance  of  the  South-Baliylonians,  it  may  have  been  easy  for 
rabi  to  rout  them  and  expel  them  from  Babylonia.  Never  before,  it  seems,  was 
Hammu-rabi  offered  such  occasion  to  realize  his  and  his  father’s  aspirations,  the 
dominion  over  all  Babylonia,  as  now  liy  Rim-Sin’s  weakness  and  his  own  success.  He 
exploited  fully  his  advantage.  In  the  following  year,  with  the  help  of  A?nim  and  Enlil, 
as  we  read  in  the  date  formula  of  the  31st  year,  his  hand  slew  to  the  ground  the  land 
Emutbal  and  king  Rim-Sin.  From  this  time  Hammu-rabi  was  ruler  over  all  Baby- 
lonia. The  chronicle  records  the  same  event  with  the  words:  ‘ ^Hammu-rabi,  king  of 
Babylon,  summoned  his  people  and  against  Rim-Sin,  king  of  Ur,  he  marched.  Ur 
and  Uruk  did  his  hand  conquer  and  their  property  he  took  to  Babylon.”- 

It  seems  that  Ashnunnak,  which  probalily  also  at  that  time  was  ruled  liy  patesis, 
made  likewise  an  attempt  to  profit  from  the  troubles  in  Baliylonia;  for  in  the  follow- 
ing year  an  army  of  Aslmunnak  appears  in  Babylonia,  but  is  defeated  by  Hammu-rabi. 
From  the  next  year  Ilammu-rabi  liegins  his  works  of  peace.  He  dug  (in  the  32d 
year)  the  canal  Hammurabi-nukush-nishi,  which  from  Akkad  went  past  Xippiir 
down  to  Shiimer,  carrying  waters  of  exuberance  along  with  it.  He  tells  us,  and  we 
may  well  believe  him,  that  the  people  of  Shumer  and  Akkad  had  been  scattered;® 
he  gathered  and  settled  them  in  towns  and  cities  along  this  canal.  He  reliuilt  temples, 
e.g.,  E-mete-ursag  (41st  year)  in  Kish,  the  temples  in  Larsam,  in  Halab,  etc.^  He  built 
new  fortresses,  like  Dur-SinmubaUit  at  the  head  of  the  Hammurabi-nuhush-nishi  canal 
(i.e.,  where  this  canal  leaves  the  Euphrates),  the  great  castle  Kar-Shamash  on  the  liank 
of  the  Tigris,  and  refortified  the  city  of  Rabikum  on  the  bank  of  the  Euphrates  in 
the  36th  (or  a later)  year. 

This  latter  notice  shows  us  that  Hammu-rabi' s power  extended  far  beyond  the 
boundaries  of  Babylonia  proper.  The  possession  of  Rabikum  proves  that  the  middle 
Euphrates  valley  was  again  in  his  power,  and  undoulitedly  Kar-Shamash,  which  is 
mentioned  with  Rabikum  in  the  same  date  formula,  occupied  the  same  position  in 
the  upper  valley  of  the  Tigris®  as  Rabikum  in  the  valley  of  the  Euphrates,  i.e..  it 

' Cf.  Thureau-D;ingiu,  Ihie  incursion  (iainite  en  territoire  sunu'rien  a Fcpoque  prisargonique,  H.  .1.,  ^T,  4,  pp.  7-10. 

^ The  following  line  is  j)artly  broken.  The  title  king  of  Ur  is  of  course  a mistake. 

“ Louvre,  I,  2 : 1-lG.  Of.  also  niupahhir  ntsld  saphdtim  sha  Isi>d\  C.  //.,  2 : 49-51. 

■'  See  the  inscriptions  on  bricks. 

^ The  date  formula  states  that  Kar-Shamnsh  is  situated  on  the  bank  of  the  Tigi'is. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


117 


secured  the  other  natural  commercial  route  down  the  Tigris;  for  we  know  from  his 
Code  of  Laws  that  Hammu-rahi  ruled  over  the  city  of  Ashshur,  to  which  he  returned 
its  tutelary  god,  and  over  Nineveh,  where  he  richly  endowed  the  temple  of  Ishtar; 
moreover,  the  directions  in  the  letters  to  Smidinnam  in  Larsani  as  to  the  employ- 
ment of  a detachment  of  Ashshurites,  give  evidence  that  the  king  actually  exercised 
his  power  over  these  cities. 

Other  military  enterprises  of  Hammu-rahi  are  the  conquest  of  Mari  and  Malgu 
in  the  36th  year,  an  expedition  against  (or  the  achievement  of  some  work  in)  Ash- 
nunnak  in  the  east  in  his  37th  year,  and  the  subjugation  of  the  whole  steppe,  i.e., 
Mesopotamia  with  its  hostile  tribes,  in  the  38th  year.  These  tribes  perhaps  are  also 
to  be  identified  with  the  people  of  Turukkum,  Kagmum  and  Sube,  whose  bands  were 
defeated  in  the  38th  year.  For  the  people  of  Mera  and  Tntul  see  C.  IL,  4 : 30. 

Thus  at  the  end  of  Hammu-rabi's  reign  his  dominion  extended  over  the  whole 
territory  from  the  Persian  Gulf  as  far  northwest,  perhaps,  as  Charchemish  and  Diar- 
bekr. 

When  Samsu-iluna  inherited  his  father’s  kingdom,  he  took  also  the  charge  upon 
himself  to  maintain  Hammiirabfs  compiests.  This  was  no  easy  task,  and  his  reign 
is,  as  we  shall  see,  largely  filled  up  with  suppressing  revolts  and  warding  off  attacks 
from  outside.  His  very  year  of  accession  to  the  throne  and  his  first  year  are  marked 
by  conflicts,  for  in  the  date  of  the  first  year  he  glorifies  in  having  made  his  dominion 
shine  over  the  lands,  at  the  true  command  of  Marduk,  which  implies  that  he  had 
first  to  estaljlish  it  outside  of  Babylonia  proper;  and  in  the  date  of  the  second  year 
he  asserts  that  he  liberated  Simmer  and  Akkad,  which  presupposes  that  it  was  occu- 
pied by  a foreign  power.  Probably  at  that  time  the  events  recorded  by  the  chronicle 
took  place,  in  which  either  the  old  Rim-SiH  or  one  of  his  family  played  a part. 
Apparently  it  was  an  attempt  to  regain  the  kingdom  of  Simmer  and  Akkad.  At  any 
rate  it  failed.  Samsu-ihma  conquered  the  city  of  his  foe  and  captured  him  alive 
in  his  palace.  LTifortunately  the  continuation  of  the  chronicle  is  only  fragmentary. 

Samsu-iluna,  as  was  customary  after  successes,  endeavors  to  make  his  land  pros- 
perous by  digging  two  canals,  Samsuiluna-nagab-nuhshim  and  Samsuduna-hegal. 
As  far  as  we  have  any  knowledge,  peace  and  prosperity  reigned  in  the  land  up  to 
the  8th  year,  when  a period  of  war  sets  in  that  extends  over  a time  of  six  years, 
and  is  marked  by  the  defeat  of  Cassite  invaders  in  the  8th  or  9th,  of  an  army  of  the 
city  of  Idarnaraz  in  the  9th,  the  capture  of  Ur  and  Uruk  in  the  10th,  the  subjugation 
of  insurgent  lands  in  the  11th,  the  capture  of  Kisnrra  and  Sabum  in  the 


‘ At  that  time  Rim-Sin  would  have  been  at  least  about  20  + 6 + 2 + 43  + 1 = 70  years. 


118 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


12th,  and  the  suppression  of  an  insurgent  king  in  Akkad  in  the  13th  year. 
This  long  war  or  series  of  wars,  the  details  of  which  unfortunately  are  unknown 
to  us,  ended,  it  seems,  with  the  complete  success  of  Samsu-ihma.  But  Baliylonia  in 
all  likelihood  lay  waste  when  peace  was  again  established  in  the  land.  Besides  the 
cities  conquered  by  the  king  also  Ism  and  the  fortresses  of  Etmdbal  had  been  destroyed 
either  by  Samsu-ilwia  or  his  foes.  Their  fortifications  were  restored  in  the  14th  and 
the  16th  year,  and  the  construction  of  a wall  of  Sippar  in  the  loth  year  may  suggest 
that  even  this  city  had  suffered  devastation.  Nor  can  it  be  accidental  that  the 
tablets  from  Tell  >Sf/r,  existing  abundantly  for  the  first  decade  of  Samsii-iluna’s  reign, 
cease  completely  after  the  10th  year — a sure  indication  that  the  small  town  was 
destroyed  and  abandoned  by  its  inhabitants. 

The  period  of  peace  from  the  14th  to  the  26th  year  is  only  interrupted  by  the 
suppression  of  an  uprising  in  one  of  the  foreign  lands  in  the  19th'  and  an  expedition 
against  the  foreign(?)  cities  Sa’nd  and  Zarhanum  in  the  22d  year.  In  connection 
with  the  last  achievement  Samsu-ilujia  calls  himself  lugal  sag-kal,  ‘ The  supreme  king.  ” 
We  also  receive  the  impression  that  at  that  time  Samsu-iluna  stands  at  the  height  of 
his  power,  and  moreover  reigns  in  peace,  from  his  statement  in  the  date  of  his  25th 
year,  that  he  caused  a stone  of  about  eleven  metres  in  length  to  lie  brought  to  Baby- 
lonia from  the  great  mountain  of  the  Westland.’ 

Some  great  disturbance  seems  to  have  occurred  in  Samsu-iluna' s 28th  year; 
for  the  29th  as  well  as  the  30th  year  are  dated  after  the  formula  of  the  27th  year, 
which  indicates  that  in  those  years  the  king  was  jirevented  from  dedicating  a votive 
object,  or  even  from  participating  in  the  New-Year’s  celeliration.  Probably  he  was 
engaged  in  an  unfortunate  war.  The  27th  year  perhaps  still  brought  success,  as  we 
conclude  from  the  formula  of  the  28th  year:  ‘ ‘year  in  which  Samsu-iluna  after  having 

— upon  the  oracle  of  Enlil, .”  Unfortunately  we  do  not  possess  as  yet  the 

continuation  of  this  formula,  but  if  the  date  of  P.  40  is  to  be  assigned  to  the  29th 
year,^  Samsu-iluna  in  his  27th  year  vaiKiuished  a certain  ladih-ahu  and  perhaps  one 

' In  the  2()th  year  some  eatastroplie  seems  to  liaA'e  befallen  Nippur,  because  the  three  baked  duplicate  tablets.  Nos. 
.I'd-.!!,  were  found  .at  one  place,  and  moreover  ojie  of  them  is  broken  into  two  pieces,  only  one  of  which  is  burnt.  Per- 
haps tliis  fact  points  towards  a.  conflagration  of  the  city  caused  by  enemies. 

^ Like  the  Westland  mountains  BaftdUn  and  Tidnnum,  from  where  Gudea  procured  certain  stones,  Stat.  B.,  G : 15, 
13,  tliis  great  mountain  of  the  Westland  may  be  sought  for  somewhere  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Amanum.  Gud.,  Stat.  B.. 
5 ; 28.  Should  it  be  the  Taurus?  From  there  almost  the  entire  trip  could  be  made  on  rafts  domi  the  Euphrates  and 
the  canals  in  Baltylonia. 

^ The  date  of  t his  tablet  is  later  than  the  12th  year,  because  Mannummetthulifur,  who  buys  a building  lot  according 
to  No.  38  (Du'uzu  G,  12th  year),  is  already  dead  according  to  No.  G4  (a  house,  perhaps  erected  on  that  building  lot,  is  sold 
by  the  lirother,  tlie  son  and  the  wife  of  nnu  i)n)>  cshuILvir) . As  all  the  following  years  are  named  with  official  formulas 
that  do  not  seem  to  allow  an  identification  with  ours,  and  as  there  is  only  the  one  i/.s.sn  date  of  the  29th  year,  we  should 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYL(JN. 


119 


MutiJjiirshana.  The  issue  of  the  struggles  of  these  years  was  certainly  unfavorable 
for  Samsu-iluna,  because  also  the  date  of  the  31st  year  makes,  as  far  as  we  know, 
no  allusion  to  political  events.  It  is,  therefore,  not  improbable  that  this  is  the  time 
of  the  unfortunate  conflict  with  Ihima-ilum,  the  first  king  of  the  so-called  Second 
Dynasty. 

The  very  fragmentary  report  on  this  and  the  immediately  preceding  events  in 
the  Chronicle  opens  with  a battle  on  the  shore  of  the  Persian  Gulf,  which  ended  with 
a victory  for  Samsu-iluna.  We  may  conclude  this  from  the  words:  their  dead  bodies 
(i.e.,  of  the  enemies)  the  sea  [carried  away];  for  we  would  not  expect  such  a detailed 
feature  if  the  Babylonians  had  been  defeated.  As  the  passage  is  incomplete  we  are 
left  in  doubt  as  to  whether  Samsu-iluna  was  already  at  that  time  fighting  lluma- 
ilum,  or  if  our  previous  calculations  should  prove  correct,  ladih-abu  and  Mutihurshana. 
The  chronicle  continues:  ‘‘A  second  time  Samsu-iluna  [went  to  the  Sealand(?)]” ; 
but  lluma-ilum  approached  and  defeated  him. 

A tablet  (P.  68)  found  at  Nippur  and  dated  rnu-hil  l-U-ma-ilum  luyal-e  gives 
evidence  that  Ilima-ilum,  as  he  is  called  on  this  tablet,  more  correctly,  actually  reigned 
over  Southern  Babylonia  as  far  north  as  Nippur  for  at  least  two  years,  but  probably 
he  ruled  over  these  districts  the  last  nine  years  of  Samsu-iluna’ s reign.  The  latest 
Nippur  tablets  from  the  reign  of  Samsu-iluna  are  dated  in  the  27th,  28th  and  29th‘ 
years,  and  it  is  possible  that  Ilima-ilum  took  possession  of  Nippur  already  in  the  last 
mentioned  year.- 

No  tablets  of  rulers  of  the  First  Dynasty  from  Nippur  dated  later  than  the  29th 
year  of  Samsu-iluna  have  come  to  light  as  yet,  and  although  according  to  an  oral 
communication  by  Hilprecht  there  exists  a building  inscription  of  Ammi-ditana 
from  Nippur,  nevertheless  the  absence  of  tablets  can  be  sufficiently  accounted  for 
only  by  the  assumption  that  Nippur  was  destroyed,  and  that  for  a long  period  all  or 
most  of  the  mounds  of  Nippur  remained  uninhabited. 

probably  a-ssign  it  to  this  j'ear.  The  occurrence  of  names  {Ahil-ilishu  PA  c-^Mah,  11th  and  13tli  years;  Lu-Enlilla,  12th 
and  1.3th  years;  Idishum.  12tli  year;  XinIB-rahim-sirim,  13th,  2()tli  and  27th  ycai-s,  li.,  2d  year,  and  Enlil-muballit, 
23d  year)  would,  it  is  true,  at  first  sight  point  ratlier  toward  a year  near  the  13th,  in  which  case  one  might  identify  the 
lugal  (14th  year)  wth  ladih-abu.  But  notice  that  NinlB-rahiiii-^irliii  occurs  as  late  as  the  27th  year  of 

iluno.  and  tlie  second  year  of  Ilima-ilum. 

1 P.  64. 

^ Tlie  29th  or  30th  year  would  be  an  extreme  limit,  because  tlie  hiirgul  Airilia  is  mentioned  as  earh'  as  forty  years 
before,  in  the  33d  year  of  Hammu-rabi.  The  last  occurrence  of  his  name  on  otlier  tablets  is  in  the  ISth  year.  The  three 
persons  mentioned  also  elsewhere  are  Awilia  hurgul  (4,  33;  Si.  4,  11,  12,  13  and  IS);  Ibni-Enlil  dulmir  (Si.  13.  14  and 
28);  E ini B-rahim-firim  (Si.  13,  20  and  29  ( = Xo.  64)).  From  tliis  one  could  be  inclined  to  think  a,gain  of  some  year 
near  the  1.3th  or  14th;  notice  especially  the  juxtaposition  of  .Vwilia  and  Ibni-Enlil  in  Xos,  43  (13th  year)  and  44  (14th 
year).  But  cf.  the  occurrence  of  Ibni-Enlil  in  the  28th  year. 


120 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  UOCUMPLNTS 


The  unfortunate  outeonie  of  the  fif>:ht  of  Satnsu-iluna  with  Ilinia-ihnn  seems  to 
have  crippled  his  power  for  the  rest  of  his  reign.  The  date  list  informs  us  of  another 
success  against  invaders(?)  from  the  Westland  in  his  35th  year,  and  of  the  suppression 
of  an  uprising(?)  in  Akkad  in  his  36th  year.  Particulars  about  these  events  are  not 
known. 

Sanisu-iluna's  son  and  successor  Abi-eshu’  again  made  an  energetic  effort  to  get 
rid  of  the  rival  in  the  South.  We  learn  from  the  chronicle  that  he  tried  to  capture 
llima-ilum  and,  therefore,  even  planned  the  damming  up  of  the  Tigris.  He  indeed 
achieved  the  latter  work,  l)ut  he  did  not  capture  llima-ilum.  The  statement  concern- 
ing the  damming  up  of  the  Tigris  is  borne  out  liy  the  date;  ^‘year  in  which  Abi-eshu' , 

the  king,  after  in  the  great  power  of  Marduk,  he  had  dammed  up  the  Tigris, . ” 

The  Tigris,  or  more  correctly  that  part  of  the  Tigris  in  question,  is  undoubtedly  the 
Sliatt-el-Hai,  the  influx  of  which  at  Kut-el-Amara  Abi-eshu'  seems  to  have  diverted, 
thus  depriving  the  land  on  the  banks  of  the  river  of  the  life-giving  power,  the  water. 
From  this  we  may  safely  conclude  that  llima-ilum  hatl  his  stronghold  in  one  of  the 
cities  on  the  banks  of  this  canal.  That  Abi-eshu'  succeeded  in  getting  control  of 
Southern  Babylonia  we  may  also  conclude  from  his  building(?)  the  temple  E-kish-shir- 
gal  and  dedicating  his  statue  to  this  temple,  provided  that  the  sanctuary  in  Ur  is 
meant. 

Apart  from  the  instance  mentioned  above,  the  dates,  as  far  as  they  are  known 
at  the  present,^  furnish  little  material  for  the  history  of  Abi-eshu'.  From  one  we 
learn  the  name  of  a certain  Adnatum,  l)ut  are  kept  entirely  in  doubt  as  to  the  role 
he  played.  Perhaps  he  was  vanquished  by  Abi-eshu'. 

Scanty  also  are  the  data  gathered  from  the  formulas  for  the  history  of  the 
last  three  kings,  Ammi-ditaua,  Ammi-zaduga  and  Samsu-ditana.  With  rare  excep- 
tions they  relate  the  dedication  of  votive  objects;  sometimes  the  building  of  a 
temple,  or  of  a fortress.  The  impression  is,  therefore,  forced  upon  us  that  the  political 
activity  of  these  kings  was  on  the  whole  a limited  one.  The  new  political  centre  in 
the  South  checked  the  movements  of  his  neighbor  in  the  Xorth.  Unfortunately  we 
have,  with  one  exception,  no  positive  knowledge  of  the  continuous  contest  we  must 
necessarily  assume  existed  lietween  the  last  kings  of  Babylon  and  the  first  kings 
of  the  Second  Dynasty.  The  names  and  the  number  of  years  of  the  reign  of  these 
kings  are  known  from  two  chronological  lists,  and  we  can  thus  calculate  that,  after 
llima-ilum,  the  contemporary  of  Samsu-iluna  ami  Abi-eshu',  Itti-ili-nibi  was  con- 
temporaneous with  Abi-eshu’  and  Ammi-ditaua,  Damqi-ilishu  with  Ammi-ditona, 
Ammi-zaduga  and  Samsu-ditana,  and  Ishkibal  ami  Shushshi  with  Samsu-ditana. 


‘ We  know  the  foi'inulas  of  2.5  (or  26)  out  of  the  2S  3'ears  of  Abi-eshu’. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


121 


Perhaps  we  may  see  the  traces  of  a continued  war  with  changing  results  between 
the  two  rival  kingdoms  in  the  fact  that  a number  of  years  of  the  reign  of  Ammi- 
ditana  have  no  formula  of  their  own,  which  always  is  a sign  of  turbulent  times,  while 
the  immediately  preceding  year  in  all  cases  is  marked  either  by  some  military  success 
or  by  the  construction  of  a fortress.  This  apparently  means  that  Ammi-ditana 
several  times  made  an  attack  upon  foreign  territory  and  endeavored  to  secure  it  for 
himself  by  building  fortresses,  whereupon  the  enemy  very  soon  reconquered  the  lost 
territory  or  at  least  tried  to  do  so.  Thus  the  three  first  years  of  Amfni-ditana  are  all 
designated  with  formulas  that  suggest  some  military  or  political  success.  The 
fourth  year,  however,  has  no  formula  of  its  own,  nor  those  denoting  the  second 
year  after  the  construction  of  the  fortresses  Mashkan-Ammiditana  in  the  8th, 
Ishkun-Marduk  on  the  ZUakum  in  the  31st  and  Dur-Ammiditana  on  the  canal  Me- 
EnUl  in  the  34th  year.  Another  fortress,  Dur-Ammiditana  on  the  ZUakum,  Ammi- 
ditana  had  built  in  his  15th  year;  the  construction  of  Ishkun-Marduk  on  the  same 
river  (or  canal)  in  the  31st  year,  represents  perhaps  a renewed  attempt  to  subdue  the 
regions  around  this  river.  A royal  castle  KiK  U-shag-dugga  was  built  on  the 
Arahtum  canal  in  the  19th  year. 

In  the  16th  year  Ammi-ditana  vanquishes  a certain  Arahaum,  who  is  called  a 
liimia-da.}  Nothing  more  concerning  this  event  is  known. 

A most  important  historical  notice,  however,  is  contained  in  the  date  of  Ammi- 
ditana' s last  year,  because  it  mentions  the  name  of  Damqi-ilishu,  the  third  king  of  the 
Second  Dynasty.  We  learn  that  Ammi-ditana  in  his  36th  year  conquered  a fortress 
which  Damqi-ilishu  had  built,  exactly  the  reverse  of  what  we  concluded  above  for 
several  years  of  Ammi-ditana.  The  political  course  of  things  in  the  last  period  of 
Ammi-ditana' s reign  seems  to  have  been  this:  in  his  34th  year  Ammi-ditana  advanced 
towards  the  South  and  built  a fortress  on  the  canal  MkEnlil,  which,  judging  from 
its  name,  was  not  very  far  from  Nippur;  in  the  35th  year  apparently  Damqi-ilishu 
drove  Ammi-ditana  back  and  erected  his  own  fortress,  but  in  the  36th  year  Ammi- 
ditana  conquered  this  fortress,^  and  again  extended  his  dominion  over  the  South. 

' Perhaps  the  Sumerian  (?). 

- The  opinion  of  Ungnad  that  tlie  formula  does  not  refer  to  tlie  conquest  of  a fortress  held  by  the  eneui}-,  but 
to  the  razing  of  a wall  of  a fortress  in  Ammi-ditarui’s  own  possession,  cannot  be  maintained,  because  a king  does  not 
boa-st  of  such  an  event  and  mark  a year  after  it,  quite  apart  from  the  fact  that  the  kings  in  order  to  secure  their  dominion 
tried  to  build  as  many  fortresses  as  they  could.  Moreover,  “to  destroy  the  wall  of  a cit}^”  is  the  technical  term  for 
“to  take  a city  by  force,”  “to  conquer  a city.” 

It  is  likewise  impossible  to  assume  that  the  words,  “which  Damqi-ilishu  had  built,”  do  not  refer  to  a contempo- 
raneous event,  but  to  a construction  of  the  w'all  by  Dmiiiq-ilishu,  king  of  I sin,  at  a much  earlier  time;  for  a wall  of 
sun-dried  bricks  and  beaten  clay,  as  usually  the  Babylonian  city  w'alls  were,  would  long  since  have  been  destroj'cd  by 
rain  and  rendered  unfit  for  the  defense,  even  if  it  had  not  been  devastated  in  the  prc\dous  turbulent  periods. 


122 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


That  Ammi-ditana,  at  least  at  times,  actually  ruled  over  Southern  Babylonia 
we  see  from  his  title,  “king;  oi  Skinner  and  Akkad/’  which  he  holds  in  the  inscription 
published  by  King/  From  the  same  inscrijition  we  learn  that  he  was  also  king  of 
lush,  and  that  he  had  subdued  the  Westland/ 

Ammi-zaduija  received  from  his  father,  who  died  the  year  after  his 
success  over  Damqi-Uishu,  the  dominion  over  Southern  Babylonia.  We  see  this 
clearly  from  the  date  of  the  first  year,  in  which  he  refers  to  EnUl  who  makes  great 
his  dominion,  and  from  the  formula  of  the  second  year,  in  which  he  calls  himself  the 
humble  shepherd  of  Anuni  and  Enid.  But,  perhaps,  in  the  latter  year  he  lost 
the  southern  part  of  his  dominion.  In  his  inscription  the  judge,  Gimil-Marduk, 
calls  Animi-zaduga  simply  king  of  Babylon,  a sure  sign  that  he  did  not  rule  over 
Shunier.  In  his  9th  year,  however,  Animi-zadurja  broke,  as  he  asserts,  the  oppres- 
sion of  his  land  and  in  his  10th  year  he  built  a fortress  at  the  mouth  of  the  Euphrates, 
which  proves  that  in  this  year  his  power  extended  as  far  south  as  the  Persian  Gulf. 
From  the  formulas  of  the  following  years  we  do  not  recei\T  the  impression  that 
Amnii-zaduga  maintained  this  powerful  position. 

From  the  reign  of  Siinisu-ddana,  the  last  king  of  the  First  Dynasty,  as  yet  only 
few  date  formulas^  are  known.  We  may  conclude  that  before  the  year  whose  formula 
mentions  the  great  battle  forces  of  Shamash  and  Marduk,  Samsu-ddana  won  some 
military  success,  while  the  fact  that  one  year  was  named  after  the  preceding  year, 
again  points  to  some  jiolitical  trouble.  A short  notice  in  the  chronicle,  made  by 
way  of  addition,  informs  us  that  at  the  time  of  Samsu-ddana  the  Hittites  invaded 
Akkad.  From  all  appearance  this  people  made  an  end  to  the  kingdom  of  Babylon 
and  the  dynasty  of  Haniniu-rabi. 

The  short  historical  notice'  is  tlie  more  valuahle  as  liy  comhiiiiiig  it  witli  the  fact  that  Iliinci-ilu>ii  is  tlie  con- 
tem|)orary  of  Abi-e.<ihu'  we  are  al)le  to  determine  the  synchronism  hetween  the  First  and  the  Second  Dynasty  in  such 
a way  that  there  is  left  only  a play. of  about  lix'c  years.  See  my  taleles  of  the  corresponding  rulers  in  “Das  zcitliche 
VcrlUillnis  (hr  ersten  Dynusfie  ran,  Bahijlon  zur  zweiten  Dynasiie’’  in  Z.  A.,  XX,  p.  44.5,  and  “Du.v  zcitliche  ^'erludtnis 
der  zweiten  Dijna.^tie  dcr  grosscren  Kdni  'g.di.Ue,  zur  dritien  Dgnastie”  in  Z.  A.,  XXI,  p.  175. 

' L.  1.  11. , Vol.  II,  p.  215  (No.  100). 

■ Lugal  da-gu-nilu]  kur  Alar-ttS'  = (1  am)  tlie  king  who  has  made  the  Westland  obey  me. 

Eight  out  of  thirty. 


VII.  AN  EARLY  KING. 


No.  130. 

Obv. : 1.  '^X}n-s[un{‘!)]  ama  kalam-tna  dam  nun('!)-[.  . . .]  dam-gal  ^En{'l) 

[ ] 2.  Luyal-[ ]-m-mu-un-gi}i  nitah- 

[kal]a-ga  3.  u-a  Xibrid''-a  Jugal  UD-[ P'-a-^/c  4.  lugal  an-uh-da- 

tah-tah-ba-ge  5.  Al-Ha-liiid'  (”'  LI-UM{‘l)-  • • • ■ gur-ru-dam  6.  gu-kalam 

kur-kur-ra-ge  mi-ni-in-gi-gi  7.  uku-e  kur-kur-ra  u-sal-la  mi-ni-in-nd-a  8.  e dingir- 
gal-gal-e-ne  mu-un-du-a  9.  kur  ki-bi-shu  “-'ft-™])  ue-in-gi-a 


10.  [nam-en]  ki-shar-ra  ffiy-un-ag-a  11.  [gu]b-ba  Ali-gir-'^ En-ld 

pa-te-si  Al-Ha-lim'^^  12.  ^ '^En-lil-iz-zu  pa-te-si  AlIE'  13.  . .]-ki-c-elkl)  pa-te-si 

Ki-e-el^^  14.  ”>Qat-'^ X u-[nu'l]  pa-te-si  Kd-gal-la’^^  15.  ”^Li[-  -]e-lum  pa-te-si 

Am-da-ma'^^  16.  ^I-bi-Ma-ma  pa-te-si  Ar-da-ma''^  17.  ”Xdi-tir-shii-e-li  pa-te-si 
A{ZA?)-SUH-UXU('IY'^  18.  "‘Ma-at-ga-nu  pa-te-si  [ ] 19.  ‘^Ishkur-shar- 


rum  [ ] 20.  ”’Zu-zum-ta-nu  [ ] 21.  ’"Ta-im-shu-nu  [ ] 

22.  A-bi-[ ] 

Rev.:  4.  ‘^Mah  dug-azag-ga-ni-ta  [ ] 6.  gish-nam-GIX-gish  u 

^’■<^d>‘gish-har-bi  5.  p'p  ....  6.  [UD ] 7.  bur  gdn  a-shag  e(?)-[.  . . .] 

mu  [ ] 9.  kalam-na  kd-bi  a-shag-ga  ib{A-ue  [ ] 

To  A'in-.  . . the  mother  of  the  land,  the  august  lady  . . . . , the  great  lady  of 

, Lugal[ ]ni-mungin,  the  strong  hero,  who  endows  Nippur, 

king  of  UD , king  of  the  four  corners  of  the  world,  who  gained  l)ack  Al-IJalim 

, who  shielded  the  totality  of  the  territory  of  the  lands  and  caused 

the  people  of  the  lands  to  dwell  in  safety,  who  built  the  house  of  the  great  gods, 
who  restored  the  land  to  its  place,  who  exercised  lordship  over  the  totality, 
in  the  presence  of  Migir-Ellil,  governor  of  Al-Halim  ; Ellil-izzu,  governor  of  SIR : .... 

. ./jfc/,  governor  of  Kiel;  Q«t-Ab/na(?),  governor  of  Kagalla  \ Li.  . .elum,  governor  of 
Amdama;  Ibi-Mama,  governor  of  Ardama;  X’urshu-eli,  governor  of  IlallabU): 
Matganu,  governor  of ; Ishkur-sharrum,  governor  of  ...  . ; Zuzumtauu,  gover- 
nor of ; Taimshunu,  governor  of ; Abi , governor  of 


124 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


Annotations.  To  li.  1.  compare  Nin-in-fsi-na  nin-yal  ama  kalnm-nui  nin-a-ni-ir,  Warad-Sin,  Stone 

tablet,  Obv.,  1-5.  Should  the  appellation  ama  kalamma,  common  to  Ijoth  divinities,  be  an  indication  that  Xininsina  = 
Ninmnnn'^.  The  situation  of  Al-Halim,  li.  5,  is  unknown.  Gur-rn-dam  is  here  translated  with  v-le-ir;  the  formation 
lali-dam,  which  elsewhere  also  denotes  tlie  future,  seems  to  become  determined  as  to  the  time  onl}'  b}-  the  context. 
To  gii-kahnn  cf.  sib  qu-kalam  ki-Ni-hrii^'’,  Rim-Sin,  Clay,  part  II.  As  to  the  meaning,  corresponds  to 
cf.  gi-gi  = pcKji'idii,  shullinnu.  LI.  G,  7 seem  to  form  a unity,  since  the  enclosing  a stands  only  after  the  last  verb. 

The  document  No.  130,  which  is  dated  by  a colophon  in  the  reign  of  Ammi- 
zaduya,  is  the  copy  of  a transfer  of  land  (see  Rev.  li.  29)  by  an  earlier  king,  probably 
to  the  temple  of  the  goddess  who  is  mentioned  Oliv.  li.  1.  Unfortunately  the  name 
of  the  king  as  well  as  that  of  his  capital  is  only  partially  preserved.  The  latter, 
consisting  of  two  signs,  the  first  of  which  is  UD,  can  be  neither  Unuy  nor  Larsam, 
because  of  the  complement  a,  possil:)le  readings  being  perhaps  Adah,  Larak  or  Upi. 
The  Sumerian  name  of  the  king  and  the  mentioning  of  the  goddess  Mah,  who  else- 
where appears  associated  with  Ann,  ElUl  and  Ea,  seem  to  point  towards  the  South, 
while  the  title.  King  of  the  Four  Corners  of  the  World,  the  prominent  place  of  Nippur 
in  the  titles  of  the  king  and  the  names  of  the  first  two  mentioned  patesis,  compounds 
with  ElUl,  render  it  probable  that  the  king  in  question  ruled  over  a territory  in  the 
centre  of  which  Nippur  was  situated.  But,  judging  from  the  other  predicates  which 
he  assumes,  his  dominion  extended  also  over  districts  outside  of  Babylonia  (kur- 
kur-ra),  and  over  the  regions  north(east)  of  Akkad  {ki-shar-ra) . Akkad  itself  and 
the  great  southern  cities  are  not  under  his  rule. 

x^s  to  the  time  of  this  king  all  indications  as  yet  are  wanting,  except  perhaps  that 
the  title  d-a  Nibnd‘'^  held  by  Ishme-Dagan,  might  place  him  near  this  king  of  Isiu, 
especially  as  after  the  reign  of  his  son  a usurper  founded  a new  branch  of  the  dynasty, 
and  Gunyunum  of  Ur  and  Larsam,  who  calls  himself  also  king  of  Shiuuer  and  Akkad, 
is  a contemporary  and  liege  lord  of  another  son  of  LAnue-Dayan,  the  time  being  thus 
;i  variously  disturbed  one. 

‘ Ibit  cf.  the  similar  jilirase  li-a'Gdmii,  Ixusal-zaggisi,  I,  25. 


MIT.  CONCORDANCE  OF  PITOFER  NAMES 


Abbreviations. 

b.,  brother;  c.,  cousin;  d.,  daughter;  f , fatlier;  gd.,  granddaughter;  gf.,  grandfather;  gin.,  grand- 
mother; gs.,  grandson;  h.,  liusband;  in.,  mother;  n.,  nephew;  s.,  son;  S.,  seal;  si.,  sister;  ii.,  uncle;  w.,  wife. 
Determinative:  d.,  deus,  den.  t denotes  feminine  names. 


I.  Names  of  Persons  from  the  Nippur  Texts. 

A-hil-^Mnr-tu 


\-ab-ba 

f.  of  Xa/mar-zi  nu-esh,  10  : 37. 

A-ab~ba-a 

s.  of  Dingir-mansi,  12  : 27. 

A-ab-ba{‘!)- 

**rmgar,  9 : 3. 

A-nb-ba-tum 

bur-gnl,  37  ; 19 
A-bn{^)-n 

*1.  f.  of  Manum-(ma)hir.'^hu. 

2.  f.  of  Sin-imguranni,  .52  : 18  | 53  : 33  | 54  : .33. 
.4  -bn-'^En-l  il-dirn 

*1.  s.  of  SHESH-SHESH,  5 : 23. 

2.  42  : 9,  14. 

A-bi-ia-tum 

f.  of  Taribum,  32  : 27. 

A-hil-ia-tum 

*1.  f.  of  Ali-tcaqnim,  7 : 24. 

2.  f.  of  Xish-inisliu,  31  : 19. 

A-bil-i-n-Hhu 

1.  s.  of  XinlB-gnmil]  arad^Da-gnn,  22,  S. 

2.  s.  of  Xiixku-nl.shu,  41  : 22. 

3.  s.  of  Ur- , 49  : 4,  10,  11,  17. 

4.  f. -in-law  of  Eloli,  .52  : 9 i .53  : 20  | .54  : 21. 

.5.  akil  t'-^Mah,  .30  : 1 j 42  : 16  j 64  : 20. 

6.  lu-SHIM  + GARA^En-Hl,  47  : 12  | .58  : 1 i. 
A-bil-ilu 


1.  s.  of  Abil-Shnmashj  n.  of  Martu-malik,  Libit- 

Enlil  and  Libit-Martu,  gs.  of  Erishsumatum 
32  : 7,  9,  S.  I 33  : 6 I .34  : 2,  6 | 3.5  : 7. 

2.  s.  of  Silli-Shnmash,  b.  of  Ili-idinnam,  Ellinniishu 

and  Ili-turam,  36  : 20,  Case,  G. 

3.  s.  of  Taribum,  48  ; 36. 

A-bil-‘^  Shamash 

f.  of  Libit-Martu,  32  : 14  | 3.5  : 4,  6,  S. 

A-bil-'^[ ] 

19  : 2. 

A-bi}-[ ] 

47  : 8. 

A-hi[ ] 

61  : 9. 

Ab-lum 

1.  f.  of  Lu-NinIB,  .31  : 20. 

2.  gala,  .57  : 8. 

A -bu-um-wa-qnr 

1.  f.  of  Mar-irsitim , 30  : 5. 

2.  bur-gal,  49  : 49. 

A d-da-dingir 

s.  of  Dingir-mkkal,  b.  of  Sin-ituram,  59  : 7. 
Ad-d/i-dug-ga  (a  good  father,  abljreviatcd)- 

1.  f.  of  I(nim)-Xannar  and  Shesh-ki,  44  : 26 

2.  nu-esli,  f.  of  Lu-Ania-arazu,  22  : 7. 

3.  nu-('sh,  f.  of  Xusku-tiishu,  li.  of  Ishtar-lamazi . 


s.  of  Damiq-ilishv,  11  : 25.  28  : 13  [ 40  : 25,  26. 

* Names  marked  with  * occur  on  Nippur  tablets  dated  in  the  reigns  of  Warad-Sin  and  Rim-Sin  (Nos.  1-7) ; 
those  marked  with  **  on  the  Yokha  tablets  (Nos.  8 and  9). 

^ Cf.  Ama-dug-ga,  B.  E.,  Series  A,  'IT,  1,  6 : G;  Shesh-dug-ga,  C.  T.,  IV,  45  : 29;  ^TII,  47  ; 19;  in  Semitic  A-bu- 
um-pa-bu-um,  A-hu-ta-bu-um,  P.  N . 


126 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


A-gu-u-a 

*1.  f.  of  Ibkii-Damu,  G : 3. 

2.  29  : 3. 

A-fii-hi-mu-ur 
63  : 5. 

y\ -fii-sha(-gi)-ish 

s.  of  Najinar-zimu,  11  : 20 
A -}ii-sha-gi-ish 

*1.  hur-gul,  7 : 25. 

2.  f.  of  Nimia,  12  : 29. 

A-hu-um 

*f.  of 4 : 2S. 

A-fiu-shu-nu 

1.  s.  of  Ur-Ennugi,  h.  of  Ziatum  and  Nahi-Shamash, 
*7  : 5,  7,  14,  S.  I 14  : 22. 

**2.  b.  of  Nannnrtu.m.  and  Dingir-mami,  9 ; 4,  9. 

■\  A-Vi-a-fiu-sha 

female  slave  of  Naruhtum , 23  : G. 

^A-Vi-ba-ash-ti' 

female  slave,  49  : 2. 

A-l'i-ilu 

s.  of  Rish-Ea,  48  : 21. 

A-l'i-xm-aq-ru-um 

*1.  s.  of  AbiHatum,  7 : 24. 

*2.  s.  of  Lii-Nannar,  7 : 21. 

*3.  b.  of  Ur-Duazagga,  5 : 10,  15. 

4.  nu-esh,  44  : 20. 
fd  ma-sukkal 

d.  of  NinlB-marm,  \v.  of  Enlil-iJzu,  40  : 2,  4,  S.  12, 
S.  I 47  ; 4 1 ,58  : 4. 

Amar-Shiiba  (young  bid  of  Shubir) 
f.  of  M(ir-ir.dtim,  .53  : 29  | .54  : 29. 

'\A-7ne-ir-tnm  (of.  A wirhim) 

**tl.  of  N(i)ni<ir-zimii  and  Diishidt/um,  si.  of  Ihi-EnVd, 
9 ; 14. 

An-nzag^-sha 

1.  f.  of  Ibkvsha,  2S  : 1,  S. 

2.  f.  of  Ibku-En,  28  : 11. 


AN-BA-lu-ti  {AN-BA  quickems  mankind)* * 
f.  of  Mar-irsilim,  22  : 13. 

An-ni-ha-ab-U U’  (or  Dingir-ni-ba-ab-U L7) 

(*)  f.  of  Enlil-dingir,  G : 21  | 10  ; 11. 

A-ap-pa-a-him 

bur-gid,  35  : 21. 

A-pa-7na{_7)-kal{7)-  .... 

51  : 12. 

Arad-‘^En-lil-ld 

gala-mall,  2G,  IV  : 17. 

Arad-^Imin-bi 

s.  of  Zarial  G.5  : 10. 

Arad-mu  (my  servant  ; abbre\iated) 

red  puhrum,  52  : 26  | 53  : 37  1 54  : 36. 

Arad-'^Nannar 

*1.  f.  of  Aid,  9 : 15. 

2.  f.  of  lUma,  23  : 29. 

3.  f.  of  Sin-magir,  64  : 22. 

.4  ni  d-^Ni  n-sha  h-kn 

male  slave,  26,  I : 14,  34. 

A-at-ta-a 

1.  s.  of  Narnm-Sin,  40  : 19. 

2.  f.  of  Sin-erish,  10  ; 45. 

A-ta-a 

**1.  s.  of  Arad-Nnnmir,  9 : 15. 

2.  duh-mr,  .38  : 23,  63  ; 13. 

3.  f.  of  W arad-Sin,  32  : 29. 

A-wi-ia-tum 

1.  lu-SHIM  + GAR^En-lil-Id,  42  : 17  | 57  : 2.5. 

2.  f.  of  Lugal-azida,  12  : 33. 

A-wi-U-ia,  a-wi-U-ia  (=  *) 

1.  s.  of  Warad-Sin,  li.  of  Xaramtum,  f.  of  Ibi-Eidil, 

llushu-ibnislni  and  Ilima-abi,  .50  : 1,  4.  10,  13, 
15,  20,  24. 

2.  bur-gtd,  s.  of  Ur-Bau,  10  : 48  1 *23  : 34  1 24  : 36  | 

32  : 30  1 33  ; 21  | 34  : 20  j .38  : 22  | 40  : 30  | 41  : 
21  I 43  : 33  I *44  : 27  1 48  ; 43  1 *68  : 26. 

3.  f.  of  MannummeshuUsur,  38  : 10,  64  : 5. 


' On  bnuhli  in  female  names  sec  Ranke,  P.  N.,  p.  224. 

^ II  R.  .50  : 12e,  ‘^chu-ba)  Shuha.  The  hi  in  54  : 29  seems  to  l)e  rest  of  an  erasure,  not  phonetic  complement  to 

sub(a). 

^ Notice  the  fn'qnent  an-azag-gn  ( = .diamc  ellAli),  e.g.,  Warad-Sin,  Stone  tablet,  0b\'.  4,  and  nn-azag-gi,  Warad- 
Sin,  clay  cone,  1 : 3. 

* Compare  AN-BA-NI-NI  {C.T.,  XIII,  41,  Obv.  IS),  which  probably  is  likewse  Sumerian,  concluding  from 
the  names  of  tlie  wife  and  the  sons  of  this  king  (perhaps  AX-BA-zal-zal).  Does  the  name  Aii-)iu-bo-XI-XI  (cf. 
inscription  of  this  king)  suggest  a reading  anii-ba  for  .IA'^-B.4? 

^ Cf.  Ari-ni-b(i-llL,  Vr-ri-ba-UL  and  Ur-ri-ha-ab-UL,  Reisner,  Telloh. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


127 


4.  16  : R). 

5.  65  ; 12. 

A-wi-il-^^Ishkur 

shutug'^.MnlB,  62  ; 19. 

A-wi-il- 

20  : 4. 

jA-wi-ir-fuin 

*d.  of  Hupatuin  and  Rubatum,  adopted  by  Shalurt uni, 
4 : 1,  12,  16,  22, 

Azag-^Xan  nar 

f.  of  Lu-XinIB,  13  : 6. 

Azag-'^X  in-gal 

f.  of  Ibgatuin  and  Xidnusha  26,  IV  : 20. 

Aziig-<^XinIB 

f.  of  Sin-Udish,  12  : S. 

Azag-'^Xin-sl 

dub-sar  22  : 15  1 28  : 34  1 30  : 12. 

.55  : 1. 

Bahbar-an-did 

s.  of  XinIB-gamil,  68  : 6,  8,  15. 

B abba  r-gal  -zu 

1.  f.  of  Shamash-erbam  uku-ush,  49  ; 47. 

2.  f.  of  Shamash-magir,  26,  IV  : 22. 

Babbar-he-gdl 

11  : 10. 

Babbar-mu-pd(d)-da  (who  has  been  called  with  name  by 
Shumafsh) 

.50  : 8. 

Ba-li-lum 
65  : 5. 

Be-li-i-din-nam 
62  ; 1,  9. 
j Be-li-zu-im 

*SAL  + ISHIB  '^XinlB  1 ; 3. 
jBe-el-ta-ni 

*1.  d.  of  Dingir-uru,  6 : 29. 

2.  SAL  + ISHIB  '^XinlB,  d.  of  Enlil-gahu,  45  : 8, 
10,  14. 

*3.  d.  of  Lu-XinIB,  6 : 28. 

4.  .S'-IL  + ISHIB  '^XinlB,  d.  of  Xunun-Sin,  13  : 3. 

5.  d.  of  Warad-Sin,  21  : 7. 
j Be-el-ti-ia 

w.  of  Tab-halatu,  57  ; 2,  13,  18. 

Be-lurn 

*f.  of  Xannar-manni,  6 : 22. 
jBe-ta-ni  ( = Beltanil) 

*0  : 14. 


pBe-ta-lum 

*SAL  + ISHIB  ^XinlB,  d.  of  Ziuturn,  .si.  of  Enlil- 
nislm,  6 : 6,  S. 

Da-da-kal-la 

*f.  of  IM-URUDUI-a,  5 : 25. 

Da-du-um 

43  ; 9 {duinu-nii‘sh  Da-du-um). 

^ Da-gdn-ma-un-s'i 

f.  of  Ili-ibniani,  39  : 22. 

Da-ma{'l)-gu-gu 

f.  (by  adoption)  of  Mar-irsitim,  14  ; 5 | .30  : 15. 
Da-nii-iq-'i-li-shu,  Dam-ki-'i-li-shu  ( = *) 

1.  lul-sa,  si.  of  Lugal-fie-gat , 48  : 40. 

*2.  s.  of  Lu-shagga,  8 : 26. 

3.  s.  of  Xaram-Sin,  22  : 4. 

4.  s.  of  Ur-Dunzagga,  12  : .30. 

5.  h.  of  Xarub{i)tum,  11:4,  12,  18,  S. 

6.  f.  of  Abil-ilum,  11  ; 25  (identical  with  the  pre- 

ceding?). 

7.  f.  of  Ea-idiiiiuim,  *14  : 21,  L.E. 

8.  f.  of  Enlil-gahu,  38  : 2 | *22  : 8. 

9.  f.  of  Ili-naplizam,  4.5  : 22. 

10.  f.  of  NinlB-mansi,  16  : 4. 

Dam-kum 

1.  s.  of  Ur-Gula,  62  : 15. 

2.  f.  of  Nuskutuni,  49  ; 48. 

3.  f.  of  Munawiruni,  13  : 13. 

Da-mu-e-ri-ba-um 

shutug '^Xiii-lil(-ld),  44  : 21 
[^D]a-nm-lic-gdl 
dlb  : 9. 

'^Dn-ni  u-i-din-nn  in 

1.  dub-sar,  10  ; 47  ] 14  : 32 

2.  17  : 11. 

3.  2t)  : 7. 

4.  4.3  : 31,  lii-SHIM  + GAR  «En-lil-ld. 

.5.  .55  ; 12. 

6.  f.  of  Mufuin-iluin,  h.  of  Hidutuin,  41  : 4. 

^Da-Ill  u-nia-aii-[s'i] 

f.  of turn,  47  : 19. 

^^I)a-inu-she-ini 

*.s.  of 5 : 22. 

Da-mu- 

s.  of  Ha-ba-na-tuni,  16  : 5. 

Dak-kuin 

f.  of  Uhaiatiini,  23  : 27. 

Da-ak-ku  in 

53  : 2,  54  : 2. 


128 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


Dingir-mn-an-s),  dingir-ma-s'i  ( = *) 

1.  s.  of  Iluni,  40  : 22. 

2.  dub-sar,  s.  of  Lu-Amu-arazu,  40  : 24. 

3.  f.  of  Abbd,  12  ; 27. 

4.  f.  of  Ennugi-naplizam,  (58  : 24. 

*.5.  f.  of  Iluni,  6 : 23. 

6.  f.  of  N annar-ytumsi,  .30  : 6 
**7.  b.(?)  of  Afiu-shunu  and  Nannarturn,  9 : 5,  10. 

8.  IS  : 4. 

9.  29  : 15. 

10.  53  ; 3,  .5,  11  I *54  : 3,  12  1 54  : 5. 

Dinglr-uru  (=  Iliim-erish) 

*f.  of  Belfani,  (5  : 29. 

Dug-ga-a 

**f.  of  Dushuhtum,  8 : 3. 

{'\)Dum-ki-Ishtar 

1.  f.  of  NinIB-muballit,  40  : 29. 

2.  female  slave,  23  : 16. 

Dum-ku-a-a 

f.  of  Lamazuin,  45  : 23. 

Duniu-ki  (see  Mar-irsitim) 

^DUN-P  A-c-a-na-sir 
30  : 7. 

'fDu-shu-ab-tum 

**NINi?)-DlNGlR{IIAL‘l)  '^Shu-zi-an-mi,  d.  of  Dug- 
gu,  w.  of  Nnmuir-zimu,  m.  of  Ibi-Enlil  and 
Amertum]  genie  ^Shu-zi-an-na,  8 : 1,  10,  16,  S. 

t^-a-ba-ni 

pd-DU,  44  ; 2,  S. 

E-a-ba-li-lt 
63  : 11. 

E-a-i-din-tuim  {Ea  has  given  me  (an  heir)) 

1.  s.  of  Damqi-iUshii,  10  ; 21,  L.E. 

2.  pd-DU,  s.  of  Ea-tukuUi,  32  : 16  | 33  : 2. 

3.  s.  of  Ihku-Ishinr,  h.  of  Kuritum,  f.  (by  adoption) 

of  lli-idinnam  and  Iliummati,  24  ; 3,  14,  15,  21,  S. 

4.  s.  of  Ibkusha,  28  : 32. 

5.  f.  of  EshunieDU-lumur  shiitug,  67  : 22. 

6.  f.  of  Etel-bl-Sin,  52  : 22  | 53  : 35  | 54  : 35. 

7.  f.  of  Lugal-Jiegal  and  NinIB-cmugd,  38  : 6 | 64  : 4. 

8.  MU,  62  : 23. 

E-a-mu-ha-l'i-it,  E-a-mu-ba-al-li-it  ( = *) 
s.  of  Sin-eriba,  52  : 24  | 53  : 34  | 54  : 34. 

E-n-na-sir 

**1.  s.  of  Nabi-Enlil,  8 : 23. 

2.  f.  of  Sin-ishmeani,  66  : 17. 


E-a-tu-a-a-nr 

s.  of , by  adoption  s.  of  Ibkusha  and  b. 

of  Ea-turam,  28  : 2,  6,  9,  18.  23. 

E-a-tu-kul-ti 

f.  of  Ea-idinnam  pd-DU,  32  : 17. 

E-a-tu-ra-am 

s.  of  Ibkusha,  b.  of  Ea-taiar,  28  : 8,  14,  15,  16,  23. 
E-la-li,  E-la-li  ( = *) 

**1.  s.  of  Nabia,  7 : 22. 

2.  s. -in-law  of  Abil-ilishu,  *52  : 8,  12,  (13)  | *53  : 6, 

19,  24,  25  I *54  : 6,  20,  2.5,  (26). 

3.  f.  of  Izkur-Shamash,  67  : 19. 

4.  b.  of  Ninni-mansi,  n.  of  Enlil-lushag,  Xannar- 

ara-niungin,  Ur-Duazagga  and  Ur-DUX.PAea, 
26,  I ; 7,  24  I II  : 22. 

E-li-tum 

s.  of -ga-a-a,  16  : 12. 

El-li-tum 

1.  s.  of  riu-nashi,  30  : 4. 

2.  s.  of  NinIB-meDU,  49  ; 22. 

3.  f.  of  Idin-Ishtar,  13  : 11. 

4.  f.  of  Lafi-Nannar-zal-zal-shar,  10  : 26. 

5.  23  : 5. 

El-lu-mu-u-shu 

s.  of  ^illi-Shamash,  b.  of  lli-idinnam  and  Abil-Martu, 
36  : 4,  7,  8,  13. 

E-lu-ti 

1.  f.  of  Lu-Enlilla,  41  : 19  | 64  : 21. 

2.  f.  of  Silli-NinlB,  12  : 4. 

3.  f.  of  Taribum,  12  : 25. 

En-ki-mash-zu 

1.  s.  of  Dnmqi-ilishu,  67  : 5. 

2.  f.  of  Lushtalim-ilu,  12  : 34. 

^En-ki-d-nir-gdl 

f.  of  Sin-shamufi  and  Ibgatum,  27  ; 30  | 62  : 17. 
<^En-lil-be-el-i-li 
IS  : 2,  17. 

'^En-lil-gal-  zu 

1.  s.  of  Damiq-ilishu,  30  : 8 ] 38  : 2. 

2.  f.  of  Beltani,  45  : 9. 

3.  gala,  15  ; 12. 

4.  29  : 15. 

^En-lil-ha-zi-ir 

s.  of  Dingir-sukkal , 62  : 14. 

^En-lil-id-zu,  ‘^En-lil-iz-zu  ( = *) 

nu-csh  '^En-lil-ld,  s.  of  Lagal-azida,  h.  of  Amasukkal 
32  : 1,  .5,  7,  13,  S.  1 *47  : 6 | *58  : 5,  S,  9 | *66  : 
16. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


129 


'^£n-UI-ilum  (or  dingir) 

(*)  s.  of  Anni-babUL,  (i  : 21  i IG  : 11. 

’^En-lU-ld- nc-g  u 

dub-sar  lugal,  s.  of  l{nini)-XinIB,  32  ; 25  j 33  : 1.")  1 
34  : IG. 

‘^En-Ul-li-wi-ir 

s.  of  EiiUl-matisi,  12  ; 1.5. 

'^En-UI-ma-lik 

1.  s.  of  SiUi-XmlB,  40  : 23. 

2.  s.  of  Ziatum,  65  ; G. 

3.  .55  : 12. 

‘^En-Iil-ma-an-s'i 

1.  shuiug  ‘^[Xin-IU-hi],  s.  of  Lu-XinlB,  41  : 17;  proh- 

abl}- identical  ^^■ith  the  shutug  '^Xin-Ul-ld,  59  : 14. 
*2.  s.  of  Ur-Duazagga,  6 : S. 

3.  f.  of  Enlil-liwir,  12  : 15. 

4.  f.  of  Lamazum,  45  : 5,  11  j 4G  ; 3,  S. 

5.  f.  of  Sin-ishmeani,  43  : 17,  21,  S. 

6.  Iti-SHIM  GAR,  10  : 44. 

^ En-lil-me-DU^ 

**1.  f.  of  Inbulum,  9:14. 

2.  f.  of  Lu-Xannar,  40  : 21  1 41  : 9. 

^En-l  il-m  u-ba-l'i-it 

dub-sar,  .58  : 23  ] 64  : 25. 

’^En-lil-mu-da-ni  i-iq 

s.  of  Rim-Ishtar,  b.  of , 47  : 17  | 58  : IS. 

‘^En-Ul-lii-sbag 

1.  s.  of  Xinni-mansi,  h.  of  Xunnnr-ara-inungin,  Ur- 

Duazagga  and  Ur-DUN.PAea,  u.  of  Elali,  2G, 
III  : 6,  22  I IV  : 9,  S. 

2.  nu-esh,  s.  of  Sin-idinnam , 39  : 5,  10,  15  | 44  : 17. 
<^En-lil-lu-ti 

f.  of  Watar-SlMmasb,  .57  ; 26. 

'^En-lil-tm-da 

1.  s.  of  Xaram-[ ],  22  : 11,  L.E. 

2.  lii-ISIl,  24  : 31. 

3.  45  : 3. 

En-lil-na-shi 

65  : 11. 


En-lil-ni-shii 

*1.  s.  of  Ziatum,  6 : 5. 

2.  F.  of  Sin-erihum , 12  : 5. 

En-lil-la-a-a-ar 

luSIJlM  + GARA^En-m,  .58  : 15. 

En-lil-za-me-en  (tlioii  art  EnlilY 
25  : 10. 

^En-lil[ ] 

51:11. 

<^En-Ul[ ] 

.39  : 2. 

'^En-nn-gi-na-ap-U-za-am  (look  favorably  at  me,  (J 
Ennugi) 

s.  of  Dingir-mansi,  68  : 22. 

^En-nu-gi-i-na-a-a,  ‘^Eu-nu[-gi-]i-na-a  ( = 

rabis  daiani,  *17  : 21  [ 53  : 36  | 54  : 37  (omits 
'^En-nu-gi-zi-uru-k(d(im-ma  (Ennugi  is  the  preserver  of 
the  life  of  the  land) 
dub-sar,  48  : 44. 

E-ri-  ib-s  i n -lu-m  ur  ? 

63  : 12. 

E-ri-(ish-)sii-ma-tum , E-ri-{ish-)zu-ma-tum , E-ri-su-um-nin- 
tuni,  E-ri-suni-m a-t ii ni 

1.  f.  of  Abil-Mcuiu,  Martii->iialik,  Libil-Enlil  (and 

AI)il-Shamas]iR),  g.-f.?  of  Lihit-Mnrtu,  32  : 19, 

S.  I 33  : 4,  19,  S.  I Case  6 | 34  : 4,  6,  S.  | .35  : 7,  12. 

2.  f.  of  Sin-napslieram , 62  : 13. 

E-shu-me-D  U-lu-mur 

1.  shuiug,  s.  of  Eu-idin nam , 67  : 22. 

2.  21  : 10. 

E-/e-el-hi-('^),Sin.,  E-lr-hi-Sin  ( = *)* 

s.  of  Ea-idinnam,  48  : 3.5  ; .56  : 22  | *57  : 35. 

E-t  il-h  t-^Sh a mash 

f.  of  Tab-baJatu,  .53  : 1. 

(ia-mi-lum 

s.  of  KAL-KA  L-bani,  52  : 20  , .53  : 31  ; 54  : 31. 
Giniilior  Qdty^En-Ul 

dub-sar,  33  : 20  I 34  : 21 . 

G im  il (or  Qdt) -'i -I i-sh u 

s.  of  Gir-ni-ni-shag,  48  : 41. 


^ The  Sumerian  character  of  names  compounded  with  me-DU  is  proved  l>y  ‘^Xannar-mc-DU. 

^ Cf.  also  Nanrmr-zal-men,  Ranke,  P.  N.,  p.  2465. 

Cf.  Ilurn-i-na-ia  and'^Shamash-i-tui-ia,  Ranke,  P.  N.,  a-a  = d^‘a.  For  the  change  of  a"a  with  d see  p.  3,  note  1. 
^ “Verschleifung"  of  the  1;  cf.  E-te-hu-um,  81  ; 17,  instead  of  Eteibum. 

17 


130 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


Gir-ni-ni-shdy  (liis  way  is  bright)' 
f.  of  Gimil-ilishu,  48  : 41. 

Gir{1)-ni-ni-za 

s.  of  Lu-shag,  21  : 9. 

l^a-ba-na-tuni 

f.  of  Damn- , 16  : 5. 

ya-bil-a-iiL 

adopted  s.  of  Tah-bnlntu  and  Beltia,  57  : 3,  14,  17. 

U a -b  il-ki-nu-u  m 
22  : 14. 
a-am-mu-ra-h  L 

king,  10  : 4 (witii  the  determinative  for  gods)  and 
in  the  dates  of  1-3,  5-10. 

Ua-ah-si 

**f.  of  Shumum-Ubshi,  8 : 32. 
i-du-tiim 

w.  of  Damu-idinnam , m.  of  Mutum-ilum,  42  : 5. 
Qu-pa-tam 

1.  s.  of -ganum{7),  h.  of  Rubatum,  f.  of  Awir- 

tum,  4 : 2,  10,  S. 

2.  f.  of  Sin-erish,  10  : 42. 

l-ha-lu-ut  I-ba-al-lu-ut  ( = *) 

s.  of  Ud-ullu,  52  : 19  | *53  : 30  | *54  : 30. 
I-ba-sJiar-rii-iim  (abbreviated)^ 

f.  of  Imgur-NinlB,  s.  of  Lugntiun.,  12  : 9,  S. 

Ih-ga-tum 

1.  s.  of  Azag-Ningal , 1).  of  NidnusJia,  26,  IV  : 20. 

2.  s.  of  Enki-a-nirgnl,  In  of  Sin-sJinnuih,  23  : 31. 

3.  s.  of  Liburritin,  10  : 38. 

4.  s.  of  Ududu,  1>.  of  Ishkiir-girra,  n.  of  Lshknr- 

rabi,  c.  of  Mar-irsifiiii  and  Mutum-ilum,  10  : 29, 
34  1 14  : 27,  L.E  | 30  : 17. 

5.  s.  of  Ur-Duazaggu , 29  : 4,  0. 

0.  s.  of  Warad-Sin,  13  : 2. 

7.  f.  of  Diiigir-sukkul,  28  : 30. 

8.  25  : 4. 
l-h'G^En-Vd 

1.  s.  of  AwiUa,  b.  of  llushu-ibnisku  and  Ilima-abi, 

48  : 4,  7,  17,  21,  23. 

2.  lu-SIIlM  + GAR  ‘^En-Ul-ld,  s.  of  Nannnrtiou, 

48  : 45. 

**3.  s.  of  Ncmnar-ziinii  and  Dushubfiim,  b.  of  Amerlum, 
8 : 13,  21. 


4.  s.  of  Sin-lidish,  32  ; 26  | 33  : 17  [ 34  ; 17. 

5.  s.  of  Sin-magir,  28  : 33. 

6.  lu-SHIM  -h  GAR  '^En-lil-ld  (identical  with  2?). 
I-bi-'^NinlB  (or  shah?) 

s.  of  Nur-N inshah,,  14  ; 6. 

I-bi-'^Nin-shafi 

*1.  lu-SHIM  + GAR'^En-lil-ld,  s.  oi  Nabi-Enlil,  7 : 19. 
2.  s.  of  Sin-lirani,  48  : 34. 

Ib-ku-u-a-tum  (abbreviated) 

23  : 13. 

Ib-ku-^  Da-mu 

1.  dub-sar,  s.  of  Imgur-Sin,  47  : 5. 

*2.  s.  of  I{7iim)-Damu,  7 : 23. 

*3.  f.  of  Agua,  6 : 4. 

4.  23  ; 10. 

Ib-ku-E-a 

1.  s.  of  An-azag-sha,  28  ; 11,  12. 

2.  s.  of  Sharuh-ili,  68  : 20. 

Ib-ku-'^En-lil 

nu-esh,  43  : 30. 

Ib-ku-ir-si-tim 

s.  of  Sin-lidish,  15  : 3 
Ib-ku-‘^Ishkur 
49  : 2. 

Ih-ku-Ishtar 

1.  s.  of  Lugal-azida,  68  : 2.5. 

2'.  s.  of  Taribum,  12  : 26. 

3.  f.  of  Ea-idinnam,  24  : 3,  S. 

Ib-ku-sha 

1.  s.  of  An-azag-sha,  f.  of  Ea-turam  and  (by  adop- 

tion) of  Ea-taiar,  28  : 1,  5,  7,  11,  24. 

2.  s.  of  Sin-magir,  35  : 17. 

3.  f.  of  Ea-idinnam  (identical  vith  Ibku-Ishtar, 

No.  3 ?),  28  : 32. 

Ib-ni-E-a 

s.  of  [ ],  38  ; 21. 

lb-ni-‘^En-lil 

dub-sar,  43  : 34  | 44  : 28  | 61  : 10  | 68  : 27. 

Ib-ni-^  Ishkur 

*s.  of  Idin-Ishkur,  4 : 33. 

I(;nmi)-'^Da-mu 

*f.  of  Ibku-Datiiu,  7 : 23. 


' The  same  name  occurs  Keisner,  Telloh,  139,  II  : 14,  and  in  the  name  of  a small  towir  Al-Gir-ni-ni-shdg^'^  in  the 
domain  of  Sin-idinnam,  the  governor  of  Larsam,  L.  1.  H.,  42  : 19.  See  also  Xammani-nishag,  10  : 46;  E-turra-nishag , 
Rsn.,  Tel.,  164,  IV,  2 from  below;  '^Pa-  ^'^^'BIL-sag-ka-ni-shag,  Rsn.,  Tel.,  125,  I : 15,  16. 

" Cf.  Ili-ipashar. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


131 


I-da-tum 

1.  s.  of  XinIB-nUhu,  6S  : 7,  9,  16. 

2.  f.  of  Xabi-Enlil,  47  : 20. 

I-din-'^En-Ul 

1.  7iu-esh,s.oi  Sin-er{i)bam,  10  ; 40  | 39  : 20  | 49  ; 43. 

2.  f.  of  Ur-Ku3uga,  49  ; 44. 

3 lii-SHIM  + GAR,  57  : 24. 

I-din-'^Ishkur 

1.  shutug  ‘^Xin-lil-ld,  s.  of  Ishkur-girra,  40  : 20. 

*2.  f.  of  Ibni-Ishkur,  4 : 33. 

I-din-Ishfar 

1.  s.  of  EUitum,  13  : 11. 

2.  s.  of  Lugal-EZEN , 49  ; 23. 

3.  s.  of  M annum 7)1  eshulisur  and  Xarubtu))),  64  : 8,  16. 

4.  s.  of  Xabi-SJianiash,  51  : 1. 

5.  s.  of  Sin-7nagir,  32  : 28. 

6.  dub-sar,  35  ; 25. 

7.  27  : 3. 

I-dirtA^I-shum 

*bur-gul,  6 ; 24. 

[lydin-'^Sin 

s.  of tu7n,  16  : 14. 

I-di-shuni 

bur-gul,  39  : 24  | 64  : 14. 

Igi-shdg 

nu-esli,  s.  of  Ina-Ekur-rabi,  43  ; 6,  7,  14,  S.  | 44  : 4. 
Igi-^Xannar-sliu-al-gub  (before  Xannar  he  (or  I)  went) 

21  : 4. 
i-U-a^wi-li 

1.  f.  of  Sag-nin-bi-zu,  49  : 20,  39. 

2.  9 : 28. 
i-li-e-ri-ba-a7n 

1.  bur-gul,  36  : 22  ] 45  : 24. 

2.  pashishu,  62  : 20. 

3.  h.  of  Shat-Shamash,  46  ; 5,  S. 
i-lir-i-ba-shar  (my  god  will  loosen) 

1-li-ib-ni-a-ni 

s.  of  Dagan-mansi,  39  ; 21. 

I-U-i-din-nam 

1.  adopted  s.  of  Ea-idinna?n  and  Kuritum,  b.  of 

Iliummati,  24  : 1,  12,  23. 

2.  s.  of  Silli-Shamash,  b.  of  Ellumushu  and  Abil- 

Martu,  36  : 9. 
i-lv-i-ki^sfuim 

s.oi  Hi , 68  : 23. 


1-li-ip-pa-al-za 

s.  of  NinIB- ,41  : 20. 

1-li-i  p-pa-al-za-a/n 

s.  of  Sherum-Ui,  62  : 24. 

1-H-ish-me-a-ni,  -ish-r/ie-a-ari-ni  ( = *)■ 

1.  f.  of  Ili-ibashar,  33  : 18. 

2.  *30  : 10. 

}-li-?)ia 

1.  s.  of  Sin-idin7ia)7i,  49  : 46. 

2.  s.  of  Arad-Nannar,  23  : 29. 

3.  ? hi-bara  '^Babbar,  37  : 18. 
l-H-ma-a-bi 

s.  of  Awilia,  b.  of  Ibi-Enlil  and  llushu-ibnishu,  48  : 
5,  8,  18,  22,  24. 
i -K-77ia-ilu)n 

1.  King,  68  : 29. 

2.  PA-PA,  62  : 2,  8. 

1- li-ma-lu-lim? 

bur-gul,  31  : 21. 

2 - li-7na  1-ma  l-lik 

f.  of  Ili-ikisham,  68  : 23. 

2 -I  l-na-a  p-li-za-am 

s.  of  Dainiq-ilishu,  37  ; 21. 
f-U-tu-ra-a)n 

1.  s.  of  Shagia,  12  : 31. 

2.  kii-dim,  b.  of  Abil-Martu,  s.  of  SiUi-Sha)7iash, 

36  : 19. 
l-li-imi-ma-ti 

adopted  s.  of  Ea-idin7iani  and  Kuritum,  b.  of  Ili- 
idinnam,  24  : 2,  13,  24. 
l-U-u-^^Shamash 

**1.  s.  of  I))igur-Sin,  8 : 30. 

2.  dub-sar,  24  ; 37  | 32  : 31. 

3.  27  : 10  (identical  mtli  the  preceding?) 

Ilu-h  i-'^Shatnash 

s.  of  Lugal-azida,  50  : 17. 

Ilu-na-shi 

f.  of  Ellitian,  30  : 4. 

I-hi-7ii 

*1.  s.  of  Dingir-ma7isi,  6 ; 23. 

2.  f.  of  Dingir-)nansi,  40  : 22. 

3.  48  : 3. 

I-lu-lnil] 

f.  of  Ui'-Sadara7iun,  59  : 17. 

Ilu-sukkal  (see  Di)tgi)--sukkal) 


‘ Notice  the  use  of  a to  denote  the  hiatus, 
^ Cf.  llum-lu-lim,  Ranke,  P.  N, 


132 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


1 1 u-shu-ha-ni 

s.  of  Uttagallu-meDU,  39  : 4,  11,  16. 

II  ii-ahu-ih-ni-shu 

1.  s.  of  Awilia,  b.  of  Ibi-Enlil  and  Ilima-ahi,  48  : 4, 

7,  12,  22,  23. 

2.  f.  of  Ninni-mansi,  67  : 20. 

Im-gu-u-a 

1.  f.  of  Nabi-Shamash,  11  : 6,  11,  S.  1 23  ; 25. 

**2.  f.  of  Sin-lidish,  9:17. 

Irn-gur-'^NinlB 

1.  s.  of  Ibasharriim , 12  : 9,  13,  20,  S. 

2.  s.  of  Lu-NinlB,  6 : 19. 
hn-gur-^Sin 

f.  of  Ibku-Damu,  47  ; S. 

/ ni-gu-ru.-um.  Im-gur-ruin  ( = *) 

1.  f.  of  Mutmu-mahirshu,  10  : 43. 

2.  f.  of  N inJ B-mushtaL,  *60,  case  23. 

3.  f.  of  Sin-nJunn  and  Sin-eribam,  48  : 38. 

] 

26,  III  : 32. 

IM-URUDUUi 

*s.  of  Dada-kalla,  5 : 25. 

I -tM-c-kar-ra-bi 
29  : 13. 

t{nim)-'^Natinar 

1.  s.  of  Adda-dugga,  br.  of  Shesh-ki^  44  : 25. 

2.  f.  of  Sin-Udish,  li.  of  Shalurtutn,  5:1,  S. ; li.  of 

Shalurtuni,  4 : 4,  S. 

In-bu-lum 

**s.  of  Enlil-meDU,  9 : 13. 
t{yiim)-<^NinIB 

1.  f.  of  Enlilla-negu.,  32  : 25  | 33  : 16  | 34  : 16. 

2.  UiMEMI,  .50  : 13. 

'^IshknA-TWSII-ru 

1.  s.  of  Ududii.  b.  of  Ibgatum,  n.  of  Ishkur-rabi, 

c.  of  Mar-irsitim  and  Miitum-ilum,  10  : 28,  34. 

2.  f.  of  Idin-Ishkur,  40  : 20. 

^Ishkur-ra-hi 

f.  of  Mar-irfitini  and  Mutum-ilurn,  )j.  of  Ududu 
10  : 3,  9,  32. 

^^Ishkur-ri-im-'i-li 

male  slave  of  Narnblum , 23  : 7,  15. 


^Ishkur-shar-ru-um 

uku-ush  lugal,  s.  of  Ishutn-ahi,  10  : 11. 
'^Ishkur-ia-a-a-ar 

dub-sar,  18  : 22. 
t Ishtar-Ia-ma-zi 

1.  w.  of  Adda-dugga  nu-esh,  40  : 26. 

2.  \v.  of  Lugal-azida  nu-esh,  40  : 27. 
t Ishtar-na-afi-ra-ri 

female  slave,  26,  III  : 15. 
t Ishtar-ra-bi-a-at 

**slave  of  Dushubtum,  8 : 4,  9,  17. 

^I-shuni-a-bi 

f.  of  Ishkur-sharrum,  10  : 12. 

Iz-kur-KShamash 

s.  of  Elali  shuiug,  67  : 19. 

'^KAL-KAL-ha-ni- 

f.  of  Gamilum,  52  : 20  | 53  : 31  1 54  : 31. 

KA  -shdg-^E  n-lil-ld 
50  : 4. 

Kesh  {‘I)^^-i-din-nam^ 
dub-sar,  62  : 26. 

Kirii(  = gish-sar)-ga-mil 

s.  of  Warazunu,  b.  of  Sin-ish?neani,  Kumbulum  and 
Nurum-lisi,  14  : 30. 

Ki-ish-ti-'^Ninl  B 

s.  of  Tab-balatu,  65  : 3. 

Ku-bu-tum 

lu-SHIM  + GAR  ^En-lil-ld,  s.  of  Sin-eriba(m),  52  : 
11,  16  I 53  : 23,  28  1 54  : 24,  28  | 67  : 15. 
Ku-um-bu-lum 

s.  of  Warazunu,  b.  of  Sin-ishmeani,  N’unou-lisi  and 
Kiru-garnil,  14  : 28. 
t Ku-ri-tum 

w.  of  Ea-idinnam,  adoptive  m.  of  Ili-idinnam  and 
Ili-ummati,  24  : 4,  15,  22,  S. 

hah-'^Nannar-zal-shar  (cf.  the  following  name) 
dub-sar,  15  : 14. 

Lah-'^Naniiar-zal-zal-shar  (the  light  of  Xannar  enlightens 
the  nni verse)  ■* 
s.  of  Ellilum,  10  : 25. 


1 For  this  reading  see  Hrozny  in  Z.A.,  XX,  pp.  424ff. ; but  cf.  C.T.,  XXIY,  32  : 1495,  DIXGIR-”‘“-“’'-IM,  and 
Thureau-Dangin  in  S.A.K.I.,  p.  208,  note  c ^ ‘^Immer  because  of  the  name  Immerum.  The  last  would  point  to 

a reading  ^^Imi-ra  (cf.  Sc.  288,  lAI  = i-mi). 

^Qi.<^KAL-KAL-mu-ha-l)-it,  Banke,  P.  X. 

^Tbc  name  occurs  also  in  L.  I.  IP,  Vol.  1,  17  : 9 (King:  SIII-IIAL-H AR^p 
' Lutcf.  Us-sn-XI-XI-DUG,  Beisner,  Tclloh. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


133 


1.  (w.  or  d.  of)  Lu-Bau,  31  ; 20. 

*2.  d.  of  Lu-Enlilla,  6 : 27. 
t La-ma-zum 

1.  SAL  + ISHIB  ‘^NinlB,  d.  of  Dumkuaia,  45  : 23. 

2.  SAL  - ISHIB  ^NinlB,  d.  of  Enlil-mansi,  46  : 2,  S. 
Li-bi-ii-'^En-Ul 

s.  of  Eri^sumatu7n,  b.  of  Abil-Marhi,  etc.,  32  : 10, 
12,  S.  I 33  : 19  I 34  : 3,  5,  11,  S. 

Li-bi-ii-Ishtar 

1.  s.  of  Sha-Emah,  37  : 20. 

2.  s.  of  Shuma-ilu,  30  : 9. 

3.  dub-sar,  35  : 20. 

4.  MU,  5S  : 21. 

Li-bi-ii-'^Mar-tu 

s.  of  Abil-Shainash,  gs.(?)  of  Erishsumatum , 32  : 13, 
S.  I 35  : 3,  5,  13,  S. 

Li-bur-ra-am 

f.  of  Ibgatum,  10  : 38. 

L ii-'^A  ma-a-ra-z  u 

1.  s.  of  Adda-dugga  nu-esh,  22  : 6. 

2.  f.  of  Dingir-mmiai,  40  : 24. 

Lu-'^Ba-u 

h.  or  f.  of  Lamazatum,  31  : 21. 

Lit-^Eii-ki-ga 

s.  of  Nannar-a-dah,  49  : 21. 

Lu-'^En-lil-ld 

1.  SHI  + DUB,  s.  oiE-luti,  38  : 20  I 41  : 19  I 64  : 21. 

2.  f.  of  Sin-imguranni,  48  ; 37. 

*3.  f.  of  Lamazatum,  6 : 27. 

4.  47  : 9. 

5.  52  : 6 ! 53  : 15  | 54  : 16. 

*6.  (?)  1 : 4. 

Lii-E-shu-me-DU  (cf.  Lu-shu-me-DU) 
s.  of  ShamasUEnlil,  37  : 8,  13,  S. 

Lugal-a-rna-ru 

1.  shutug  '^Nin-lil-ld,  59  : 15. 

2.  32  : 2. 

Lugal-d-zi-da 

1.  s.  of  Awiatum,  12  : 33. 

2.  f.  of  Enlil-idzu  nu-esh  ^En-Ul-ld,  40  : 1,  probably 

identical  with  Lugal-d-zi-da  nu-esh,  h.  of  Ishtar- 
lamazi,  40  : 27. 

3.  f.  of  Ibku-Ishtar,  68  : 25. 

4.  f.  of  Ilu-hi-^Shamash,  50  : 17. 

5.  f.  of  Lu-NinIB,  23  : 26. 

6.  f.  of  NinI B-nirgal  and  Rim-Ishtar. 

Lugal-dumu^u 

50  ; 5. 


Lugal-EZEN 

1.  s.  of  Nannar-adafi,  23  : 28,  perhap.s  identical  with 

2.  f.  of  Idin-Ishtar,  50  : 23. 

Lugal-hegal 

1.  s.  of  Ea-idinnam,  b.  of  NinlB-emugaia,  38  : 4, 

7,  15,  S. 

2.  f.  of  Damiq-ilishu,  48  : 40. 

Lugal-mu-pd{d)-da 

dub-sar,  57  : 48. 

Lugal-nig-si‘!{-sd)  ? 

s.  of , 59  : 6. 

Lu-ga-tum 

h.  of  Manutum,  f.  of  NinIB-abi  and  NinlB-ga- 
mil,  12  : 10,  S. 

Lu-ul-U-lu>n 
60  : 5. 

Lii-'^Nannar 

1.  shutug  ^Nin-Ul-ld,  s.  of  EnlU-m.eDU,  40  : 21  | 

41  : 8 I 47  : 10  I 59  ; 16. 

2.  s.  of  Nammani-nishag,  10  : 46. 

3.  dub-sar,  29  : 14. 

*4.  f.  of  Ali-waqrum,  7 : 21. 

Lu-'^Nin-IB 

1.  s.  of  Ablum,  31  : 20. 

2.  s.  of  Azag-Namiar,  13  : 5. 

3.  s.  of  Lugal-azida,  23  : 26. 

*4.  f.  of  Beltani,  6 : 28. 

5.  f.  of  Enlil-mansi  shutug  Ni)7lina,  41  : 18. 

*6.  f.  of  Imgur-N ini B , 6 : 20. 

**7.  f.  of  Nannartum,  8 : 25. 

Lu-'^Nin-si-an-na 
51  : 4. 

Lu-shdg 

f.  of  Girl-ni-ni-za , 21  : 9. 

Lu-shdg-ga 

**f.  of  Damiq-ilishu,  8 : 27. 

Lu-shu-me-DU  (cf.  Lu-E-shu-me-DU) 

*s.  of  Sin-u'cU-dul,  5 : 24. 

Lu-<^[ ] 

dumu-mesh  -,  IS  : 9. 

Lu-ush-ta-lim{-im)-ilum  (or  -shi-im-7)  (cf.  Lushalini-beli, 
P.N.) 

s.  of  Enki-mashzu,  12  ; 34. 

Lu-ush-ta-77iar 

1.  s.  of  Taribum,  52  : 23  | 67  : IS. 

2.  7iagar,  31  : 3. 

3.  52  : 1,  7 I 53  : 7,  9,  17  1 54  ; 7,  10,  IS. 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


134 

Ma  -an-na-tum,  Ma-na-tum  ( = *)  (abbreviated) 

1.  f.  of  NinIB-mushlal,  *52  : 21  | 53  : 32  | *54  : 32. 

2.  dub-sar  = Mannum-ma^virshu  dubsar. 

Ma-ni-ia,  Ma-an-ni-ia  (case) 

s.  of  Ubaia,  12  ; 32. 

Ma-an-nu-um-nia-fih'-shu,  Ma-an-nu-ina-Tvir-shu  ( = *) 

1.  s.  of  Imgurum,  *10  : 43. 

2.  dub-sar,  36  ; 23;  case  Ma-an-na-tum. 
Ma-ayi-n.u-um-rne-slm-li-mr 

1.  s.  of  Awilia,  f.  of  Idin-Ishlar,  li.  of  Narubluni, 

b.  of  NinlB-mubalKt,  38  : 9 | 64  : 5. 

2.  s.  of  NinIB-qarrad,  14  : 23. 

Ma-a-nu 

18  : 15. 

Ma-nu-um-{mn-)}i  ir-sh  u 
*s.  of  Aba,  5 : 28. 
t Ma-nii-twn 

w.  of  Lugatum,  m.  of  NinIB-abi  and  NinlB-gainil, 
12  : 12'  14,  21,  S. 

Ma-ri-ir-si-tim,  Ma-ri-ir-zi-tim  (=  *),  Mar-irsitim  (=  **), 
M ar-ir-si-tim  ( = ***) 

1.  s.  of  Abum-waqar,  **30  : 5. 

2.  s.  of  Aviar-Shuba , **53  : 29  | *54  : 29. 

3.  s.  of  xiN.BA-lu-ti,  **22  : 13. 

4.  s.  of  BA-slm-'\ ],  ***62  : S. 

5.  s.  of  Ishkur-rabi,  b.  of  Mutum-ilum,  n.  of  Ududu, 

c.  of  Ishkur-girra  and  Ibgatuni,  10  : 1,  31;  identical 
with  Mar-irsitim,  s.  of  Dama{‘t)-gi(gu,  14  : 4,  6, 
17  I **30  : 15. 

6.  f.  of  Sm-ahum,  ***64  ; 23. 

'^Mar-hd  -m  a-lik 

s.  of  Erishsumatum,  b.  of  Abil-Martu,  Libit-Enlil 
(and  Abil-Shamashl)]  u.  of  Libit-Martu,  32  : 18, 
S.  I 33  : 3,  5,  11,  S.  | 35  : 2,  18. 

M a-ru-ut-Ishiar 

s.  of  Sin-lidish,  48  : 42. 

M i-gir-'^En-lil 

f.  of  Narubtum,  s.  of  Naramtum,  23  : S,  19,  20. 
Mii-nm-Jie-gub  (niy  name  he  may  establisli;  cf.  Shn)7Htsh- 
shum-itkiu) 
gala,  26,  IV  : 19. 

Mu-niu-ui-pad  (my  name  has  l^een  called) 
nu-csh,  43  : 28  1 44  : 18. 


Mu-na-wi-rurn 

s.  of  Dajnqum,  13  : 13. 

Mu-tum-ilum 

1.  s.  of  Dumu-idinnarn  and  ^idutum,  41  : 5. 

2.  s.  of  Ishkur-rabi,  b.  of  Mar-irsitim,  n.  of  Ududu, 

c.  of  Ishkur-girra  and  Ibgaium,  10  : 1,  31  | 30  : 16. 

'Sa-bi-ia 

*f.  of  Elali,  7 : 22. 

Na-bi-'^En-lil 

1.  s.  of  Idatum,  47  ; 20  | 58  : 19. 

**2.  f.  of  Ea-tuisir,  8 : 28. 

*3.  f.  of  Ibi-Ninshah,  7 ; 20. 

4.  f.  of  Sin-eribam,  24  : 33. 

Na-bi-'^Shamash 

1.  s.  of  Imgua,  11  : 6,  11,  17,  S.  | 23  : 25. 

*2.  s.  of  Ur-Ennugi,  b.  of  Ahushunu  and  Ziatum,  7 : 8. 

3.  f.  of  Idin-Ishtar,  51  : 2,  3. 

4.  17  ; 3 1 21  : 3,  4 I 25  : 3 I 27  ; 4;  probabh'  identical 

-ndth  No.  3;  cf.  Idin-Ishtar,  27  : 3. 

Na-^En-lil 

1.  s.  of  NinIB-mushallim,  68  : 22. 

2.  27  : 9. 

Natn-ma-ni-ni-shdg  (his  fate  is  bright)' 
f.  of  Lu-Nannar,  10  : 46. 

N a m-ra-a  m-sha-ru -ur 

f.  of  Suhuntum,  45  : 7. 

Nam-rimi-\-W 

f.  of  Nur-Shamash,  62  : 22. 

‘^Nannar-d-dah  (Nannar  is  a helper) 

1.  f.  of  Lugal-EZEN 

2.  f.  of  Lii-Enkiga,  49  ; 21. 

'^Nannar-a-rd-mu-un-gi-en  (seal  seems  to  omit  -en  \ Xamiar 
made  the  way  steady) 

s.  of  Ninni-mansi,  b.  of  Enlil-lu-shag , Ur-Duazagga 
and  Ur-DUN.PAea,  26,  II  : 20  | III  : 4,  11,  27. 
Seal. 

‘^Nannar-ibila-ma-an-s'i  (Nannar  has  gi'ven  me  an  heir) 
nu-esh,  43  : 26. 

'^Na)inar-»ia-a7i-si 

*1.  s.  of  Belu77i,  6 : 22. 

2.  s.  of  Di7igir-77)an^i,  30  : 6. 

3.  f.  of  Shu77iu  777-Ubshi,  49  : 7,  S. 

4.  shufi/g,  44  : 22. 


‘ MAR-TU,  perhaps  mai'-uru,  although  the  form  of  TU  does  not  seem  to  allow  a reading  «ri/;  but  cf.  a-7ita-ru 
77Hi7'-uru  {v-ma/'-uru,  a-i/ia.-uru)  = abubu,  kur-z/tar-TU  = A//m7TU. 

^ Cf.  Gir7vi-7iishag. 

® To  the  ending  u///  compare  Zaziqu/zi-Waz-ad-Si/z.  (a  lord  is  d'arad-Si/i'-),  P.  N. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


135 


‘^Xa  n na  r-m  e-D  U 

*s.  of  Pahahum,  5 : 21. 

‘^Xannar-lit-ti 

1.  f.  of  Sin-ahushu,  42  : 2. 

*2.  f.  of , 4 : 29. 

‘^Xannar-sha(g)-Id-su  (Xannar  is  merciful) 

50  : 13. 

‘^Xaniiar-tum 

1.  f.  of  Ibi-Enlil  lu-SFIIM  + GAR  ’^Enlilla,  49  ; 45. 
**2.  s.  of  Lu-XinIB,  8 : 24. 

3.  f.  of  Xidin-Ishtar,  28  : 30. 

4.  f.  of  XinlB-mushalUni,  49  : 9. 

5.  nu-ish,  42  : 10. 

6.  b.  (?)  of  Ahushumi  and  D mg  i r-m  ansi. 

^Xaniiar-zi 

nu-esh,  s.  of  Abba,  10  : 37. 

'^Xannar-zi-mu 

1.  f.  of  11  : 26. 

**2.  f.  of  Ibi-Enlil  and  Amertum,  h.  of  Dushubtwn, 
8 : 15,  21. 

3.  f.  of  Idiniatum,  11  : 24. 

4.  f.  of  Sin-idinruim,  10  : 39. 

Xa-ra-am-'^Sin,  -Sin  ( = *) 

1.  f.  of  Aitd,  40  : 19;  perhaps  also  47  : 15. 

2.  f.  of  Beltani,  *13  : 4. 

3.  f.  of  Damiq-ilishu,  22  : 5. 

4.  Xa-ra-arii-\  ],  f.  of  EnVd-nadn,  22  : 11,  L.E. 
t Xa-ra-am-him 

1.  m.  of  Aligir-Enlil,  gm.  of  Narubtum,  23  : 19. 

2.  d.  of  Shmtum,  w.  of  AwUia,  by  adoption  m.  of 

Ibi-Enlil,  Ilushu-ihnishu  and  lli-abi,  57  : 2,  5,  13, 

15,  18,  21,  2.5,  30. 

\ Xa-ru-xdj-turn,  Xa-ru-bi{?  or  ub) -turn  ( = *) 

1.  d.  of  Migir-Enlil,  gd.  of  Nuramtam,  23  : 8,  20. 

2.  SAL  + ISHIB<^Nin-IB,  31  : 16. 

3.  w.  of  Damiq-ilishu,  11  ; .5,  13,  19,  *S. 

4.  w.  of  Mannummeshdisur,  m.  of  Idin-Ishtar,  64  : 9, 

16. 

'^X  e-unu-gal-xrw-an-s'i 

bur-gul,  3 : 26  1 26,  IV  ; 24. 

Xi-din^Ishtar 

s.  of  Nannartum,  28  : 30. 

X Di(Enu-v\m\ 

dub-sar,  16  : 15. 

X l-idr-nu-sha 

s.  of  Azag-Ningal,  b.  of  Ibgatum,  26,  IV  : 21. 
Xi-rni-ia 

a.  of  Aliishagish,  12  : 29. 


<^Nin-IB-a-bi 

1.  3.  of  Lugatum  and  Alanutum,  b.  of  N ini B-garnil , 

12  : 10,  13,  20,  S. 

2.  iikush,  14  : 31. 

‘^Nin-IB-ga-mil 

1.  s.  of  Lugatum  and  Manutum,  b.  of  NinIB-abi, 

12  ; 10,  14,  21,  S. 

2.  s.  of  Sin-bel-ili,  12  : 28. 

**3.  s.  of  Silli-Ishtar,  8 ; 24. 

4.  s.  of  Tab-balatu  and  Beilin,  1).  of  the  adopted 

IJabil-ahi,  57  : 5,  10. 

5.  s.  of  Ur-Duazngga,  30  : II. 

6.  f.  of  Abil-ili.stiu,  22  ; S. 

7.  f.  of  Bnbbar-andul , 68  : 6. 

8.  dub-sar,  37  : 21. 

9.  25  : 12. 

'^Nin-IB-e-m  u-ga-a-a 

s.  of  Ea-idinnam , b.  of  Lugal-hegal,  38  : 5,  8,  S. 
t ’^Xin-IB-ln-rna-zi 
slave,  26,  II  ; 14. 

’^X  i n-IB-mu-a  n-s'i 

1.  s.  of  Damiq-ilishu,  16  : 3. 

2.  f.  of  Ama-sukkal,  f. -in-law  of  Enlil-idzu,  47  : 5. 

3.  f.  of  NinIB-ra’im-sirim,  40  : 28  | 52  : 25  | 64  : 3, 

11  1 67  : 9 I 68  : 10. 

4.  P.l-e,  24  : .34. 

5.  h.  of  Ummi-wnqnrnt,  63  : 4 and  probabl}^  63  : 10. 
^Nin-IB-me-DU 

1.  f.  of  Ellitum,  49  : 22. 

2.  f.  of  Shunnim-libshi  nu-esh,  50  : 15. 
’^Nin-IB-mu-ba-D-it 

1.  s.  of  AwUia,  1).  of  MnnnummeshuUsur  and  Idin- 

Ishtar,  64  : 7,  15. 

2.  s.  of  Dumqi-Ishlar,  40  : 19. 

'^Nin-I  B-m  u-shn-l  i in 

1.  nu-esh,  s.  of  Xannartum,  48  ; 9,  14,  36,  38,  40. 

2.  f.  of  Nu-Enlil,  68  : 22. 

3.  f.  of  Xusku-nishu,  41  ; 3,  6,  7. 

4.  gala-mah,  26,  IV  : IS  | 42  : 15. 

5.  lu-SIIIAI  + GAR  <^En-lil-ld 

6.  shutug  '^Xin-lil-ld,  10  : 41. 

^ Ni  n-I  B-mu-ush-ta-al 

1.  s.  of  Imgurrum,  68  case  : 22. 

2.  s.  of  Mannatum,  52  : 21  j 53  : 32  | 54  : 32. 

3.  s.  of  Ubarrum,  34  ; IS. 

^Nm-IB-nir-gal 

s.  of  Lugal-azida,  b.  of  Rim-Ishtar,  12  : 6,  8,  10. 
’^Nin-IB-ni-shu 

f.  of  Idatum,  68  : 7. 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


‘^Nin-I  B-qar-ra-ad 

1.  7IIU,  10  : 2G. 

2.  r.  of  Mannunmieshulisur,  14  : 24  (probably  identi- 

cal with  the  preceding). 

'^Nin-IB-ru-lii-im-si-ri-im,  -si-ri,  -zi-ri-im  ( = *),  -ra-i-im- 
zi-ri-itn  ( = **)^ 

1.  s.  of  Nin-I B-7nansi,  **4U  : 28  | 52  ; 25  | G4  : 2,  10  | 

GG  : 8 1 GS  : 9. 

2.  *G0  ; 4 1 61  : G (prol)ably  identical  with  the  pre- 

ceding). 

10  : 25. 

'^Nin-lB-[ ] 

f.  of  Ili-ippalza,  31  : 20. 

^Ninni-ma-an-si 

1.  s.  of  llushu-ibiiishu,  67  ; 20. 

2.  f.  of  E nlil-luslmg , Nannar-ara-miingen,  Ur-Du- 

azagga  and  Ur-DUN.FAea,  20,  IV  : 13. 

3.  dub-sar,  396  : 23. 
t Ni-sld-ni-shu 

1.  SAL  + ISHIB  '^NinlB,  d.  of  Abiliatuni,  31  : 18. 

2.  SAL  + ISHIB  'hMinlB,  d.  of  Nur-kabla,  31  : 4, 

6,  12. 

Nu-iir-^A-ba 

dub-sar,  12  : 35. 

Nu-7'u-tiim 

1.  f.  of  Sin-eribaui,  5 : 27. 

2.  sJLutug'-^Nin-lil-ld,  42  : IS. 

N[ii-u]r-i-di,  Nu-ri-di  ( = *) 

f.  of  Skutiuma-ilu,  16  : 13  j *25  : 35. 

Nu-iir-'^Kab-ta 

1.  f.  of  Nisli-inishu,  31  : 5 (S),  probal:)ly  identical 

with  Nii-ilr-^Kab-ta  dub-sar,  31  : 22. 

2.  f.  of  Sm-ikisham,  45  : 20. 

3.  17  : 4. 

Nu-ur-'^Nin-shah 

1.  ukush,  58  : 22. 

2.  f.  of  Ibi-NinlB  (or  Ninshah),  15  : G. 

N u-ur-^  Shamash 

1.  s.  of  Namrum-ili,  62  : 22. 

2.  bur-gul,  28  ; 35. 

Nu-ruui-U-si 

s.  of  Warazunu,  b.  of  Sin-ishiiieani,  Kumbulum  and 
Kiru-gamil,  14  : 29. 

'^Nusku-  ni-shu 

1.  s.  of  Adda-dugga,  28  ; 31  | 40  ; 25. 


2.  s.  of  NinI B-musIudlirn,  43  : .3,  G,  7. 

3.  25  : 13. 

^Nusku-tum 

s.  of  Damquni,  49  : 48. 

Va-ka-ltu-um 

*f.  of  Nannar-meDU,  5 : 21. 

Qdt-'^En-lil  and  all  names  beginning  with  SHU  (possible 
reading  qat-)  see  under  Gimil-. 

Iti-ba-tum 
25  : 5. 

Ri-im-Ishtar 

1.  s.  of  Lugal-azida,  b.  of  NinlB-nirgal,  44  : 12,  S. 

2.  s.  of  Enlil-mudammiq  and  [ ],  47  : 16  | 58  : 

18. 

3.  19  : 9. 

Ri-ish-E-a 

f.  of  AK-ilum,  67  : 21. 
t Ru-ha-tum 

*w.  of  Qupatum,  m.  of  Awlrtum,  4 : 3. 

^^i^a-dara-nun-[ J-si 

slave,  50  : 3. 

Sag-nin-bi-zu 

s.  of  Ili-awili,  49  : 11,  20,  39. 

Sa-al-lu-u 
43  : 5. 

{‘^)Sa-am-sH-i-lu-nn  (with  determinative  for  gods,  31  : 24  1 
32  : 33)  king,  in  tlie  dates  of  12-52,  54-5S,  GO. 
‘^Sin-a-bu-shu 

s.  of  Nannar-luti,  42  ; 1,  8,  11. 
’^Sin-a-Jia-ani-i-din-nam  (Sin  lias  given  me  a brother) 
s.  of  Sin-magir,  62  ; 21. 

’^Sin-a-hu-um,  Sin-  ( = *) 

1.  s.  of  Imgurruni,  h.  of  Sin-cribain,  *48  : 38. 

2.  s.  of  Mar-irsitini,  64  : 23. 

Sin-be-el-L-li 

f.  of  NinlB-gamil,  12  : 28. 

Sin-e-ri-ba-am,  Sin(  = "^ye-ri-ba  ( = **) 

1.  s.  of  Eiilil-nishu,  12  : 5. 

2.  s.  of  Inigurrum,  b.  of  Sin-ahum,  *48  : 39. 

3.  s.  of  Nabi-Enlil,  24  : 33. 

*4.  s.  of  Nuralum,  5 : 27. 

5.  f.  of  Ea-niiibaUit,  51  : 24  | **52  : 34  | **53  ; 35. 

6.  f.  of  Idin-Enlil  nu-esh.  10  : 40  | 39  : 20  | 49  : 43. 


‘ Notice  the  use  of  the  i to  denote  the  hiatus  before  a syllable  beginning  vith  i. 


FROM  iHF  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


137 


7.  f.  of  Kiibutum  lu-SHIM  + GAR  ‘^En-lU-ld,  52  : 
16  , 53  : 2S  I 54  : 2S. 

**S.  dtib-sar,  S : 33. 

9.  lul-gal,  44  : 24  (omits  -ba-). 

10.  nu-esh,  43  : 27  ! 44  ; 19. 

‘^Sin-eri-fih 

1.  s.  of  Aftd,  10  : 45. 

2.  s.  of  Hnpntiim.  10  : 42. 

’^Sin-ha-zi-ir 

dim,  6S  ; 5. 

^ Sin-i-din-m-am 

1.  s.  of  Xannar-zimu,  10  : 39. 

2.  f.  of  Enlil-hixhag  nu-ish,  39  : 5. 

3.  f.  of  lUma,  49  : 40. 

4.  f.  of  SiUi-Shamash,  62  : IS. 

5.  nu-esh,  26,  III  : 2. 

6.  IS  : 16. 

'^Sin-i-ki-sha-am 

s.  of  Xiir-Kabfa,  4.5  : 19. 

^Sin-im-gur-ra-an-ni,  ^Shi-im-giir-an-ni  (=  *),  Sin-  (=  **) 

1.  s.  of  .46am,  52  : IS  1 **53  : 33  | .54  : 33. 

2.  lit-SHlM  + GAR,  s.  of  Ln-Enlilla.  **4S  : 37. 

3.  dnb-sar,  11  : 2S  | *42  : 19. 

Sin-hhmenni 

1.  s.  of  Ea-n/jsir,  66  : 17. 

2.  s.  of  Enlil-?nanxi,  b.  of  Ina-Ekur-rabi,  u.  of  Igi- 

xhag,  43  : 17. 

3.  s.  of  iVarnzunu,  b.  of  Kinnbulum , Xunan-lisi  and 

Kiru-gnmil,  14  : 2,  S,  11  (omits  a),  16. 
^Sin-i-iu-rn-fun 

s.  of  Dingir-xukknl,  b.  of  Adda-dugga,  59  : 3,  5. 
‘^Sin-U-di-ish 

1.  s.  of  Azng-X inlB,  12  : 7. 

*2.  s.  of  Imgua,  9 : 16. 

*3.  .s.  of  I{niin)-Xannnr  and  Shalurtum , 5 : 1,  S,  15. 

4.  f.  of  Ihi-Enlil,  .32  : 26  ' .33  : 17  ! .34  : 17. 

5.  f.  of  Ibku-irsitim,  15  : 4. 

0.  f.  of  Marut-Ishlar,  57  : 42. 

^Sin-li-ra-am 

f.  of  Ibi-Xinxhah,  48  : 34. 

Sin-rna-gir 

1.  s.  of  Arnd-Xannnr,  64  : 22. 

2.  f.  of  Ibi-Enlil,  2S  : 33. 

.3.  f.  of  Ihkushn,  .35  : 17. 

4.  f.  of  Idin-Ixhtar,  .32  : 28. 

5.  f.  of  Sin-nhnm-idinnam,  62  : 21. 

6.  ['^Sin-ma-g]ir  xhutug  '^Xi[n-Ul-ld],  47  : 11. 

7.  18  : .3,  4. 

18 


'^S  i n-na-ap-she-ra-a  rn 

s.  of  Erishsumatum,  62  : 13. 

'^Sin-na-turn 

f.  of  Xaramtum,  48  : 2. 

^Sin-ni-ia 

*f.  of  Shat-Ixhtar,  6 : 26. 

'^Sin-pi-la-ah 
61  : 4,  5. 

'^Sin-pi- (see  '^Sitt-ira-dn) 

‘^Sin-ri-mc[-ni] 

r.  of  [ ],  47  : IS. 

‘^Sin-xui?)-kar{7yri 

25  : 11. 

‘^Sin-sha-m  u-uh 

s.  of  Enki-n-nirgal,  b.  of  Ihgutam,  2.3  : .30  [ 62  : 17. 
‘^Sin-u'ci-du  ‘! {-pi-dim  ?,  -;n--/a[6]?) 

*f.  of  Lu-ShumeDU,  5 : 24. 

] 

s.  of  Shunuim-lihshi,  26,  14'  : 26. 

Su-hii-nn-lum 

SAL-ISHIB  '^Xin-IB,  d.  of  Xninrnm-shardr,  45  : 6. 
Si-D-Ixhtar 

**1.  f.  of  XinlB-gamil,  S : 29. 

2.  f.  of  Silli-Xinl B,  12  : (i. 

Si-rX^X  in-IB 

1.  s.  of  E-Infi,  12  : 4. 

2.  s.  of  Silli-Ixhinr,  12  : 6. 

3.  f.  of  Enlil-mcdik,  40  : 2.3. 

*4.  duh-xar,  7 : 26. 

Si-D-'lShnmaxh 

1.  s.  of  Sin-idinnam , 62  : IS. 

2.  f.  of  Ellumuxlin  ami  Ili-idinnam , 36  : 7,  S,  9,  21. 

3.  18  : 6. 

Sha-E-rnah 

f.  of  Libit-Ixhtnr,  37  : 20. 

Sha-gi-in 

f.  of  Ili-turnm.  12  : 31 . 
t Sha-lu-ur-tum 

*\v.  of  l{nim)-Xannar,  m.  of  Sin-lidixh,  5 : 2;  w.  of 
I(nim)-Xann(ir,  m.  (l)y  ado]4ioii')  of  Airirtum. 
4 : 4,  9,  14,  17,  21,  S. 

Shu-lu-ru-um 

*s.  of  Warnd-Ea,  5 : 26. 

^Shamash-a-bi 

f.  of  [ ytiiin,  15  : 13. 

'^Sharnash  ^En-Ul  (?) 

f.  of  Lu-Eshin»eDU,  37  : S. 

‘^Shamash-er-ba-nm 

uku-us)i,  s.  of  B(d>I)ar-galzii , 49  : 17. 


138 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


’^Shamash-ma-y  ir 

s,  of  Babhar-galzu,  26,  U'  : 22. 

Shar-shar-'^Ishhm' 
hur-giit,  1 1 : 27. 

f.  of  Ibku-Ea,  68  : 20. 
t Sha-at-1  fihtar 

*tl.  of  Sinnid,  6 : 26. 
t Sha  -a  t-^S hnmn  nh 

w.  of  Ili-eribnm,  46  : 4,  S. 

She-rum-i~U 

1.  f.  of  lU-ippnham , 62  ; 24. 

2.  IS  ; 21. 

Shesh-kal-ki 

*f.  of , 4 : 31. 

Shcsh-ki 

lul-la,'  s.  of  Adda-(hiyy<i , h.  of  I{nim)-Nannar,  42  : 25. 
SflESH-SIIESH 

*f.  of  Aha-Eidil-dim,  5 : 23. 

Shit-ma-a-hu-um 

f.  of  Nnrdblnin,  31  : 17. 

Shu-fnri-ihim 

f.  of  Libit-Ishtar,  40  : 9. 

ShH-mu-v>n-li-il)-shi,  -lib-Khi  ( = *),  Shu-mu-lib-shi  ( = **) 
**1.  s.  of  Halm,  S : 31. 

2.  s.  of  Nnnnar-manfti,  49  : 7,  30,  35,  36,  40. 

3.  nii-esh,  s.  of  N ini li-meDU , 50  : 14. 

4.  s.  of  Vr-Duazayya,  37  : 2,  6,  14. 

5.  f.  of  .S'0i-[ ],  *26,  I\^  : 26. 

6.  h'l-SHIM  + GAR  ('Gf /(-///), 44  : 23  | 47  : 13  j **5S  : 16. 

7 , 50  : 12. 

Shu-mi-niii-ilinn 

s.  of  Nin-Adi,  16  : 13  | 24  : 35. 

'l'a-ki(in 

**r.  of  ]Viir/id-Ixhlnr,  S : 22. 

Tn-ri-hu-ton 

1.  s.  of  A-l}i-ia-luni , 32  : 27. 

2.  s.  of  E-hi-ti  12  : 25. 

3.  f.  of  Abil-Martii , 48  : 36. 

4.  f.  of  Ibkii-Islif(ir,  12  : 26. 

5.  f.  of  Liitth/aninr,  52  : 23  | 67  : 18. 

6.  slave,  23  : 17. 

7.  tnn,  62  : 25. 


8.  PA-e(7)-gi-a,  16  : 16  i 24  : 32  j 30  : 2. 

9.  shutug  30  ; 3. 

Ta-ab-ba-la-du,  Tab-  ( = *) 

1.  .s.  of  Etel-hi-Shamaxh.  57  : 1,  12,  18. 

2.  f.  of  Kishti-XinI B.  *65  : 4. 

T( b-wa-.sh  a-ah-sh  u 

iikush  Ingal,  23  : 32. 

V-ba-a-a'‘^ 

f.  of  Mannia,  12  : 32. 

U-ha-a-a-tum- 

s.  of  Dnqqum,  23  : 27. 

U-har-ru-uni,  ii-bar-rum  ( = *) 

1.  f.  of  XinIB-mushtnl,  34  : 19. 

2.  ukufth,  *30  : 12. 

U -bar-'^Shamai^h 

IS  ; 19. 

Ud-ul-lu,  ud-ul-lu-n' ( = *) 

f.  of  Iballid,  *52  : 19  ! 53  : 30  | 54  : 30. 

U-du-du 

shafug  '^Nin-lil-Id,  f.  of  Ishkiu’-RUSHra  and  Ihgatum, 
1).  of  Ishkur-rahi,  u.  of  Mar-irsithn  and  Mtdinn- 
Uum,  10  : 8,  30  | 14  : 27,  L.E.  ' 30  : 17. 
t Um-nn-u'a-qnr-nt 

\v.  of  Xi}iIB-mnnm,  63  : 3. 

U-fi-na-wi-ir  (he  went  forth  sliining-'*) 

17  : 9. 

Ur-<^Bn-u 

f.  of  Au'ilia  bur-gul,  10  : 4S. 

Vr-Dd-azag-gn 

1.  s.  of  Xinni-manxi,  h.  of  Enhl-lnxhag.  Xnnnnr- 

nra-nnmgen  and  Ur-Dl'X.PAen , 26.  Ill  : 17, 
25,  30,  35  I IV  : 6,  S. 

2.  f.  of  Daniiq-ilislin , 11  : 30. 

*3.  f.  of  Enlil-mansi,  6 : 9. 

4.  f.  of  X^inlB-gamil,  30  : 11. 

5.  f.  of  Shinmim-Iib.Ati,  37  : 2,  7. 

6.  h.  of  Ali-H'oqriim . 5 : 9. 

7.  27  : 10. 

Ur-'^DUX-PA-i-n 

s.  of  Xinni-manai,  I).  of  Enlil-liishag,  Xannnr-mungen 
and  I'r-Diinzngga,  26.  Ill  : 18  15'  : 12,  S. 


‘ If  read  eorreetly,  this  would  prove  the  value  ltd  for  LUL  = zaininern. 

- Vbariaitnm)  with  Versrhleifiing  of  the  r Pba'’a(luni)]  of.  l~-bnr-(ri-)ia',  U-ba-ia-lam,  P.  A. 
^ I.r.,  as  new  moon;  ef.  nanira-fil. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


139 


(*jf.  of  Ahiishutiu,  7 : 6,  S.  I 4 : 22;  f.  of  Ziatum,  15  ; 
5;  f.  of  Ziatum  and  Xabi-Shumash,  7 ; 9. 
Ur-^^Gii-ld 

f.  of  Damkum,  62  : 15,  30. 

Ur-Kiiigal,  Ur-kingal-a  ( = *),  Ur-kingdl-a  ( = **)* 

1.  f.  of  Abil-ilishu,  **49  : 4. 

(*)2.  dub-sar,  **6  : 25  j 23  : 33  (the  same  person?). 

3.  *50  : 6. 

Cr-^  Kd-su-ga 

nu-csh,  s.  of  Idin-Enlil,  49  : 44. 

Ur-'^Xa-n  u-um 

f.  of  Urra-mudi,  13  ; S. 

Ur-'^Pa-BlL-sag-gd- 

adopted  s.  of  Xannutum  (or  Migir-Eitlil'!),  23  : 21. 
Ur-ra-ba-ni 

bur-gul,  57  : 27. 

Ur-raA-din-?ia?n 

uku-u^h  lugal,  62  : 16. 

‘^Ur-ra-mu-di 

s.  of  Ur-Xanum,  13  : S. 

Ur-'^Sa-dara-nu72[  ] 

s.  of  Ilu[ni],  59  : 17. 

U t-ta-gdl-lu-he-ti 

dub-sar,  13  ; 14  I 26,  IV  ; 2.5  | 49  : .50. 

U t-ta-gdl-lu-ma-an-si 
55  : 9. 

U t-ta-gal-lu-me-D  U 

f.  of  Ilushu-bani  uu-esh,  39  : 4. 

'Warad-Ea 

*f.  of  Shalurum,  5 : 26. 

IT  arad-IslUar 

**s.  of  Takurn,  8 : 22. 

II.  Names  of  Persons  from 

A.-bi-e-shu-u’ 

king,  in  the  dates  of  91-97;  91  : 8,  18. 

A-bil-i-U-shu 
75  : 3. 

A-bil-^Slin 

king,  72  ; S. 

A-bi-lu-da-ri 

lu- , s.  of  Ilushu-abushu,  126  : 4. 

' Written  gdlCBr.  Q()\)-ukkin. 

2 Cf.  '^Pa-BIL(  = NE)-sag,  22  ; S.,  and  Br.  12747; 
gish-BIL{XE)-sag,  ibid.,  26,  Xl\  : 20  in  Lagash. 


Warad-^Sin 

1.  s.  of  Atd,  32  : 29. 

2.  f.  of  Awilia,  57  : 1. 

3.  f.  of  Beltani,  31  : 7. 

4.  f.  of  Ibgatu/n,  13  : 12. 

*5.  iiu-gish-sar,  8 : 34. 

lVa-?ri-zu-nu,  Wa-ra-az-zu-tui  ( = *) 

nagar,  f.  of  Siti-ishmeani  nagar,  Kwinbulum,  Xurum- 
lisi  and  Kiru-gamil,  10  : 27  | *14  : 3 ] 14  : 28. 

[ 1 "a-ta  r-'^Sha  m ash 

s.  of  Etilil-Ui-li,  57  : 26. 

f.  of  Arad-Imin-bi,  65  ; 10. 

Zi-ia-tuui 

(*)1.  s.  of  Ur-Enniigi,  15  : 5;  s.  of  Ur-Ennugi,  b.  of 
Nabi-Shamash  and  AJmshuna,  7:8. 

2.  f.  of  Enlil-malik  65  ; 7. 

*3.  f.  of  Enlll-nishu  and  Betatum,  6 : 5,  7,  S. 

*4.  f.  of , 4 : 30. 

[ ]-a-a-ni(?) 

s.  of , 1 : 13. 

[ . .yhi,  1 : 10. 

[ ]->m-shi 

s.  of , 1 : 12. 

.]-turn 

s.  of  Shamash-abi,  6 : 13. 

] 

f.  of  Datna-shetni,  5 : 22. 

[ ].  . . .-tii-uin 

f.  of , 4 : 32. 

?-ga-nu-u[m7] 

f.  of  Hupatiiiii,  4 : S. 

^-‘1-erish  {uru) 

dumu-mesh  — , 43  : 11. 

THE  Texts  of  the  Appendix. 

A-bi-l ] 

pn-te-si  [ ],  130  : 22. 

A-bu-iva.-qar 
135  : 7. 

A-di-an-ni-a 

f.  of  Sin-rabi,  74  : 16. 

A -ha-am-nir-shi 
80  : 1.5. 


'^Pa-gish-BIL-sag,  Rsn.,  Tel.,  125,  I : 15.  A temple  of  Pa- 


uo 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


] 

r.  of  Macl-iiiitit-Ni)iiii('?),  77  : 11,  S. 

A-hi-id 

s.  f)f  Taldhinn,  7i)  : 2',). 

A-hi-lu-in\_ii-ur^ 

f.  of altu-fiaC-)  Sipimr^''' , 131  : 5. 

A-hu-um-ki-nu-um 

s.  of  Sin-riineni,  72  : 16,  S. 

A-lin-Jun-wa-qar 

f.  of  Warad-Ishtar,  8S  : 5. 

A-hu-shi~na 

s.  of  IblqShamash,  88  : 8. 

Am-mi-di-ta-na 

king,  in  the  dates  of  98;  11KU116. 

Aiu-ini-za-du-ga 

king,  in  the  dates  of  117-130. 

A-nu-tuni 

f.  of  Etiruiii,  138  : 5. 

AX-[ ]-ki-e-el[  ] 

pa-te-si  Ki-e-el^^^,  130  : 13. 

Ar-di-ia 

s.  of  Bulu , 116  ; 6. 

A-wi-H-ia 
77  : 15. 

A-wi-il-'^Sin 

1.  s.  of  Ilushu-ibnishu,  91  : 4. 

2.  murat  — , 130  : 1. 

A - w iiKtsk 

s.  of  Siii-iiiiqiinninl,  h.  of  Itih.knr-tiluirruin  and  Ilushii- 
ibiii.skii,  109  ; 6,  13. 

I io  bbn  r-luqa  I -<i  n-k  i-(  i 
131  : 4. 

Btdibitr-zi-mu 

s.  of  Sin-idinn(H)/ , 83  : 6,  7. 

BA  -.Aia-^Sak-kud 

f.  of  Bin-hildh,  70  : S. 

Ba-cd-ga-iiii 

pd-te-si  [ ],  130  : 18. 

Be-ld-iiii-uiii 

s.  of  Sin-itia  ...  , 8.')  : 27. 
t Be-U-su-nu 

d.  of  Ziafiiid.,  75  : 5. 


Be-el-ahu-nu 

15:11. 

] 

f.  of  Warad-[ ],  120  : 8. 

Bu-lu{7)- 

f.  of  Ardia,  16  : 6. 

'^Ba-ni-ni-iq-bi 

f.  of  Iluni  78  : 2. 

lyam-ki-'t-li-shu 

(king),  114,  115  : 16  | 116  : 17;  Vol.  VI,  Part  1,86  : 18. 

'^En-liBiz-zu 

pa-te-si  SI 130  : 12. 

E-te-bu-und 

s.  of  Ibalum,  81  : 11. 

E-fil-bt-^Sin 

s.  of  Sin-in[a ],  115  : 4,  L.  E. 

t E-U-ir-tum 

13S  : 6. 

E-ti-rum 

1.  s.  of  Anatunij  138  : 5. 

2.  marat  — ■ , 13S  : 3. 

E-x^-an-na-ma-an-si 

72a  : 17;  615;  c. 

Giwdfor  Qdl)-'^NnA[ ] {Gimil  -an~nu-um'^) 

pa-te-si  Kd-ijal-la^^  130  : 14. 

H a-ub-bu-[t  uni  ?]^ 

85  : 3. 

JJn-ia-ani-di-du-uni  (70  : 30,  -ki-dii-um) 
s.  of  (omitted),  70  : 30,  case,  Lo.  E. 

IJu-am-mu-ra-hi 

king,  70  : 24  and  in  the  ilate  of  71. 

11  u-za-nii 

138  : IS. 

l-bn-{zu?)-ni  {li'?)-ini  (gen.  of  Ibanum) 
f.  of  Etcbiun,  81  : 12. 

Ib-ija-tuni 

1.  f.  of  Ribatum,  73  : 3;  ^’ol.  \T.  Part  1.  30  : 2,  4 and 

often. 

2.  66  : 2. 


' To  the  ]’erschteifunq  of  I compare  Eteln-Sin,  ji.  00. 

72r  shows  BAD,  hnt  72d  : 17,  case,  and  72b  : 15  sliow  more  correct  form.s,  the  latter  ami  72  ca.se  .1.8//  — in- 
x’crtcd  ASH,  flic  former  .1,8//  in\erted  and  inclined  ASH.  It  is  one  of  the  signs  that  ha\e  been  confounded  into 
the  one  sign  BAD.  I)ut  it  can  neither  l)e  identified  with  R.E.C.  11  nor  278.  For  cf.  pcriiaps  Br.  1544  = 

nidlikn,  l)ut  more  likely  E-x-nn-na  is  “the  house  of  the  . ...  of  heaven.” 

^ t.'f.  JJa-ap-pa-tum,  P.  N. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


141 


dub-sar.  131  : 6;  Vol.  \T,  Part  1,  110  : 7 | 112  : 5,  15  | 

115  : 4 I ns  : 3,  6;  Berl.  1176  : 4 ( = K.  B.,  VI, 

p.  n). 

I (^'!)-bi-ma-ma 

pa-te-si  Ar-da-ma'^',  130  ; 16. 

I-bi-'^Xa-[bi-um] 
dub-sar,  135  : S. 
l-bi-^Xin-BURC?y 
72n  : 4 519. 

I-bi-^^  X in-na  //i-  ? 

7S  : 12. 

I -bl-'^X  in-shah 
SS  : 9. 

IbiqXl  n-nii-ni-tum 

1.  s.  of  [/5-4-u]-.s/kj,  85  : 20. 

2.  s.  of  Iluma-ilum,  74  : 14. 

Ibiq-'^Ishkur 

f.  of  Mar-Shamash,  SS  ; 10. 

Ibiq-Ishtar 

s.  of  Mar-irsitim,  So  : 24. 

Ibiq-'^Mar-iu 

maral  — , 138  ; 7. 

I-b  i-  iq-'^Sha  mash 

f.  of  Ahushina,  SS  : 8. 

l-bi-iq-\ ] 

dub-sar,  warad X a^-bi-um],  135  : S. 

[Ih-ku-]s}M 

f.  of  Ibiq-Annanitum,  S5  : 20. 

Ib-ni-E-a 
77  : 16. 

Ih-ni-'^Marduk 

s.  of  Sin-bel-ili,  80  : 5. 

Ib- ni  -'^Sha  mash 

1.  f.  of  Kubburum,  4 : 6. 

2.  f.  of  Samu,  73  : 17. 

I-dinA^E-a 

daianu,  s.  of  Ibni-Shamash,  h.  of  Taribusha,  115  : 3 | 

116  : 3 ! 119  : 3 1 120  : 5,  7 | 124  : 3,  4 | 126  : 3; 
Vol.  VI,  Part  1,  94  : 5,  6 | 95  : 4,  6. 

I-diu-ilum 

f.  of  Ki-i-ha-hil,  85  : 28. 


I -dish um  (abbreviated)^ 

f.  of  Sin-ludlul,  70  ease;  (25). 

}-li-ba-ash-ti 

s.  of  Xakimuin,  81  : 9. 
l-li-iim-[ma]-ti 

slave  of  Shamash-ntuballit,  80  : 1. 
t Ilu-bi-sha 

d.  of  [ ],  83  : 18. 

Ilu-da-mi-iq 

f.  of  llushu-ibnishu,  110,  3,  5. 
llu-ma-ilum 

f.  of  Ibiq-Annunitum,  74  : 14. 

I-luiD-ni 

s.  of  Bunini-iqbi,  78  : 1. 

Ilu-ra-b[i] 

f.  of  Marduk-nasir,  85  : 26. 
t 1 1 u-sha-ke-gal 

12)  : 10. 

Ilusliu-a-bu-shu 

f.  of  Abi-ludari,  126  ; 5. 

I lu-shii-ba-ni 

1.  s.  of  Ibi-NinBUR,  72  : 3. 

2.  72  : 19. 

Ilushu-ib-ni 

136  : L.  E. 

I I u-sh  u-ib-nish  u 

1.  s.  of  Ilu-damiq,  110  ; 3,  5. 

2.  s.  of  Sin-imguranni,  1^.  of  Ishkursharrum  and 

Awil-Shamash,  123  : 4. 

3.  PA-PA,  123  : 9,  12. 

4.  f.  of  Awil-Sin,  91  : 4. 

5.  13S  ; 16. 

Im-gur-^Sin 

1.  78  : 11. 

2.  80  : 16. 

1 1 n-7ia-ba-tum 

70  : 4. 

I sh  k ur-  i-di  n-  na  m 

s.of[ ],  83  : 17. 

'^Ishkur-ni-shii 

s.  of  AI inam-e push-ilum , 66  : 11,  case. 


' Cf.  Xu-vr-^Xin-BURC!),  II,  28  : 24. 

^ It  seems  that  BIG  was  always  read  ibik,  and  il>ku  only  when  followed  lyv  kir,  ef.  Ibku(-ku)-Sin,  s.  of  Lugal- 
‘^Babbar,  B.  E.,  Series  ^T,  1,  .58  : 23,  and  Ih-kii-'^Sin,  s.  of  Lugal-'^ Babhar,  ibid.,  (iO  : 2;  Ibiq-Ishtar,  s.  of  Kii-ta-tum , 
.M . 30  : 29,  aiifl  I-hi-iq-lshtar  inur  Kn-la-luin , ease. 

^ Instead  of  I-dishutn  tlie  taldet  gives  tlie  name  Slniiii-nia-^Shamash.  E\  iden11y  both  names  are  abbre^■iations 
of  Idi-shununa-Shamash  ....  “I  know  when  Shamash ” 


142 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINEiSS  DOCUMENTS 


1 shkur-shar-  rum 

1.  s.  of  Sin-im/jurunui,  b.  of  lluskii-ibiusliu  and 

Awil-jShanuish,  123  : 6,  11,  14. 

2.  pa-te-si  [ 130  : 19. 

3.  83  : 21. 

Ish-me-'Hshkur 

77  : 17. 

/- -hShcnimsk 

f.  of  tiin-idinnam  74  : 15. 

t K.al-i-mi.-zu  (he  liokls(?)  her  rigid  hand) 

SAL  + ISIIIB  '^Shainash,  d.  of  Sin-ru’im-Urum, 
si.  of  Shama.sh-cribam,  Shurrum-lslikur  and 
Shamash-idinnam,  70  : 10,  14. 
t Ki-ish-tiim 

qndishtum,  d.  of  Rish-Shamafih,  85  ; 17. 

Ku-ub-hu-rum 

s.  of  Ibni-Shdiuaah  124  : 6. 

Iju(jal-[gir{‘!)]-ni-mu-un-(jin  (he  steadied  tlie  way  of  the 
king)' 

king  of  UD-[ f\  130  ; 2. 

Lu-^Ishkur-ra 
127  : 4. 

I>I«-6it(?)-5M(?) 

f.  of  Shamash-baiii,  89  ; 7. 

Ma-ad-gi-mil-he-cl-ti  (many  is  the  benefaction  of  niy 
mistress) 

81  : 1. 

Mu-ad-y  N iniii 

s.  of  Alinm- ; warad N e-ima[-ya[],  77  : 11,  S. 

Ma-ni-um 

f.  of  Taribatum,  123  : 8. 

t Ma-an-na-lum  (on  unpublished  texts  also  Ma-iiu-tum) 
(SAL  + ISHiB  ‘^Shamash,  d.  of  lusi-ilu),  72  : 2. 
Ma-an-nu-um-ki-ma-^Ishkur 
s.  of  Warad-Martu,  77  : 13. 

^^Marduk-mu-sha-lim 

s.  of  Ibi-Ninsliafi,  88  : 9. 

‘^Marduk-uasir 

s.  of  Ilii-ra[bi],  85  : 2(). 

'^Mnrduk-nilshu] 

s.  of  Marlu-kur-[ ];  [iw/rojd  .l-h(7-'^N[f«],  72  ; S. 


ard  uk-qar-ra-ad 
s.  of  Mar-irsitim,  88  : 7. 

Mur-ir-si-tim , Mar-tr.sih'm  ( = *) 

1.  s.  of  .Vur-Ishura.  *83  : 8. 

2.  f.  of  Ibiq-Ishlar,  85  : 24. 

3.  f.  of  Marduk-qarrad,  88  : 7. 

4.  pa-te-si,  89  : 8. 

Mdr-KShamash 

s.  of  Ibiq-Ishkur,  88  : 10. 

Mar-ta-kur[ ] 

f.  of  Murduk-nishu,  72  : S. 

Mar-1  u-[ ] 

f.  of  Warad-Martu,  85  : 23. 

Ma-shuin 
138  : 14. 

Mi-yir-^En-lil 

pa-te-si  Al-ha-lim^\  130  : 11. 

M i(‘?)-lik-'^ Shnmash  (perh.  Nu-ur-) 

72  : 20. 

t(?)  Mu-ul-lu-uk-tiim  (gen.  Mulluktim,  P.  N.) 
85  : 2. 

] 

s.  of  Warad-ilisku,  88  ; 4. 

N ab-she-tne-a^ 

s.  of  [ ],  S3  : 16,  19. 

Na-ki-mi-im  (gen.;  of.  Nakimum,  P.  N .) 

81  : 10. 

t Na-wi-ir-tum 
75  : 4. 

Ni-id-nu-um 
72  : IS. 

Ni-di-it-t[um] 

s.  of  Siii-ibiii,  85  : 25. 

Ni- 

f.  of  Sin-mu'! , 110  : 7. 

iV  u-ur-’^Ish-lya-ra 
83  : 8. 

N u-iir-shu-e-li 

pa-te-si  .4- [ 130  : 17. 

ra-ak-na-na[  f 

f.  of  Shat-Aia,  81  : 14. 

Pir-fiu-um 

ra-bi-a-nu,  85  : 21. 


• Cf.  Nannar-ara-wungen  and  gir-yin-na  = sha  tal-lak-ta-shu  sha-qa-at,  Del.,  H.-W.,  p.  695. 

‘ Ahfh  = .liV..LV;  cl.  Nab-she-mc-a  at  the  time  of  Sin-gamil  of  Uruk.  XAB  is  identified  with  Eiilil,  but  a 
reading  Enlil  (or  Bit)  for  NAB  is  not  possible. 

® Cf.  Paknanum,  P.  N. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


14: 


t Ri-ha-tuni 

SAL  — ISHIB  ‘^Shamash,  d.  of  Ibgatum,  73  : 2; 
Yol.  VI,  Part  1,  30  : 1,  3,  etc. 

Ri-ish-‘^Marduk 
91  : 14. 

Ri-i.<:h-'^Shamash 

f.  of  Kishium  3.7  ; IS. 

Sn-nl-bi-hi  (gen.) 

}narat  — , 13S  : 2,  .5. 

Sa-<i  m -su  -d  i-ta-im 

king,  in  the  dates  of  131  and  132. 

Sa-am-su-i-lu-na 

king,  in  the  dates  of  77,  S3  and  S.7-90  | 83  : .7  | 1 13  : 3. 
Sn-mu-itC!) 

s.  of  Ibni-Shatnash,  73  : 16. 

Sa-ni-iq-biA^ShomnK}d 
138  ; 1.5. 

^Sin-<i-bu-shu 

dub-sar,  78  : 13. 
in-a-sha-ri-i  d 

f.  of  ‘^Sin-i-din-na)i7,  91  ; 3. 

Si-na-titm 
138  : 12. 

‘^Sin-be-el-'i-li 

f.  of  Ibni-Marduk,  80  ; 6. 

^Sin-bi-Ui-ah 

darn-qar,  s.  of  BAshn-Sakkud,  7(1  : S. 

Sin-e-ri-bn-am 

s.  of  Sin-ikishnm,  73  : 14,  L.  E. 

Sin-ib-ni 

f.  of  Xidittumj  8.5  : .5.5. 

Sin-i-dln-ruim 

1.  s.  of  / -Shama.Ai,  74  : 1.5. 

2.  s.  of  Sm-nsharid,  91  : 3. 

3.  (s.  of  Sin-eribam),  105  : 1. 

4.  s.  of  [ ],  11.5  : 12. 

.5.  f.  of  Babbnr-zirnu,  S3  : 6,  7. 

0.  f.  of  Warnd-Sin,  124  : 14. 

‘^Sin-i-ki-f<ha-am,  Sin-  ( = *j 

1.  f.  of  Sin-eribam,  *73  : 1.5. 

2.  f.  of  Sin-ra' im-U rum . gf.  of  Shamufth-eriham , etc., 

70  : S. 

Sin-im-gur-an-{ni\ 

1.  of  Ilushu-ibnishu,  Isfikur-xharrum  and  Awil- 
Shximash,  123  ; 4,  6,  14. 


Sin-li-ra-am 

f.  of  Urra-gamil,  73  : 13. 

Sin-lu-ud-lu-ul 

s.  of  Idishum  (Shumma-Shamash),  70  : 26. 

‘‘Sin  -ma-gir 
80  ; 4. 

Sin-ma-[ ] 

f.  of  Betanum,  85  : 27. 

‘‘Sin-ma- [ ] 

f.  of  Sin-misir,  8.5  : 22. 

] 

f.  of  Etii-gi-Sin,  11.5  ; 1.5. 

‘‘Sin-rmiC?H 1 

s.  of  Ah' , 110  ; 7. 

] 

s.  of  Ib-[ ],  89  : 4. 

Sin-[ ] 

89  : 5. 

^Si[n ] 

f.  of  irarad-»Si‘rt,  110  • 16. 

'‘Sin[-ish-me-]-ri-ni 
PA-e,  131  : 11. 

‘‘Shama.-ih-ba-ni 

s.  of  Mabubul,  89  : 7. 

‘‘ Shamash-e-ri-ba-am 

1.  s.  of  Sin-ra’ im-U rum,  h.  of  Shnrriim-Ixlikur,  etc., 

70  : 13. 

2.  81  : 3. 

‘‘Sha  mash-ga-m  il 

73  : 1. 

'‘Shamash-i-din-nam 

s.  of  Sin-ra’ im-Urum , li.  of  Sin-eribam,  etc.,  70  : 17. 
‘‘Shnmash-ma-ti 

f.  of  Taribatum,  73  : 11. 

‘‘Shumash-mu-ba-U-it,  -mu-ba-al-Ii-il  ( = *) 

1.  f.  of  Ul>a7--Shamasli,  70  : 27. 

2.  owner  of  Iliummati,  *80  : 3. 

Shamash-na-si-ir 

1.  PA-datn-kar,  91  ; 20. 

2.  83  : 22. 

‘‘Shnmash-nu-Hi'-mn-tim 
SO  ; 17 

Shnr-rum-^Ixhknr 

s.  of  Sin-ra' im-Urum,  h.  of  Sin-eril>nm,  etc.,  70  : 16. 
t Sha-at-'‘A-a 

d.  of  Paknana  [ ],  81  : 13. 


Cf.  Za-ni-iq-bt-‘‘Shama.sh,  etc.,  P.  N. 


144 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


Shesh-ni-pd{d) 

dub-sar,  70  : 31. 

Shu-7tii-ir-si-ti>n,  -irsitim  ( = *) 

73  : 4,  *L.  E. 

Shum-ma-‘^Shamas}i  ( = Idl-ahum) 

f.  of  Sin-ludlul,  variant  of  ca-se  to  70  : 25. 
[Shu]-7nu-vm-li-ih-shi,  Sliv-mn-li-Hi-shi  ( = *) 

1.  shamju,  120  : 8. 

2.  *123  : U.  E. 

dub-sar,  116  : 14  [ 124  : 15;  d.mnu-gish-did>-ha-a,  126  : 
9;  Shu-mu-7im-[ ],  120  : 13. 

Ta(?)-iw-.s/i7/-»it  [ ] 

[pa-te-si 130  : 21. 

Ta-la-Uu-um 

f.  of  AMa  80  : 29. 

Ta-ri-ba-a-fum  (cf.  tlie  following:  nanio) 

83  ; 23. 

Ta-ri-ba-tum,  gen.  Ta-ri-ba-tim' 

1.  s.  of  Manluin,  23  : 8. 

2.  s.  of  Shamash-nidti,  73  : 10,  L.  E. 

3.  81  ; 2. 

Ta-ri-bu-um 

77  : 12. 

Ta-ri-bu-sha 

s.  of  Ibni-Shnmash,  h.  of  Iditi-Ea  daianum,  119  : 4, 
L.  E. 

U-5n  r-'^Sh  a mash 

s.  of  Shamnsh-maballit,  70  : 27. 

Ur-rn-ga-tnil 

s.  of  Sin-liram,  73  : 12,  L.  E. 

Ur-ra-ia 

s.  of  Warad-Kabi,  70  : 28. 

U-tul-Ishtar 

dub-sar,  120  : 4;  Vol.  VI,  TUrt  1 , 93  : 4 i 94  : 4 | 95  : 3 | 
C.  T.,  VI,  35  : 5 | 37  : 2 | VUI,  11  : 4 i 36  : 5. 


VV  arad-'i-li-sh  u 

1.  f.  of  Nabium-[ ],  88  : 4. 

2.  f.  of  Warad-Mnrdnk,  110  : 5. 

3.  138  : 17. 

Warad-Ishlar 

s.  of  Ahum-waqnr,  88  : 5,  L.  E. 

Warad-Ku-bi 

f.  of  Urraia,  70  : 28. 

Wnrad-'^  Mardak{'l) 

s.  of  Warad-ilishu,  110  : 4,  L.  E. 

Warad-'^Mar-tu 

1.  s.  of  Murtu-{ ],  85  : 23. 

2.  f.  of  Mannum-kima-Ishkur,  77  : 14. 

3.  47  : 5. 

4.  S3  : 20,  24. 

Warad-'^Sin 

s.  of  Sin-idmnum.  110  : 10  | 110  : 12  | 124  : 14; 
Vol.  VI,  Part  1,  80  : 12  ] 101  : .34;  .1/.,  74  : 28; 
C.  T.,  VIII,  2a  : 10. 

Warad-'^[.  . ,] 

s.  of  Be- , 120  : 8. 

7ji-ia-tum 

f.  of  Belisiinu,  75  : 0. 

Zu-fw-lum 
85  : 5. 

Zu-muri'?)-ln-nu[  ] 

[pa-te-si 130  : 20. 

[ ]-e-ri-ha[  ],  119  : 12. 

[ y^Marduk,  123  : 10. 

[ y^Mnr-tu,  89  : 3 

[I-bi'ty^Mar-tu,  123  : 15. 

[ ]-shn 

f.  of  Ibiq-Anmtnitum,  85  : 20. 

[ ]-‘^Shamash,  89  : 9. 


Ish  erasure. 


IX. 

TABLE  OF  CONTENTS  AND  DESCRIPTION  OF  OBJECTS. 


Abbreviations. 

B.  E.  F.,  Collection  acquired  and  presented,  by  the  Babylonian  Exploration  Fund  of  Philadelphia; 
C.  B.  31.,  Catalogue  of  the  Babylonian  Museum  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  and  Musce  hnpcrial  Ottoman, 
prepared  by  H.  V.  Hilprecht;  Exp.,  Expedition;  H.  V.  H.,  Collection  presented  by  Prof.  H.  V.  Hilprecht ; 
luscr.,  Inscription;  J.  D.  P.,  Collection  presented  by  Prof.  J.  D.  Prince  of  Columbia  University,  New  A'ork; 
J.  S.,  Joseph  Shemtob  Collection;  Ivh.,  First  Khabaza  Collection;  l£h^..  Second  Khabaza  Collection;  li-,  lines; 
L.  E.,  Left  EJge;  Lo.  E.,  Lower  Edge;  31.  I.  O.,  Babylonian  Collection  of  the  Musce  Imperial  Ottoman,  Constan- 
tinople; Xi.,  Nippur;  O.,  Obverse;  K.,  Reverse;  U.  E.,  Upper  Edge;  Yo.  = Yokha. 

Names  of  rulers  abbreviated;  Ad.,  Ammi-dit ana]  Ae.,  Abi-eshuJi]  Az.,  Ammi-zaduga]  H.,  Qainmu-rahi] 
li.,  Ilima-iluyn]  R.-S.,  Rim-Sin]  Sd.,  Samsu-ditana]  Si.,  Samsu-iluna]  W.-S.,  Warad-Sin. 

Measurements  are  given  in  centimetres,  length  (height)  X width  X thickness.  Whenever  the  tablet  (or  frag- 
ment) varies  in  size,  the  largest  measurement  is  given. 


1.  Autograph  Reproductions. 


Text.  Plate.  King. 
1 1 W.-S. 


2 1 W.-S. 


.3  1 


4 2 R.-S. 


Prove-  Collec- 

Y'ear.  Month.  Day.  nance,  tion. 

? ? — Ni.  . B.E.F. 

? 11  2 Ni.  B.E.F. 

? (6)  (16)  Ni.  H.V.H. 

? 6 — Ni.  B.E.F. 


C.B.M.  Description. 

11499  Fragment.  Lower  part  of  tablet 
wanting.  Unbaked.  5 X 5 X 
2.6.  Riser.  8 (+  x)  (0.)  -k 
(x  +)  5 (R.)  = 13  (+  x)  li. 
Partly  effaced  seal  impressions. 
II  Exp. 

11237  Two  pieces  of  the  same  size  glued 
together.  Some  small  parts 
scraped  and  cliipped  off.  Un- 
baked. 5.7  X 4.4  X 2.2.  Inscr. 
8 (O.)  + 5 (R.)  + 2 (U.  E.)  = 
15  U.  I Exp. 

10166  O.  damaged.  Unbaked.  3.9  X 
2.9  X 1.6.  Inscr.  S (0.)  + 2 
(R.)  = 10  li.  Ill  Exp. 

11152  R.  partly  destro3"ed.  Small  pieces 
cliipped  off.  Unbaked.  S.9  X 
5.1  X 2.5.  Riser.  17  (O.)  -k  IS 
(R.)  + 1 (U.  E.)  = 36  li.  Seal 
impressions.  I Exp. 


19 


146 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


Text.  Plate. 


King. 

Il.-S. 


R.-S. 


Year. 

? 


Month. 

1 


Prove- 

nance. 

Ni. 


Collec- 

tion. 

B.E.F. 


— Ni.  B.E.F. 


— Ni 


B.E.F. 


Yo.  B.E.F. 


— Yo.  B.E.F. 


C.B.M.  Description. 

10882  Effaced  and  pieces  chipped  off 
especially  on  0.  Unbaked. 
10.6  X 0.3  X 2.7.  Inscr.  14 
(0.)  -h  15  (R.)  + 1 (U.  E.)  = 
30  li.  Seal  impressions.  I Exp. 
9045  Well  preserved.  Partially  baked. 

Blackish.  8.4  X 5.3  X 3.  Inscr. 
16  (O.)  4-  16  (R.)  = 32  li.  Seal 
impressions.  Reported  to  have 
come  from  Yokha.  II  Exp. 
11980  Some  few  particles  of  R.  chipped 
off,  otherwise  well  preserved. 
Baked.  Reddish  brown.  7.3  X 
4.8  X 2.9.  Inscr.  15  (0.)  + 14 
(R.)  = 29  li.  Seal  impressions. 
II  Exp. 

9183  Few  particles  of  U.  and  Lo.  Es. 

chipped  off,  otherwise  well  pre- 
served. Slightly  baked.  Black- 
ish. 8.8  X 4.8  X 2.5.  Inscr. 
15  (O.)  + 20  (R.)  + 3 (U.  E.) 
= 38  li.  Seal  impressions.  II 
E.xp. 

11640  Well  preserved.  Baked.  Brown. 

8.1  X 5.2  X 2.7.  Inscr.  12  (O.) 
+ 9 (R.)  = 21  li.  Not  sealed. 
Case:  Fragmentary.  9.3  X 6.5  X 4. 
Seal  impressions.  Reported  to 
have  come  from  Nippur.  II  Exp. 


10 

5 

II 

33 

10 

— 

Ni 

B.E.F 

3425 

Well  preserved.  Brown.  Baked. 

10,  35  X 5,  3 X 3.  Inscr.  22 
(0.)  + 26  (R.)  + 3 (U.  E.)  = 
51  li.  Seal  impressions.  I Exp. 

11 

6 

II. 

35 

9 

— 

Ni. 

M.I.O. 

1916 

Part  of  0.  chipped  off.  Unbaked. 

7.7  X 4.7  X 2.5.  Inscr.  14  (0.) 
-h  16  (R.)  + 2 tU.  E.)  = 32  li. 
Seal  impressions. 

12a 

6 

11. 

35 

11 

— 

Ni. 

M.I.O. 

1994 

Grayish  brown.  Unbaked.  Inscr. 

19  (0.)  + 19  (R.)  + 1 (U.  E.) 
= 39  li.  Seal  impressions. 

126 

7 

11. 

35 

11 

— 

Case  of  the  preceding,  fragment- 

ary. 

13 

7 

11. 

35 

11 

— 

Ni. 

B.E.F. 

3384 

Several  portions  of  0.  and  L^.  E. 

glued  on.  Unbaked.  3.9  X 2.7 
X 1.7.  Inscr.  8 (O.)  + 2 (Lo. 


‘ After  tlie  capture  of  Isiii. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


147 


Prove-  Collec- 

Text.  Plate.  King.  Year.  Month.  Day.  nance,  tion. 

14  7 H.  3Sa  11  — Ni.  B.E.F. 


H SSb  12  16  Ni.  M.I.O. 


16  S H.  39  6 — Ni.  (?)  B.E.F. 


17  S H.  ? 11  _ Ni.  M.I.O. 


IS  9 H.  41  7 — Ni.  M.I.O. 


19  9 H.  — 6 14  Ni.  B.E.F. 


20  10  Si.  1 7 20  Ni.  B.E.F. 


21  10  Si.  4 6 22  Ni.  M.I.O. 


22  11  Si.  4 7?  Ni.  M.I.O. 


23  11  Si.  4 10  21  Ni.  iM.I.O. 


C.B.M.  Description. 

E.)  -1-  8 (R.)  = 18  li.  Seal 
impressions.  II  Exp. 

3426  U.  E.  broken.  Bnnvn.  Baked. 

7.2  X 4. ,'5  X 2.6.  Inscr.  15  (0.) 
+ 17  (R.)  1 3 (U.  E.)  + 2 (Lo. 
E.)  + 1 (L.  E.)  = 36  li.  Seal 
impressions.  I Exp. 

439  Scratched  and  partly  effaced. 
Unbaked.  5.6  X 3.9  X 2.1. 
Inscr.  10  (O.)  4-  9 (R.)  = 19  li. 
Seal  impressions  faint. 

3803  Con.siderable  portions  of  R.  want- 
ing. Baked.  Light  brown  and 
blackish.  7.4  X 5 X 2.7. 
Inscr.  10  (0.)  + 10  (R.)  = 20 
li.  Seal  impressions  without 
name.  I Exp. 

1845  Well  preserved.  Baked.  Yellow- 

ish lirown  and  dark  brown.  4.4 
X 3.3  X 2.15.  Inscr.  S (0.) 
+ 6 (R.)  = 14  li.  Seal  impres- 
sions. 

1998  Tal)let  well  preserved.  Unbaked. 
8.9  X 4.7  X 3.  Inscr.  12  (O.) 
+ 14  (R.)  = 26  li.  Seal  im- 
pressions. 

Ease:  Fragments  glued  together. 

9.2  X 5.95  X 4.2.  Inscr.  14 
(O.)  -b  13  (R.)  = 27  li. 

11715  U.  E.  with  adjoining  part  of  O. 

and  lower  L.  E.  broken.  Un- 
baked. 4.4  X 3.8  X 1.9. 
Inscr.  8 (O.  and  Lo.  E.)  + 5 
(+  x)  (R.)  = 13  (+  X)  li.  II 
Exjl 

1 1 596  Partly  effaced, small  jiieces  chipped 
off.  Unbaked.  3.4  X 3 X 1.9. 
Inscr.  6 (O.)  -b  5 (R.)  -b  2 (U. 
E.)  = 13  li.  H Exp. 

1846  Well  preserved.  Baked.  Brovii, 

4.8  X 3.4  X 1.9.  Inscr.  8 (O.) 
+ 6 (R.)  = 14  li.  Seal  impres- 
sions with  picture. 

1918  Lo.  E.  broken.  Tmbaked.  Inscr. 

10  (O.)  -b  8 (R.)  = 18  li.  Seal 
impressions. 

1917  Lo.  E.  wanting.  Baked.  Red- 


148 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


Prove-  Collec- 

Text.  Plate.  King.  Year.  Month.  Day.  nance,  tion. 


- 

24  12  Si.  4 11  — Ni.  B.E.F. 


25  14  Si.  4 12  — Ni.  M.I.O. 


26  13  Si.  6 


6 14  Ni.  M.I.O. 


27  14  Si,  7 12  — Ni.  M.I.O. 


2S  15  Si.  8 3 — Ni.  B.E.F. 


29  16  Si.  11  3 — Ni.  B.E.F. 


30  16  Si.  11  4 — Ni.  B.E.F. 


31  17  Si.  11 


Ni.  M.I.O. 


32  17  Si.  11  7 17  Ni.  B.E.F. 


C.B.M.  Description. 

dish  brovn.  Darker  spots.  10.4 
X 5.9  X 3.  Inscr.  18  (0.)  -1- 
20  (Pi.)  = 38  li.  Seal  impres- 
sions. 

10891  Well  pre.served.  Baked.  Whit- 
ish yellow.  10.3  X 5.1  X 2.9. 
Inscr.  17  (0.)  -|-  2 (Lo.  E.)  + 
19  (Pi.)  + 2 (U.  E.)  = 40  U. 
Seal  impressions.  I Exp. 

1842  W'ell  preserved.  Baked.  Brown 
and  blackish.  4.75  X 3.5  X 
2.2.  Rough  script.  Inscr.  7 
(0.)  -h  8 (R.)  + 2 (U.  E.  = 17 
li.).  Seal  impressions  without 
inscription. 

45  Fragment.  Unbaked.  17  (+  x) 
X 8.5  X 4.35.  Inscr.  36  (-h  x) 
(0.  Col.  I)  4-  22  (+  x)  (0.  Col. 
II)  + 36  (4-  x)  (R.  Col.  Ill)  4- 
31  (+  x)  (R.  Col.  IV).  Seal 
impressions. 

1848  Well  preserved.  Baked.  Light 
brown.  3.5  X 2.7  X 1.6. 
Inscr.  7 (0.)  X 7 (R.)  = 14  li. 
Seal  impressions. 

11173  U.  E.  damaged.  I'nbaked.  10.4 
X 5.5  X 3.1.  Inscr.  19  (O.) 
4-  18  (R.)  = 37  li.  Seal  impres- 
sions. I Exp. 

10890  Part  of  Lo.  E.  wanting.  Baked. 

Whitish  j'ellow.  7.4  X 4.7  X 
2.6.  Inscr.  11  (0.)  4-  10  (R.) 
= 21  h.  Seal  impressions.  I 
Exp. 

10883  Well  preserved.  Baked.  Red- 
dish brown.  Somewhat  irregu- 
lar shape.  8.8  X 4.9  X 2.5. 
Inscr.  17  (0.)  4-  12  (R.)  = 29  li. 
Seal  impressions.  I Exp. 

1492  Considerable  portions  broken. 

Unbaked.  11  (O.)  4-  15  (R. 
and  U.  E.)  = 26  li.  Seal  im- 
pressions. 

Case;  Broken  pieces  glued  to- 
gether. 13  (0.)  4-  13  (4-x)  (R.) 
= 26(4-  x)li.=  C.B.M., Cast  9764. 
9182  O.  considerably  broken.  Unbaked. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


149 


Prove-  Collec- 

Text.  Plate.  King.  Year.  Month.  Day.  nance,  tion. 


V ■ ^ 

33  IS  Si.  11  S 9 Ni.  B.EF. 


34  18  Si.  11  8 21  Ni.  B.E.F. 


3.1  19  Si.  11  9 5 Ni.  B.E.F. 


36  19  Si.  11  9 28  Ni.  M.I.O. 


37  20  Si.  11  11  6 Ni.  M.I.O. 


38  21  Si.  12  4 6 Ni.  B.E.F. 


C.B.M.  Description. 

10.5  X 5.6  X 3.2.  laser.  22 
(O.)  + 14  (R.)  = 36  li.  Seal 
impressions.  II  Exp. 

7002  Small  portions  of  U.  E.  chipped 
off,  otherwise  well  preserved. 
Slightly  baked.  Blackish 

brown.  7.5  X 4.7  X 2.7. 
Inscr.  13  (O.)  + 13  (R.)  = 26  li. 
Seal  impressions.  II  Exp. 
Case:  Broken  pieces  joined  to- 
gether. 8.4  (-l-x)  X 5.7  X 4. 
Inscr.  15  (O.) -f  11  (K.)  = 26  li. 
Seal  impressions.  II  Exp. 
11558  Small  pieces  chipped  off,  otherwise 
well  preserved . Slightly  baked  ? 
Dark  brownish  gray.  8.1  X 
5.15  X 2.75.  Inscr.  14  (O.) 
+ 10  (R.)  = 24  li.  Seal  im- 
pressions. II  Exp. 

Case  of  the  preceding:  Pieces 
glued  together.  9.4  X 6.2  X 
4.1.  Inscr.  15  (O.)  -h  10  (R.) 
= 15  li.  Seal  impressions.  II 
Exp. 

11660  R.  E.  damaged,  otherwise  well  pre- 
served. Slightly  baked.  Dark 
brownish  gray.  7 X 4.4  X 
3.15.  Inscr.  14  (O.)  + 11  (R.) 
= 25  li.  Seal  impressions.  II 
Exp. 

11562  Case  of  the  preceding:  Pieces 
joined  together.  8.8  X 5.95  X 
4.6.  Inscr.  13  (O.)  + 12  (R.) 
=■  25  li.  Seal  impressions.  II 
Exp. 

1999  Small  parts  of  tablet  chipped  off. 

Unbaked.  Inscr.  14  (O.)  + 13 
(R.)  = 27  li.  Seal  impressions. 
Case:  Fragments  joined  together. 
1920  Upper  part  broken.  Unbaked. 
Inscr.  (x  +)  10  (0.)  + 13  (R.) 
+ 1 (+  x)  U.  E.  = 24  (4-  X)  li. 
Seal  impressions. 

Case:  Fragments,  wrongly  joined 
together. 

10889  Fragmentary.  Unbaked.  8.5  X 
5.4  X 2.9.  Inscr.  13  (0.)  + 1 


150 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCU:\IENTS 


Text.  Plate.  King. 


39  22  Si 


4U  23  Si. 


41  24  Si. 


42  24  Si. 


43  25  Si. 


44 


26 


Si. 


45  27  Si. 


Year.  Month. 

Day. 

Prove-  Collec- 

NANCE.  TION. 

12  5 

15 

Ni.  B.E.F. 

13  1 28  Ni.  B.E.F. 


13  3 25  Ni.  M.I.O. 


13  12  — Ni.  B.E.F. 


13  12  — Ni.  B.E.F. 


14  11  — Ni.  B.E.F. 


14  12  — Ni.  M.I.O. 


C.B.M.  De.scription. 

(Lo.  E.)  + 11  (li.)  + 2 (U.  E.) 
= 27  li.  Seal  impressions.  I 
Exp. 

11565  Some  parts  of  O.  chipped  off, 
somewhat  pressed,  otherwise 
well  preserved.  Baked.  Red- 
dish brown.  7.4  X 4.6  X 2.6. 
Riser.  12  (O.)  + 13  (R.)  + 3 
(U.  E.)  = 28  li.  Seal  impres- 
sions. II  Exp. 

Case:  Fragments  7.2  X 4.8  X 0.7. 
Inscr.  11  (O.)  + 2 (+  x)  (R.)  -= 
13  (+  X)  li. 

7018  Some  small  pieces  chipped  off, 
otheriGse  well  preserved. 
Slightly  baked.  Dark  brown- 
ish gray.  11.75  X 0.3  X 3.45. 
Inscr.  17  (O.)  + 18  (R.)  = 35  li. 
Seal  impressions.  II  Exp. 

2003  U.  and  Lo.  E.  wanting.  Unbaked. 

Inscr.  (X  +)  15  (O.)  + 12  (R.) 
>=  27  (+  x)  li.  Seal  impres- 
sions. 

6055  Slightly  pressed,  othem-ise  well 
preserved.  Unbaked.  5.9  X 
3.95  X 2.4.  Inscr.  9 (O.)  + 

10  (R.)  + 3 (U.  E.)  + 1 (L.  E.) 
= 23  li.  Faint  seal  impressions. 
I Exp. 

7016  I.eft  edge  of  0.  pressed  or  scratch- 
ed, otherM-ise  well  preserved. 
Slightly  baked.  Blackish 
broiMi.  11.55  X 5.9  X 3.8. 
Inscr.  20  (O.)  + 2 (Lo.  E.)  + 17 
(R.)  = 39  li.  Seal  impressions. 

11  Exp. 

3430  Well  preserved.  Slightly  baked. 

Blackish  gray.  9.35  X 4.8  X 3. 
Inscr.  12  (O.)  -i-  15  (R.)  -f-  2 
(U.  E.)  = 29  li.  Seal  impres- 
sions. II  Exp. 

2001  Some  small  piieces  chipped  off, 
otherwise  well  preserved.  Un- 
baked. Inscr.  13  (O.)  -I-  13 
(R.)  + 2 (U.  E.)  = 28  li.  Seal 
impressions. 

Case:  Fragmentary. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


151 


Text.  Plate.  King.  Year.  Month.  Day. 
46  27  Si.  15  2 1 


47  28  Si.  17  11 


48  29  Si.  18  4 1 


49  30  Si.  19  6 27 


31 


50  31  Si.  19  9 20 


51  31  Si.  20  3 21 


52  32  Si.  20  13  18 


53  33  Si.  20  13  25 


Prove-  Collec- 
NANCE.  TION.  C.B.M. 

Ni.  M.I.O.  1996? 


Ni.  B.E.F.  9047 


Ni.  M.I.O.  1919 


Ni.  M.I.O.  182 

(Scheil  183) 


Description. 

Single  case.  Fragments  joined 
together.  Unbaked.  7.9  X 
4.4  X 2.75.  Inscr.  13  (0.)  li. 
Seal  impressions. 

Fragment.  Slightly  baked,  black- 
ish brovTi.  8.2  X 5.7  X 2.8. 
Inscr.  14  (O.)  + 11  (R.)  + 1 
(L.  E.)  = 26  li.  Seal  impres- 
sions. Reported  to  have  come 
from  Yokha.  II  Exp. 

Two  pieces  of  O.  chipped  off, 
otherwise  well  preser\ed . 
Baked.  Brovii  and  Idack.  13.5 
X 6.3  X 3.3.  Inscr.  24  (O.)  + 

24  (R.)  1 (U.  E.)  =49  li. 

Seal  impressions. 

Well  preserved.  Unbaked.  Inscr. 

25  (O.)  + 3 (Lo.  E.)  + 25 
(R.)  + 2 (U.  E.)  = 551i.  Seal 


impressions. 

Case  of  the  preceding:  Fragment- 
ary. Inscr.  6 (+  x)  (O.)  li. 
Seal  impressions  all  over  the 
case. 

Ni.  M.I.O.  1915  Upper  left  corner  wanting.  Baked. 

Brown.  8.6  X 4.8  X 2.65. 
Inscr.  11  (O.)  + 11  (R.)  = 22  li. 
Seal  impressions  (in  Sippar 
fashion). 

Ni.  M.I.O.  1847  Somewhat  effaced.  Unbaked. 

5.35  X 3.85  X 1.9.  Inscr.  9 
(0.)  + 1 (Lo.  E.)  + 7 (R.)  = 
17  li.  Seal  impressions  with 


picture. 

Ni.  B.E.F.  1269S  Two  fragments.  The  smaller  one 

+ 10887  (1269S)  unbaked;  the  other  one 

baked,  yellovdsh.  (x  -f)  11  X 
7.7  X 3.45.  Inscr.  (x  +)  15 
(O.)  + 13  (+  X)  (R.)  = 28  ( + 
x)  li.  II  Exp.  (12698)  and 
I Exp.  (10S87). 

Ni.  B.E.F.  10886  Duplicate  of  the  preceding.  Well 

preserved.  Yellowish,  red 
burnt  spot  on  Lo.  E.  and  R. 
Baked.  10.6  X 6.5  X 3.2. 
Inscr.  19  (0.)  + 20  (R.)  + 1 
(U.  E.)  = 40  li.  I Exp. 


152 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


Phove-  Collec- 


Text. 

Plate. 

King. 

Year. 

Month. 

Day. 

nance. 

TION. 

C.B.M. 

Description. 

54 

34 

Si. 

— 

— 

— 

Ni. 

B.E.F. 

10892 

Duplicate  of  52  and  53.  WeU  pre- 

V-- 

55 

35 

Si. 

21 

Ni. 

M.I.O. 

1849 

served.  Yelloivish.  Baked. 

11.95  X 6.85  X 3.  Inscr.  17 
(0.)  + 18  (R.)  + 2 (U.  E.)  = 
37  H.  I Exp. 

Part  of  upper  right  comer  -wanting. 

56 

35 

Si. 

22 

3 

1 

Ni? 

M.I.O. 

1905(?) 

Baked.  Reddish  brown,  small 
black  spots.  3.7  X 3.7  X 1.8. 
Inscr.  7 (0.)  + 2 (Lo.  E.)  + 5 
(R.)  + 3 (U.  E.)  = 17  li.  No 
seal  impression. 

Unbaked.  Script  rather  effaced. 

57 

35 

Si. 

22 

6 

16 

Ni. 

M.I.O. 

1995 

Seal  impressions  without  inscrip- 
tion. 

Rather  well  preserved.  Unbaked. 

58 

36 

Si. 

23 

3 

12 

Ni. 

B.E.F. 

11.561 

Reddish  brown.  10.7  X 6.2  X 

3.15.  Inscr.  19  (0.)  + 13  (R.) 
+ 1 (U.  E.)  = 33  li.  Seal  im- 
pressions. 

L.  E.  broken.  Shghtly  baked. 

59 

37 

Si. 

26 

10 

28 

Ni. 

M.I.O. 

2004 

Dark  bro-wnish  gray.  9.95  X 
5.85  X 3.2.  Inscr.  14  (0.)  + 
13  (R.)  + 2 (L.  E.)  = 27  h. 
Seal  impressions.  II  Exp. 
Broken,  fragmentary.  Unbaked. 

Inscr.  (x  +)  11  (0.)  + 12  (+x) 
(E.)  = 23  (+  x)  li.  Seal  im- 
pressions. 


Case:  Fragments  put  together. 
Inscr.  10  (O.)  li.  Seal  impres- 
sions. 


60 

37 

Si. 

28 

2 

Ni. 

M.I.O. 

325 

Well  preserved.  Shghtly  baked. 
Brown  and  dark  brown.  4.1  X 
3.1  X 1.95.  Inscr.  6 (0.)  + 
4 (R.)  = 10  h.  Seal  impres- 
sions. 

61 

38 

Si. 

28 

12 

15 

Ni. 

M.I.O. 

1454 

Lower  part  wanting.  Unbaked. 
5.2  (+  x)  X 4 X 2.4.  Inscr. 
7 (+x)  (0.)  + (x+)7  (R.)  = 
14  (+  x)  li.  Faint  seal  impres- 
sions. 

62 

38 

. Si. 

1 

5 

24 

Ni. 

M.I.O. 

1997 

A few  small  pieces  cliipped  off, 
otherwise  well  preserved.  Baked. 

Light  bro^Ti.  10.6  X 5.6  X 
2.75.  Inscr.  14  (O.)  + 1 (I.o. 
E.)  + 14  (R.)  + 1 (U.  E.)  = 
30  h.  Seal  impressions. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


15.3 


Text.  Pi.  ate.  Kixg.  Year.  Moxth 
63  39  Si.  ■?  9 


64  39  Si.  ? 2 


65  39  Si.  ? 9 


67 


Si. 


1 


6s  40 


li. 


21 


S 


69// 


41 


II. 


1’rove-  Collec- 

D.ay.  n.ance.  tion.  C.B.M. 

20?  Ni.  B.E.F.  11563 


20  Xi.  .M.I.O.  171 


14  Xi.  51.1.0.  1S52 


? Xi.  M.I.O.  HS3 


Xi,  51,1.0.  263 


26  Xi  II.5MI,  11013 


H.E.I’.  60(i2 

Xi.  H.E.F.  11101 

Xi.  H.E.F.  11560 

H.E.F.  7017 


Description. 

Rather  well  preserved.  Unbaked. 
5.25  X 3.8  X 2.1.  Inser.  9 (O.) 
+ 7 (H.)  - 1 (U.  E.)  = 17  li. 
Faint  seal  impressions.  II  Exp. 
Piece  ol  L.  E.  broken  off,  othervrise 
w<  11  preservetl.  Unbaked.  7,3 
X 4.8  X 2.85.  Inser.  12  (O.) 
+ 13  (R.)  + 4 (U.  E.)  = 29  li. 
Seal  impressions. 

55\‘ll  preser\’e(l.  Haked.  Red- 
dish brown.  2.8  X 2.8  X 1.75. 
Inser.  5 (().)  -|-  2 (Lo.  E. ) -!-  5 
(R.)  + 3 (U.  E.)  = 15  li.  Seal 
impressions. 

I']iper  ])art  wanting.  Baked. 
Light  brown,  (x  -f- ) 6.8  X 5 X 
2.85.  Inser.  (x  a-)  p)  (( ).)  + 
13  ( + x)  (R,l=23(-hx)li.  Seal 
im])ressions.  = E.H.5I.,('ast  9787. 
Pressed  and  effaced.  Slightly 
baked.  Hlaekish.  3.12  X 3 X 
1.65.  Seal  impressions  (in  Sip- 
par  lashion). 

Well  prespr\'ed.  Baked.  Brown. 
8.2  X 5.1  X 2.8.  Inser.  14  (0.1 
-7  16  (R.)  =30li.  Sealimprfi- 
.sions.  Ill  Exp.  Long  ridge  to 
the  west  ol  Shatt  en-Xil. 

Case:  Broken  jiieees  glued  to- 
gether. Hlaekish  spots.  II 
Exit  Long  ridge  to  the  west  of 
Shalt  en-Xil. 

Tablet  ol  the  time  ol  Sin-ikisham. 
II  Ex]!.  Long  ridge  to  the  west 
ol  Shaft  en-Xil. 

Tablet  of  the  tinu'  of  Sin-ikisham. 
HI  Exp.  Long  ridge  to  the 
west  of  Shaft  en-Xil. 

Cracked,  otherwise  well  pre,ser\  < d. 
Haked.  Light  and  blackish 
brown.  8.9  X 4.8  X 2.7.  Insei-. 
16  (0.1  + 3 (1.0.  E.)  -p  16  (R.l 
= 35  li. 

Case  of  the  preceding  tablet: 
Fragmentary.  6 iliff’erent  seal 
impr/'ssions.  Purchased  by  II 
Exp. 


20 


154 


BABYLONTAX  LEOAT.  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


Tp:xt.  Platp:.  King.  Yeah.  Month.  Day. 
7)  12  II.  17  7 9 


]’lSO\E-  CoLLEC- 
XANCE.  TIOX. 

Kll.2 


II. 


21 


Kli.2 


Kli.2 


II.  .39  -1  21  Kli.2 


11.  .39 


2(t  .lii.B. 


7(i  13  II.  .39 


Kli.2 


II  Si.  7 2 1.3  Kli.= 


7.S  -II  Si.  7 — — H.E.l'. 


C.B.M.  Desckiptiox. 

1228  Badly  preserved.  Lower  riglit 
corner  and  several  other  portions 
wanting.  9.8  X o.O  X 2.7. 
Inscr.  8 (O.)  3 (Lo.  E.)  + 0 

(R.)  3 (U.  E.)  + 3 (L.  E.)  = 

2f)  li. 

1.78S  Cracked.  I.ower  right  comer 
wanting.  Unbaked.  6.7  X 4.3 
X2..5.  Inscr.  9 (O.)S-  2 (Lo.E.) 
+ 9 (R.)  + 1 (U.  E.)  = 21  li. 
Case:  Broken  pieces.  Seal  im- 
pression.s. 

791 1 'Uariantsof  names  on  other  Manna- 
1796  turn  tablets.  No.  7011  pur- 
chased l)y  II  Exp.,  No.  1796  by 
I Exp.  (for  the  J.D.  Prince  Coll.). 
1259  Case  tablet,  unopened.  AVell  pre- 
.served.  Baked.  Reddish  browi, 
some  black  spots.  5.5  X 4.5  X 
2.9.  Inscr.  S (O.)  -f  9(R.) -f  3 
(U.  E.) -L  5(L.E.)  =251i.  Seal 
impres.sions. 

1306  AVell  preserved.  Baked.  Reddish 
liromi.  4.5  X 3.7  X 2.  Inscr. 

8 (0.)  + 2 (I.o.  E.)  + 7 (R.) 
+ 2 (U.  E.)  = 19  li. 

Case:  Fragments  glued  together. 
Seal  impressions. 

bsdl  Well  preserved.  I'nbaked.  3.05 
X 2.9  X l.S.  Inscr.  5 (0.)  -!- 
1 (Lo.  E.)  -p  4 (R.)  = 10  li. 
Seal  impressions. 

1303  Small  pieces  chipped  off.  Baked. 

Reddish.  4.8  X 4 X 2.6.  Inscr. 
13s2  Some  pieces  clapped  off.  Baked. 

Bro\Mi.  6.8  X 4.6  X 2.5.  Inscr. 

9 (O.)  9 (R.)  - 3 (U.  E.)  = 

21  li.  Seal  impre.^sions. 

7010  Faii'ly  well  preserved.  Some  par- 
ticles chipped  off.  Unbaked.  4.S 
X 3.9  X 2.2.  Inscr.  6 (O.)  -i- 
5 iR.)  ^ 3 (U.  E.)  2 (L.  E.) 

= 16  li.  Purchased  by  II  Exp. 
and  said  to  have  come  from 
.\bu-Habba. 

167  R.  almost  entirely  destroyed. 
Unbaked.  Inscr.  7 (O.)  -P  7 
(R.l  -P  2 (U.  E.)  = 16  li. 


II 


FROM  THE  TLME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BARYl.ON. 


153 


Text.  Pl.\.te.  Ki.xg.  Year. 
Nt  45  Si.  N 


SI  45  Si(?).  Si?' 


s2  45  >i.  10 


S3  40  Si.  13  11 


S4  47  Si.  15  1 


s-j  47  Si.  16  1 


86  47  Si.  30 


87  47  Si.  34  4 


88  48  Si.  38  9 


Prove-  Follec 

HO-XTH.  D.VY.  XANTE.  TIOX. 

3 22  R.E.F. 


(6)  14)  J.S. 


3 Kh  505 


1 Kh.  580 


Kli.’"  1302 


Kli.2  1395 


1 Kh.2  44S5 


10  J.S.  114 


13  Kh.  355 


('.R.M.  Descrii’Ttox. 

7013  Foriicr  of  Lo.  E.  damaged,  other- 
wise well  preseiA  ed.  Raked,  of 
strongly  washed  clay.  Reddish 
brown.  6 X 3.9  X 2.  Inscr. 
It)  (O.)  + 9 (R.)  = 19  li.  Pur- 
chased by  II  Exp.  and  said  to 
have  come  from  El-Birs. 

Case  tablet,  j)artially  opened. 
Fnbaked.  4.25  X 3.8  X 2.5. 
Inscr.  0 (O.)  -h  0 (R.)  + 2 (F. 
E.)  -I-  1 (L.  and  U.  Es.)  = 15  li. 
Seal  imjR-essions. 

Pieces  chijjped  and  cut  off.  Por- 
tions of  case  preserved.  Un- 
baked. 8.0  X 5.2  X 2.0. 
Inscr.  15  (O.)  + 3 (Lo.  E.)  + 
16  (R.)  = 34  li.  Some  frag- 
ments of  case. 

Fragmentary,  pieces  glued  to- 
gether. Portion  of  case  i>re- 
served.  Unbaked.  9.2  X 5.3 
X 2.S.  Inscr.  13  (O.)  + 3 (Lo. 
E.)  + 14  (R.)  = 30  li.  Seal 
impressions. 

Case:  Broken  pieces. 

Several  pieces  chipped  off.  Slightly 
leaked.  Brown  to  blackish. 
6.2  X 4.6  X 2.4.  Inscr.  9 (O.)  + 
9 (R.)  = IS  li.  Seal  impressions. 
Fragments  glued  together.  Lui- 
baked.  8.9  X 5 X 2.7.  Inscr. 
15  (O.)  + 2 (Lo.  E.)  -h  13  (R.) 
+ 3 (U.  E.  ) = 33  li. 
Fragmentarj',  broken  pieces  glued 
together,  lower  part  missing. 
Slightly  baked.  Brown  -n-ith 
black  spots.  11.8  X 7.7  X 3.1. 
Inscr.  10  (0.)  4-  6 (R.)  = 16 
(+  x)  li.  Seal  impressions. 
LTpper  right  corner  of  R.  broken. 
Partially  baked.  Brown  to 
black.  7.6  X 5 X 2.6.  Inscr. 
12  (O.)  -f  2 (Lo.  E.)  4-  4 (R.) 
+ 4 (U.  E.)  = 22  li. 

Lower  part  wanting.  0.  consider- 
ably damaged.  Partially  baked. 
O.  light  brown,  R.  black.  6 X 


156 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


Prove-  Collec- 

Text,  Pla'J'e.  King.  Year.  Month.  Day.  nance.  tion.  C.B.M.  . Descriition. 


8U  IS  Si.  ? 12  ;i 


'»()  48  Si.  27  1 II 


91  49  Ae.  ? () 


92  49  Ae.  ? 3 2(i 


93  49  Ae.  ? 3 


9-1  49  Ae.  ■?  10  20 


95  50  Ae.  ? 2 10 


OC.  .50  Ae.  “ 4 6? 


4.7  X 2.6.  In.-;cr.  6 (-1-  x)  lO.) 
+ 7 (I!.)  - 2 (U.  E.)  = 15 
(+  x)  li.  Seal  inipre.ssion.s. 

Kh.^  1647  Eragiuentary.  Slightly  baked. 

Brown.  6.7  X 5 X 2.4.  Inscr. 
12  (+  x)  (0.)  + (x  12  (K.) 
= 24  (-9  x)  li. 

Kill  1679  L'liper  part  of  O.  crumbled,  IL 

covered  with  white  substance. 
Unbaked.  7.2  X 4.5  X 2.5 
In.scr.  10  (O.)  A 2 (Lo.  E.)  - 

5 (R.)  + 2 (r.  E.)  = 19  li. 

Kb.  464  Upper  part  of  1! . defective.  Baked 

Light  brown  to  blackish.  G.()  X 
4.3  X 2.6.  Inscr.  10  (O.)  A 3 
(Lo.  E.)  -L  10  (K.)  ^ 3 (U.  E.l 
= 26  li.  Faint  seal  impression.s. 
Kh  566  Upper  right  corner  wanting. 

Slightly  baked.  Brown.  9.8 
X 5.6  X 2.5.  In.scr.  14  (O.) 
A 14  (R.)  = 28  11. 

Case:  Fragments,  partiallj-  baked 
together  with  tablet.  Bro'mi  to 
black.  Good  seal  impressions. 
Kli.-  1550  Fragment.  Greater  part  of  R 

chipped  off.  Baked.  Light 
bromi,  0.  black.  9.4  X 5.1  X 
2.3.  Inscr.  15  (O.)  ^ 14  (R.) 
= 29  li. 

Kh.^  1504  Considerable  portion  of  R.,  L.  E 

and  0.  missing.  Slighth 
baked.  Light  brotAii  to  black 

7.8  X 4.4  X 2.6.  Inscr.  15  (O.) 
A 7 (R.)  = 22  li. 

Kli.-’  1187  Part  of  ().  broken  off.  Baked 

G.  and  edges  lilackish,  R.  brown- 
ish gray  with  blackish  spots. 
6.55  X 4 X 2.55.  Inscr.  1 1 
(O.)  A 2 (Lo.  E.)  A 9 (R.l  A 
3 (U.  E.)  = 25  li.  Several  seal 
impressions.  Published  in  full 
in  ^'ol.  51,  as  No.  78. 

J.S.  150  Considerable  portions  chipped  off. 

Baked.  Blackish  broAtm  and 
black.  6.5  X 4.3  X 2.4.  Inscr. 

6 (O.)  A 3 (R.)  = 9 h.  Faint 
seal  impressions. 


FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


lo7 


Text.  I’E-vrE.  Kixg. 
97  oO  Ac. 


9>  .j()  .\d. 


99  .51)  Ad. 


lUU  .50  Ad. 


101  .50  Ad. 


Prove-  Collec- 

Ye.\h.  Month.  D.\y.  n.cnce.  tion. 

.5  Kli.2 


1 7?  5?  Kli.= 


4 4 1.5  Kli.= 


4 7 10  Kli.= 


Kh.2 


C.B..M.  De.scription. 

1.537  and  I.o.  E.  entirely, 11.  aliiio.st  cn- 
tirely  broken.  Baked.  Reddi.sli 


brown. 

11.8 

X 

6.5  X 4.6. 

Inser.  16  (O.) 

4- 

19  (R.)  4-  5 

(U.  E.) 

= 40 

li. 

Seal  impres- 

sions. 

Fragment. 

Baked. 

Light  brown 

and  Ijlaek.  10.8  X 6.4  X 3. 
liLscr.  19  (O.)  = 19  (4-  x)  li. 
Seal  iniprcssion. 

1284  Well  preserved.  Sliglitly  Ijaked. 

Brown.  3.7  X 3.7  X 2.2.  Inser. 
.5  (O.)  + 2 (Lo.  E.)  + 3 (R.)  = 
10  li.  Seal  impre.ssion. 

1680  Fragment.  Baked.  Lower  part 
ol  ]j.  E.  and  adjoining  portions 
In’oken  away.  4.2  X 4.5  X 2.2. 
Inser.  6 (O.)  4-  6 (R.)  4-  2 
(Pv.E.)  -4  3(L.  E.)=  17(-bx)li. 
1196  Two  pieces  of  same  size  glued 
together.  Small  pieces  chipped 
off.  Baked.  Grajish  brown. 
6.4  X 4.4  X 2.3.  Inser.  9 (O.) 
+ 3 (Lo.  E.)  -H  9 (R.)  + 2 
(L.  E.)  = 23  li.  Seal  impres- 


102 

.50 

.\d. 

20? 

Kh.2 

1700 

Two  pieces  glued  together.  Very 
slightly  baked.  Clay  lirown. 

8.6  X 5.4  X 2.4.  Inser.  16 

(().)  4-  5 (Lo.  E.l  -4  14  (R.)  4- 
1 (U.  E.)  = 36  li. 

103 

51 

.\d. 

10 

10 

13? 

Kh. 

50.5 

Fragment,  lower  part  of  tablet. 

Baked.  Brovm.  4.7  X 7.3  X 

3.1.  Riser.  7 (0.)  + 6 (R.)  = 

13  li. 

104 

51 

Ad. 

10 

10 

Kh.2 

1 1 40 

Some  small  pieces  cliijipcd  off. 
Baked.  Tdght  brown  changing 
into  lilaek.  4.4  X 4.3  X 2. 

Riser.  6 ((4.)  4-  2 (Lo.  E.)  -4 

3 (R.)  -4  3 (U.  E.)  = 14  li. 
Seal  impressions. 

105 

51 

Ad. 

13 

.5 

20 

Kli.= 

1.513 

Considerable  portions  chipped  oft'. 

Baked.  Light  brovii  changing 
into  reddish  brovTi.  13.3  X tb.'s 
X 3.3.  Inser.  23  (O.t  4-  3 
(Lo.  E.)  -4  24  (R.)  4-  2 (U.  E.l 
4-  2 (L.  E.)  = 54  li.  Seal  im- 
l)re.ssions- 


158 


BABYLONIAN  I.EGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCU-MENTS 


Text.  Plate.  Ivixg. 
l()(i  .51  Ad. 


107  51  Ad. 


lUS  51  Ad. 


100  51  .\d. 


no  52  Ad. 


Ill  .52  .\d. 


112  .52  Ad. 


118  52  Ad. 


Ill  .53  Ad. 


Pho\'e-  Collec- 

YeaK.  .Mo.XTH.  DaA’.  .NA.Vt'E.  TIO.X. 
14  S — Kh.-- 


14  11  20  Kh.- 


17  .5  l.S  Kli.- 


27  13  20  Jvh. 

(30?) 


29  2 2 Kli.2 


33  4 ? Kh. 


33  13  10  J.S. 


34  10  10  Kli.^ 


37  10  15  Kh.^ 


('.B..M.  Desciuptiox. 

1('32  Two  I'lagiiients  glued  togetlier. 

Sliglitly  baked.  Blackisb  brown. 
0.7  X 4.7  X 2.2.  In.-<er.  9 (O.) 
+ 1 (Lo.  E.)  A 5 (IL)  = 15  li. 
Seal  impres.'^ioiis. 

1507  Damaged,  especially  11.  Unbaked. 

7.9  X 4.7  X 2.4.  Inscr.  7 (O.) 
- 11  (R.)  + 2 (U.  E.)  = 20  li. 

1 ().;()  Eragmentai}'.  Part  of  O. 

and  11.  E.  wanting.  Baked. 
Blackish  browi.  o.S  X 4.4  X 
2.3.  Inscr.  7 (O.)  + 1 (Lo.  E.) 
+ 8 (11.)  ^ 1 (U.  E.)  = 17  li. 
Seal  impressions. 

300  Three  pieces  glued  together.  T'n- 
baked.  3.8  X 3.4  X 2.  Inscr. 
5 (0.)  + 1 (Lo.  E.)  A 3 (R.) 
A 1 (U.  E.)  = 10  li.  Seal 
impres.sions. 

1070  Two  fragments  glued  together. 

Baked.  Light  bromi.  S X 4.S 
X 2.6.  Inscr.  12  (O.)  10 

(R.)  A 1 (U.  E.)  = 23U.  Seal 
impressions. 

173  O.  somewhat  effaced.  Part  of 
upper  left  comer  wanting. 
Baked.  Light  brottui.  13.7  X 
0.3  X 3.  Inscr.  32  (0.)  A 1 
(Lo.  E.)  A 7 (R.)  = 40  li. 

140  P'l  a.gmentary.  Effaced  and  pieces 
chipped  off.  LTibaked.  6.2  X 
5.1  X 2.4.  Inscr.  9 (O.)  A 9 
(R.)  A 1 (U.  E.)  = 19  li. 

1214  Five  pieces  glued  together.  Con- 
siderable portions  chipped  off. 
Baked.  Light  bro-uii.  12,9  X 
0.5  X 3.2.  Inscr.  27  (0.)  A 3 
(Lo.  E.)  -L  20  (R.)  3 (U.  E.l 

A 1 (L.  E.)  = 54  li.  Seal  im- 
pressions. 

1222  )Many  pieces  chipped  oft'.  Left 
lo^A•er  "and  upper  comers  want- 
ing. Slightly  baked.  Light 
brot^m.  S.2  X 4.7  X 2.6. 
Inscr.  13  (O.)  A 12  (R.)  A 2 
(U.  E.)  ^ 2 (L.  E.)  = 29  li. 
Seal  impressions. 


FROM  THE  TI^ME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


1.59 


Pk<jve-  Collec- 

Text.  Plate.  Ivixg.  Ye.ah.  Moxth.  Dav.  x.axce.  tiox, 
115  .-.;l  Ad.  37  12  5 Kli.^ 


110  .53  Ad.  37  12  21  Kli.= 


117  .■)!  Az.  1 11  3 J.S. 


11s  .■)!  .\z.  2 i)  1 J.S. 


119  .')!  .Vz.  2 12  iscn  Kli.2 


120  .-,1  .\z.  4 1 — Kli. 


121  .-,.5  Az.  4 .5  10  Kh.’’ 


122  .\z. 


123  .\z. 


Kl,.2 


C'.B.M.  Descriptiox. 

171G  Clacked.  Parts  of  O.,  R.  E.,  Lo.  E. 
and  R . rvaiitiag.  Baked.  Liglit 
lirown.  Black  spots.  4.0  X 
4.2  X 2.4  laser.  8 (O.)  + 0 
(R.)  + 3 (U.  E.)  + 1 (L.  E.) 
= 18  li.  Seal  impressions. 
12.50  Lower  edge  broken.  Pieces  glued 
on.  Baked.  Brown.  5.3X4.SX 
2.7.  laser.  .8  (O.)  + 2 (Lo.  E.) 
+ 4 (R.)  + 4 (U.  E.)  + 1 
(L.  E.)  = 19  li.  Seal  iinpre.s- 
.sions. 

70  Up)ier  and  lower  right  corners  and 
lower  edge  wanting.  Unbaked. 
0.0  X 5.6  X 2.5.  laser.  9 (O.) 
+ 9 (R.)  + 2 (U.  E.)  + 2 (L.  E.) 
= 22  li.  Seal  impressions. 

07  Lower  left  corner  wanting.  Some- 
what effaced.  Unbaked.  5.7 
X 5.2  X 2.3.  Inscr.  10  (O.) 
+ 0 (R.')  = 10  li. 

1322  CoiLsideralrle  ]iieces  cliipped  off, 
especially  on  R.  Baked.  Light 
Irrown.  4.9  X 4.1  X 2.3. 
laser.  S (O.)  + 6 (R.)  + 2 
(U.  E.)  + 1 (L.  E.)  = 17  li. 
1170  Right  side  of  R.  liroken  off.  Lo. 

E.  wanting.  5.9  X 2.5  X 2.5. 
Inscr.  8 ((.).)  + 0 (R.)  + 5 (U. 
E.)  = 19  li. 

1007  Fragment.  Lower  part  of  tablet 
wanting.  Pieces  chipped  off. 
Slightly  baked.  Blackish  bi'own 
4.0  X 3.S  X 2.3.  Inscr.  6 (O.) 
4-  3 (R.'l  = 9 li.  .Seal  impres- 
sions. 

528  Fragment.  R.  E.  and  large  portion 
of  R.  broken  off.  Baked. 
Brown  and  blackish  brown. 
4.2  X 4.4  X 2.4.  Inscr.  6 (O.)  + 
2 (Lo.  E.)  + 5 (R.)  A 3 (U.  E.) 
= 10  li.  Seal  impressions. 

1013  Fragment.  O.,  Lk  E.  and  portions 
of  L.  E.  (and  R.);  the  rest 
broken  off  or  destroj'ed.  Baked. 
Grayish  brotMi.  S.9  X 5.9  X 
2.4.  Inscr.  16  (+  x)  (0.)  + 


160 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


Text.  Plate.  King.  Year.  Month.  Day. 


121  .55  A/,.  (i  3 10 


125  .55  Az.  (j  S 3 


12(1  .5(1  Az.  7 12  1 


.5(1  Az.  7 12 


I IS  5(1  Az.  S 


129  .50  Az.  9 ? ? 


130  57  Az.  ? 9 1(1 


Prove-  Collec- 

NANCE.  Tiox.  C.B.M.  Description. 

(X  + 3)  R.  + (2  1)  (U.  E.) 

+ 2 (L.  E.)  = 23  (+  X)  li. 
Seal  impressions. 

Kli.^  124.5  Small  portion  of  Lo.  E.  broken. 

Otherwise  well  preserved. 
Baked.  Light  brown;  R.  lilack. 
8 X 4.7  X 2.6.  Riser.  13  (O.) 
-h  4 (R.)  + 2 (U.  E.)  = 19  li. 
Seal  impressions. 

Kh.^  1153  Well  preserved.  Two  scratches 

forming  a cross  on  O.  and  R. 
.Sliglitly  baked.  Blackish  brown. 
5.1  X 4.6  X 2.6.  Riser.  7 (O.) 
+ 1 (Lo.  E.)  ^ 7 (R.)  + 3 
(U.  E.)  ^ 3 (L.  E.)  = 21  li. 
Seal  impressions. 

Kh.^  1657  Fragment.  Two  scratches  forming 

acro.ssonO.aiid  R.  Lo.and  L.Es. 
and  adjoining  portions  wanting. 
Baked.  Light  broMii.  Blackish 
spots.  5.2  X 4.6  X 2.3.  Riser. 
7 (+  X)  (O.)  + 4 (R.)  + 3 
(U.  E.)  = 14  (4-  x)  li.  Seal 
impressions. 

Kh  4.53  Fragment,  lower  part  wanting. 

Greater  part  of  R.  destroyed. 
Slightly  baked.  Brown.  4.2 
X 4.2  X 2.  Riser.  5 (+  x) 
(O.)  + (X  +)  2 (R.)  ^ 2 

(U.  E.)  = 9 (+  x)  li.  Seal 
impressions. 

Kli.  1184  Fragment.  Greater  part  of  R. 

chipped  oft'.  Baked.  Browm 
and  blackish.  5 X 4.6  X 2.6. 
Riser.  8 (O.)  -b  3 (Lo.  E.)  + 6 
(R.)  A 3 (U.  E.)  A 3 (L.  E.) 
= 231i.  Seal  impressions. 

Kh.^  1315  R.  broken  away.  Baked.  4.8  X 

4.5  X 2.1.  Riser.  7 (O.)  - 3 
(Lo.  E.l  A 3 (H.l  = 13  li.  Seal 
impressions. 

Kh.-  1217  Several  fragments  glued  together. 

R.  almost  entirely  destroyed. 
Unbaked.  9.6  X 8.9  X 3.8. 
Riser.  22  (A  x)  (0.)  A (x  A) 
22  (23?)  (R.)  A 4 (U.  E.)  = 
48  (A  x)  li. 


FEOM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  FIRST  DYNASTY  OF  BABYLON. 


161 


Prove-  Collec- 

Text.  Pl-vte.  KrxG.  Year.  Month.  Day.  nance,  tion. 

131  oS  Sd.  ? 2 27  Kh. 


132  5S  Sd.  ? 2 23  Kh. 


133  5S  Sd.  ? ? 21?  Kh.2 


134 


Kh. 


13.5  5.S  — — 9 IS  Kh.^ 


1.3f)  .59  — ? 9 0 Kh. 


1.37  GO  — — — — B.E.F. 


13S  60  _ _ _ _ B.E.F. 


C.B.M.  Description. 

454  Considerably  effaced  and  liroken. 
Unbaked.  Inscr.  13  (O.)  + 1 
(Lo.  E.)  + 4 (R.)  + 2 (U.  E.) 
= 20  li.  Seal  impressions. 

432  Partly  indistinct,  small  pieces  of 
L.  E.  and  Lo.  E.  chipped  off. 
Unbaked.  4.5  X 4.2  X 2.4. 
Inscr.  7 (0.)  + 2 (Lo.  E.)  + 5 
(R.)  = 14  li.  Faint  seal  impres- 
sions. 

1318  Much  cracked  and  effaced.  Un- 
baked. 5.8  X 4.2  X 2.5. 
Inscr.  9 (0.)  + 3 (Lo.  E.)  + 9 
(R.)=211i.  Faint  seal  impres- 
sions. 

571  Well  preserved.  LTnbaked.  4.6  X 
3.4  X 2.  Inscr.  7 (O.)  + 1 (Lo. 
E.)  + 6 (R.)  + 2 (U.  E.)  = 
16  li.  Seal  impres.sions. 

Case:  Broken  pieces  glued  to- 
gether. Black  spots. 

1301  Lower  left  corner  chipped  off, 
otherwise  w'ell  preserved . 
Slightly  baked.  Brow'ii  and 
blackish  browm.  2.9  X 2.8  X 
1.6  Inscr.  4 (O.)  + 2 (Lo.  E.) 
X 5 (R.)  = 11  li.  Seal  impres- 
sions. 

358  Some  pieces  chipped  off.  Pressed. 
Baked.  Reddish  brown.  8.2  X 
4.8  X 2.5.  Inscr.  12  (0.)  + 3 
(Lo.  E.)  + 9 (B.)  = 24  li. 
Seal  impressions. 

7009  Part  of  R.  and  small  pieces  of  Lo. 

E.  chipped  off.  Slightly  baked. 
Blackish.  S.5  X 5.3  X 2.5. 
Inscr.  11  (0.)  + 3 (Lo.  E.)  + 
9 (R.)  = 26  li.  Reported  to 
liave  come  from  El-Birs.  II  Exp. 
7006  Well  preserved.  Slightly  baked. 
Blackish  browm.  8.55  X 5.4  X 
2.9.  Inscr.  11  (0.  and  Lo.  E.) 
+ S (R.)  = 19  li.  Reported  to 
have  come  from  El-Birs.  11  Exp. 


21 


162 


BABYLONIAN  LEGAL  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


2.  Halftone  Reproductions. 


No. 


1 

3 

4 

5 

6 

8 

9 

10 


13 


Plate. 


I 

II 

III 

IV 

V 

V 
VI 

VI,  VII 

VIII 

IX 

IX 

X 

X 


CoRRESPOXDIXG 

Autograph 

Description.  Reproductions. 

Text.  Plate. 

Left  Edge,  Obverse,  Reverse,  Right,  Lower  and  Uiiper  Edges  of  tablet 10  5 

Obverse  and  Reverse  of  case  tablet,  partly  opened 49  30 

Left  Edge,  Oliverse,  Reverse,  Right,  Lower  and  Upper  Edges  of  tablet 24  12 

Obverse  and  Reverse  of  tablet .53  33 

Obverse  and  Reverse  of  tablet 29  16 

0])verse  and  Reverse  of  tablet 32  17 

Left  Edge,  Obverse,  Reverse  and  Upper  Edge  of  tablet 44  26 

Lower  and  Upper  Edges,  Left  Edge,  Obverse,  Right  Edge  and  Reverse  of  inner 

tablet 33  IS 

Left  Edge,  OI)verse,  Right  Edge  and  Reverse  of  Case  tablet 

Obverse  and  Reverse  of  inner  tablet 34  IS 

Obverse  and  Reverse  of  case  tablet  

Obverse,  Reverse  and  Upper  Edge  of  tablet 115  63 

Obverse,  Reverse  anil  Upper  Edge  of  talilet 116  63 


X.  XL  MBERS  OF  THE  CATAI.OGUE8  OF  THE  BABY- 
EONIAX  COLLECTIONS  (PREPARED  BY 
PROF.  H.  Y.  HILPRECHT). 


1.  Tablets  in  the  University  Museum,  Philadelphia. 


C.  B.  M. 

Text. 

PL.A.TE. 

C.  B.  M. 

Text. 

Plate. 

! C.  B.  M. 

Text. 

Pl.vte. 

55 

81 

45 

1200 

; 1667 

121 

55 

67 

118 

54 

1214 

113 

52 

1670 

no 

52 

70 

117 

54 

1217 

130 

57 

1679 

90 

48 

100 

1222 

114 

53 

1680 

100 

50 

114 

87 

47 

1228 

71 

42 

1700 

146 

112 

52 

1245 

124 

55 

1700 

102 

50 

150 

96 

50 

1250 

116 

53 

1716 

115 

53 

167 

79 

44 

1259 

73 

43 

1796 

72c 

.300 

1284 

99 

50 

1800 

355 

88 

48  . 

1300 

1804 

75 

43 

358 

136 

59 

1301 

135 

58 

.3300 

366 

109 

51 

1303 

76 

43 

3384 

13 

7 

4 AA 

1306 

74 

43 

3400 

1315 

129 

56 

3425 

10 

5 

432 

132 

58 

1318 

133 

58 

3426 

14 

7 

453 

127 

56 

1322 

119 

54 

3430 

44 

26 

454 

131 

58 

1353 

98 

50 

3800 

464 

91 

49 

1362 

84 

47 

3803 

16 

8 

473 

111 

52 

1382 

77 

44 

4400 

500 

1395 

85 

47 

4485 

86 

47 

505 

103 

51 

1500 

6000 

528 

122 

55 

1504 

94 

49 

6055 

42 

24 

565 

82 

45 

1507 

107 

51 

6062 

68 

40 

566 

92 

49 

1513 

105 

51 

7000 

571 

134 

58 

1537 

97 

50 

7002 

33 

18 

580 

83 

46 

1550 

93 

49 

7006 

138 

60 

1100 

1588 

72a 

42 

7009 

137 

60 

1140 

104 

51 

1600 

7010 

78 

44 

1153 

125 

55 

1613 

123 

55 

7011 

72b 

1170 

120 

54 

1632 

106 

51 

7013 

SO 

45 

1184 

128 

56 

1647 

88 

48 

7016 

43 

25 

1187 

95 

50 

1656 

108 

51 

7017 

70 

41 

1196 

101 

50 

1657 

126 

56 

7018 

40 

23 

IG4  BABYLONIAN  LEGAJ.  AND  BUSINESS  DOCUMENTS 


J.  B.  M. 

Text. 

Plate. 

C.  B.  M. 

Text. 

I’l.vte. 

C.  B.  M.  Text. 

Plate. 

y(»oo 

10889 

38 

21 

11560 

695 

9045 

6 

3 

10890 

29 

16 

11561 

58 

36 

9047 

47 

28 

10891 

24 

12 

11562 

35 

19 

5)100 

10892 

54 

34 

11563 

63 

39 

9182 

32 

17 

11000 

11565 

39 

22 

9183 

8 

4 

11013 

68 

40 

11596 

20 

10 

10000 

11152 

4 

2 

11640 

9 

4 

10166 

3 

1 

11173 

28 

15 

11660 

35 

19 

10882 

5 

2 

11191 

69a 

22 

11715 

19 

9 

10883 

30 

16 

11237 

2 

1 

11980 

7 

3 

10886 

53 

33 

11499 

1 

1 

' 12000 

10887 

52 

32 

11558 

34 

18 

12698 

52 

32 

2. 

Tablets  in  the  Imperial 

Ottoman 

Museum,  Constantin 

OPLE. 

M.  I.  0. 

Text. 

Plate. 

M.  1.  0. 

Text. 

Plate. 

M.  1.  0. 

Text. 

Plate. 

45 

26 

13 

1800 

1919 

48 

29 

100 

1842 

25 

14 

1920 

37 

20 

174 

64 

39 

1845 

17 

8 

1994 

12a 

6 

182 

49 

30 

1846 

21 

10 

1995 

57 

35 

200 

1847 

51 

31 

1996? 

46 

27 

263 

67 

40 

1848 

27 

14 

1997 

62 

38 

.‘{00 

1849 

55 

35 

1998 

18 

9 

325 

60 

37 

1852 

65 

39 

1999 

36 

19 

400 

1000 

2000 

439 

15 

8 

1905? 

56 

35 

2001 

45 

27 

1400 

1915 

50 

31 

2003 

41 

24 

1454 

61 

38 

1916 

11 

6 

2004 

59 

37 

1483 

66 

40 

1917 

23 

11 

1492 

31 

17 

1918 

22 

11 

-T^''-'  '^j't  •/"•-  >®»HL’'i^'i5i*  '-. 


h''  ■?■  ’ '■ 


.i-  ■-- 


QUNEIPORM 


PL  1 


Obverse. 


3 

Reverse. 


•I. 


V 

\ 


If 


■■ 


, '-i  'i” 

K.  -■  • 

'k.  • * 


( 

* 


Obverse. 


8 


PI.  4 


10 


PL  5 


'•  < 


/ 


PL  6 


Obverse. 


16 


16 


17 


Obverse. 


= 


\ ■ 


Iflk.  Mtk'.'l 


PL  9 


18 


Obverse. 


Case  adds : 


Reverse. 


Seal  impression. 

J 


^ JM' 


78 


Obverse. 


Reverse. 


PL  10 


10 


PL  11 


22 


Obverse. 


Reverse. 


Case  omits 
Li.  II 


Seal  impression 


Seal  impression  I> Jt^  yL 

on  Tablet  and  Case 


23 


Obverse. 


Reverse. 


PL 


CN 


C> 


U.  E. 


Reverse. 


FI.  13 


PI  u 


28 

Obverse. 


PL  15 


29 


PL  16 


Obverse. 


Obverse. 


Reverse. 


Lo.  E.  , 

^ igfl 


u.E( 


31 


PI.  17 


Obverse.  Reverse. 


33 


PL  IS 


Obverse. 


Reverse. 


w 


1 


f./V- 


' '’  "M- 


V 


A'^ 


i 


1.;' 


'i». 


\ 


{ 


is. 


Obverse. 


Reverse. 


Obverse. 


Reverse. 


Li.  omHted 


Li.  5: 


Variants  of  Case. 

Li.  9 adds 


37 

Tablet. 


Reverse. 


Case. 


Obverse, 


\ 


I 


I-  .. 


PL  21 


39 


PL  22 


Obverse. 


Case. 


Obverse.  Reverse. 


PI.  23 


41 


PL  24 


Obverse.  Reverse. 


42 


Obverse. 


Reverse. 


\ |.rB?  ■ ' 


Lo.  E. 


PI.  25 


PL  26 


Obverse. 


PL  27 


45 


Obverse. 


Reverse. 


Variants  of  Case. 

L 6 an?  2S  °(nn.j  1.//  °a??s 
l-!-^  a??S;  9uy}7iu  ie-/: 


47 


PL  28 


Obverse. 


.■55,7 


I, 


" ■'*•  ■=’1 

• » 


{ 


•% 


■>" 


V . _ / 


■A  ' 


I 


■)■ 


\ 


Reverse. 


PL.  29 


Co 


PI.  so 


U.  E. 


Case . 


Obverse.  Reverse. 


1 


Obverse.  Reverse. 


PI. 


Obverse.  Reverse. 


PI  33 


Obverse. 


PL  :S4 


U.  E. 


55 


PL  35 


Reverse. 


Reverse. 


Pi  86 


Obverse. 


Case  of  59. 


5- ' 


■ .?  “*  f,  ■ 


i 


\ 


\ 


I 


i- 


61 


PL  38 


Obverse. 


Reverse. 


Obverse. 


Reverse. 


Lo.  E. 


■■  , 


k,' 


« 


■ { 

A 


\ 


I 


t; 


63 


Reverse. 


,i 


■•'(i  ” 


I 


66 


67 


t 


s.. 


70 


PL  41 


Tablet. 


Variants  of  Case. 


Lo.E 


For  no  6 9 .see  Pi  92 . 


Seal  impressions  on  Case. 


i.U.E. 


: Picture 


d ou 

an^/j.Z. 

Picture 


S.Oio.  )4 

O/ri^  ^o  . E * 


I 


i ■ 


r 

r 


n 


! 


I 


4 


Of  Oh. 


Seal  impressions  on  Case: 


Mt 


of  J?e9. 


,7^ 


Li.  19; 


..J 


77 


Obverse. 


Reverse. 


Obverse. 


Obverse. 


Reverse. 


TO' 

"itr" 


80 


Pi.  45 


Obverse.  Reverse. 


Obverse.  Reverse. 


PI.  J,6 


i? 


1 


1 


1 


t 

i 


% 


\ 


\ 


jfi . 


1 


{ 


r 

■ r 


< 


A 


u 


85 


PL  47 


88 


PI.  48 


Obverse. 


Reverse. 


91 


PL  A9 


Obverse. 


Reverse. 


t 


PL  51 


109 


U.  E. 


/• 


1W 


114 


PL  53 


Obverse. 


Obverse. 


115 


Reverse. 


Reverse. 


l^=S4-> 


PL  5 A 


PL  56 


Obverse. 


Pi.  57 


PL  58 


PL  59 


136 

Obverse. 


137 


PI.  60 


Obverse. 


PL  I 


1.  CESSION  OF  HOUSE  PROPERTY  AS  INDEMNITY  FOR  A TEMPLE  OFFICE  AFTER  AN  APPLICATION  TO  KING  HAMMURABI.  WHO  TURNS  THE 

CASE  OVER  TO  THE  COUNCIL  OF  NIPPUR 


PL.  II 


2.  CONSENT  OF  A COMPLAINANT  NOT  TO  FORCE  THE  WITNESSES  OF  THE  DEFENDANT  TO  TAKE  AN  OATH  ON  THEIR  TESTIMONY,  AND 
RENOUNCEMENT  TO  HIS  CLAIMS  AFTER  RECEIVING  li  SHEQEL  OF  SILVER.  I9th  YEAR  OF  SAMSU-ILUNA. 


PL.  Ill 


3,  ADOPTION  OF  TWO  PERSONS,  ONE  OF  WHOM  HAS  THE  RIGHTS  OF  THE  ELDER  BROTHER.  4th  YEAR  OF  SAMSU-ILUNA. 


PL.  IV 


4.  DECLARATIONS  OF  WITNESSES  UNDER  OATH 


IN  THE  TEMPLE  OF  ENKI  AND  DAMGALNUNNA. 


20th  year  of  SAMSU-ILUNA. 


PL.  V 


OBVERSE 


5 


REVERSE 


6 


5.  LEASE  OF  A FIELD  FOR  PAYMENT  OF  ONE-THIRD  OF  THE  CROP.  I 3th  YEAR  OF  SAMSU-ILUNA, 
n.  DIVISION  OF  INHERITANCE.  THE  SEAL  CONTAINS  THE  NAMES  OF  ALL  FOUR  DIVIDING  PERSONS.  I3th  YEAR  OF  SAMSU-ILUNA. 


PL  VI 


7.  DIVISION  OF  INHERITANCE,  I 4th  YEAR  OF  SAMSU-ILUNA. 
8.  SEE  PL.  VII, 


PL.  VII 


LEFT  EDGE 


OBVERSE 


REVERSE 


PURCHASE  OF  A PORTION  OF  A HOUSE  BY  THE  ELDEST  FROM  A YOUNGER  BROTHER.  13th  YEAR  OF  SAMSU-ILUNA, 


mW 


PL.  VIII 


9.  CASE  OF  THE  PREVIOUS  TABLET  (PL.  VII). 


PL.  IX 


10-11.  TABLET  WITH  CASE,  RECORDING  THE  PURCHASE  OF  A PORTION  OF  A HOUSE  BY  THE  ELDEST  (SAME  AS  IN  8 AND  91  FROM 
YOUNGER  BROTHER,  13th  YEAR  OF  SAMSU-ILUNA. 


PL.  X 


12-13.  TWO  TABLETS  RECORDING  LOANS  OF  MONEY.  37th  YEAR  OF  AMMI-DITANA.  THE  DATES  MENTION  KING  DAMQI-ILISHU. 


THE  BABYLONIAN  EXPEDITION 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  PENNSYLVANIA 

EDITED  BY 

R.  V.  Rilprccbt, 


The  following  volumes  have  been  published  or  are  in  press: 

Series  H,  Cuneiform  Cexts : 

Vol.  I:  Old  Babylonian  Inscriptions,  chiefly  from  Nippur,  by  II.  V.  Ililprecht. 

Part  1,  1803,  $5.00  (out  of  print). 

Part  2,  1896,  sJ.'l.OO. 

Vol.  VI:  Babylonian  Legal  and  Business  Documents  from  the  Time  of  the  First  Dynasty  of  Babylon. 

Part  1,  chiefly  from  Sippar,  by  II.  Ranke,  1906,  $6.00. 

Part  2,  chiefly  from  Nippur,  by  Arno  Poebel,  1909,  $6.00. 

Vol.  VIII:  Legal  and  Commercial  Transactions,  dated  in  the  Assyrian,  Neo>Baby Ionian  and  Persian  Periods. 

Part  1,  chiefly  from  Nippur,  by  A.  T.  Clay,  1908,  $6.00. 

Vol.  IX:  Business  Documents  of  MurashO  Sons  of  Nippur,  dated  in  the  Reign  of  Artaxerxes  I,  by  II.  V.  Ililprecht 
and  A.  T.  Clay,  1898,  $6.00. 

Vol.  X:  Business  Documents  of  Murashfl  Sons  of  Nippur,  dated  in  the  Reign  of  Darius  II,  by  A.  T.  Clay, 
1904,  $6.00. 

Vol.  XIV:  Documents  from  the  Temple  Archives  of  Nippur,  dated  in  the  Reigns  of  Cassite  Rulers,  with  complete 
dates,  by  A.  T Clay,  1906,  $6.00. 

Vol.  XV:  Documents  from  the  Temple  Archives  of  Nippur,  dated  in  the  Reigns  of  Cassite  Rulers,  with  incom- 
plete dates,  by  A.  T.  Clay,  1906,  $6.00. 

Vol.  XVII:  Letters  to  Cassite  Kings  from  the  Temple  Archives  of  Nippur. 

Part  1,  by  Hugo  Radau,  1908,  $6.00. 

Vol.  XIX:  Model  Texts  and  Exercises  from  the  Temple  School  of  Nippur. 

Part  1,  i)y  H.  V.  Ililprecht  (in  press). 

Vol.  XX:  Mathematical,  Metrological  and  Chronological  Texts  from  the  Temple  Library  of  Nippur. 

Part  1,  by  IT.  V.  Ililprecht,  1906,  $5.00. 

8cric8  D,  Researches  and  Creatises : 

Vol.  I:  The  Excavations  in  Assyria  and  Babylonia  (with  120  illustrations  and  2 maps),  by  II.  Y.  Ililprecht,  Tth 
edition.  1904,  $2.50. 

Note:  Entirely  revised  German  and  French  editions  are  in  the  course  of  preparation.  Tlie  first  part  of  the 
German  edition  {bis  zum  Auftreten  Be  Sarzecs)  appeared  in  December,  1904  (J.  C.  Iliurichs,  Leipzig; 
A.  .1.  Holman  & Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  sole  agents  for  America),  Price  4 Mark  in  paper  covers,  5 
Mark  in  cloth. 

Vol.  Ill:  Early  Babylonian  Personal  Names  from  the  published  Tablets  of  the  so-called  Hammurabi  Dynasty,  by 

H.  Ranke.  1905,  $2.00. 

Vol.  IV:  A New  Boundary  Stone  of  Nebuchadrezzar  I from  Nippur  (with  16  halftone  illustrations  and  36  drawings), 
by  William  J.  llinke,  1907,  $3..50. 

(other  volumes  will  be  announced  later.) 

All  orders  for  these  books  to  be  addressed  to 

THE  MUSEUM  OF  ARCHAEOLOGY, 

University  of  Pennsylvania, 

PHILADELPHIA,  PA. 

SOLE  AGENT  FOR  EUROPE: 

Rudolf  Merkel,  Erlangfen,  Germany. 


///.«« 


r? 


ETTY  RESEARCH  INSTITUTE 


3 3125  01470  5293 


